Contents

Acura TLX 2015 Sedan Owner's Manual PDF

1 of 545
1 of 545

Summary of Content for Acura TLX 2015 Sedan Owner's Manual PDF

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 0

California Proposition 65 Warning

Event Data Recorders This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicles systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as: How various systems in your vehicle were operating; Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were

buckled/fastened; How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator

and/or brake pedal; and, How fast the vehicle was traveling. These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.

WARNING: This product contains or emits chemicals known to the state of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.

The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the vehicle owner.

Service Diagnostic Recorders This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record information about powertrain performance. The data can be used to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains confidential.

California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/

As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded by a symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment.

NOTICE

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 1

A Few Words About Safety

Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility.

To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have provided operating procedures and other information on labels and in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that could hurt you or others.

Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You must use your own good judgment.

You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms, including:

Safety Labels - on the vehicle. Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol 3 and

one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION. These signal words mean:

Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions. Safety Section - such as Safe Driving. Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.

This entire book is filled with important safety information - please read it carefully.

3DANGER You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you dont follow instructions.

3WARNING You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you dont follow instructions.

3CAUTION You CAN be HURT if you dont follow instructions.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 2

Contents

This owners manual should be considered a permanent part of the vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold.

This owners manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your particular model.

Images throughout this owners manual (including the front cover) represent features and equipment that are available on some, but not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these features.

This owners manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and Canada.

The information and specifications included in this publication were in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd. reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation.

2 Safe Driving P. 27 For Safe Driving P. 28 Seat Belts P. 32 Airbags P. 39

2 Instrument Panel P. 69 Indicators P. 70 Gauges and Multi-Information Display P. 117

2 Controls P. 137 Clock P. 138 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 139 Opening and Closing the Moonroof P. 160 Adjusting the Seats P. 180

2 Features P. 209 Audio System P. 210 Audio System Basic Operation P. 215 Customized Features P. 259 HomeLink Universal Transceiver P. 277

2 Driving P. 315 Before Driving P. 316 Towing a Trailer P. 321 Multi-View Rear Camera P. 419 Refueling P. 420

2 Maintenance P. 425 Before Performing Maintenance P. 426 Maintenance MinderTM P. 429 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 454 Climate Control System Maintenance P. 469

2 Handling the Unexpected P. 475 Tools P. 476 If a Tire Goes Flat P. 477 Overheating P. 503 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 505 When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 517

2 Information P. 519 Specifications P. 520 Identification Numbers P. 524 Emissions Testing P. 527 Warranty Coverages P. 529

Contents

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 3

Child Safety P. 54 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 66 Safety Labels P. 67

Opening and Closing the Trunk P. 152 Security System P. 155 Opening and Closing the Windows P. 158 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 161 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 177 Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items P. 187 Climate Control System P. 199

Audio Error Messages P. 250 General Information on the Audio System P. 255 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink P. 279 Compass* P. 313

When Driving P. 322 Braking P. 396 Parking Your Vehicle P. 411 Fuel Economy P. 422 Accessories and Modifications P. 423

Maintenance Under the Hood P. 434 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 447 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 456 Battery P. 465 Remote Transmitter Care P. 467 Cleaning P. 470

Engine Does Not Start P. 495 Jump Starting P. 498 Shift Lever Does Not Move P. 502 Fuses P. 510 Emergency Towing P. 515 When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door P. 516 Refueling P. 518

Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 525 Reporting Safety Defects P. 526 Authorized Manuals P. 531 Client Service Information P. 532

Quick Reference Guide P. 4

Safe Driving P. 27

Instrument Panel P. 69

Controls P. 137

Features P. 209

Driving P. 315

Maintenance P. 425

Handling the Unexpected P. 475

Information P. 519

Index P. 534

4

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 4

Quick Reference Guide

Visual Index

System Indicators (P70)

Gauges (P117)

Multi-Information Display (P118)

Steering Wheel Adjustments (P176)

ENGINE START/STOP Button (P161)

Hazard Warning Button

Rear Window Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button (P173)

Canadian models

(Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) System OFF) Button (P387)

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Button* (P372)

Parking Sensor System Button* (P413)

Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) OFF Button* (P407)

Headlight Washer Button* (P171)

Heated Windshield Button* (P173)

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Button* (P377)

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM (P216)

Audio System (P210)

Climate Control System (P199)

Trunk Release (P152)

Fuel Fill Door Release Button (P421)

Canadian models

Navigation System* () See the Navigation System Manual

Audio/Information Screen (P222)

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 5

Wipers/Washers (P169)

Headlights/Turn Signals (P164, 165)

Paddle Shifter (Shift down) (P337)

Paddle Shifter (Shift up) (P337)

Horn (Press an area around .)

Navigation System Voice Control Buttons* () See the Navigation System Manual

Bluetooth HandsFreeLink System Voice Control Buttons (P 279)

Brightness Control (P172)

Cruise Control Buttons* (P348)

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) Buttons* (P352)

TRIP Button (P121, 123)

Distance Button* (P360)

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Button* (P381)

Right Selector Wheel (P120, 126)

Heated Steering Wheel Button* (P196)

Canadian models

Audio Remote Controls (P214)

Fog Lights* (P168)

* Not available on all models

5

Visual Index

6

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 6

Power Window Switches (P158)

Drivers Front Airbag (P42)

Drivers Knee Airbag (P46)

Door Mirror Controls (P178)

Power Door Lock Master Switch (P150)

Accessory Power Socket (P193)

Auxiliary Input Jack (P212)

Accessory Power Socket (P193)

USB Port (P211)

Rearview Mirror (P177)

Hood Release Handle (P436)

Memory Buttons (P175)

SET Button (P175)

Glove Box (P189)

Passengers Front Airbag (P42)

Drivers Side Interior Fuse Boxes (P512)

Electric Parking Brake Switch (P396)

IDS Button (P346)

Shift Button*

Electronic Gear Selector (P331)

Automatic Brake Hold Button (P400)

Shift Lever*

Dual Clutch Transmission (P338) Auto Idle Stop OFF Button* (P342)

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 7

Side Airbags (P48)

Map Lights (P188)

Side Curtain Airbags (P50)

Seat Belts (P32)

Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat (P63)

LATCH to Secure a Child Seat (P59)

Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat) (P61)

Rear Seat (P185)

Front Seat (P180)

Coat Hook (P194)

Grab Handle

Moonroof Switch (P160)

Map Lights (P188)

Sunglasses Holder (P198)

Sun Visors

Vanity Mirrors

* Not available on all models

7

Visual Index

8

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 8

Maintenance Under the Hood (P434)

Windshield Wipers (P169, 454)

Tires (P456, 477)

Door Lock/Unlock Control (P142)

Power Door Mirrors (P178)

Headlights (P165, 447)

How to Refuel (P421)

High-Mount Brake Light (P453)

Emergency Trunk Release Lever (P154)

Opening/Closing the Trunk (P153)

Multi-View Rear Camera (P419)

Rear Side Marker Lights (P451)

Brake/Taillights (P451)

Rear Turn Signal Lights (P450)

Back-Up Lights (P452)

Rear License Plate Lights (P453)

Brake/Taillights (P451)

Fog Lights* (P168, 447)

Trunk Release Button (P152)

Front Turn Signal Lights (P164, 448)

Front Side Marker/Parking Lights (P165, 447)

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 9

Safe Driving (P 27)

Airbags (P 39)

Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision.

Child Safety (P 54)

All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat. Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat. Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat.

Exhaust Gas Hazard (P 66)

Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain carbon monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined spaces where carbon monoxide gas can accumulate.

Before Driving Checklist (P 31)

Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints, steering wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted.

Seat Belts (P 32)

Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well back in the seat.

Check that your passengers are wearing their seat belts correctly.

Fasten your lap belt as low as possible.

* Not available on all models

9

10

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 10

Auto Idle Stop Function*

To improve fuel economy, the engine stops and then restarts as detailed below. When Auto Idle Stop is on, the Auto Idle Stop indicator (green) comes on.

At Automatic transmission Engine status

Deceleration Stop the vehicle and depress the brake pedal.

Stop Keep the brake pedal depressed.

Start-up Release the brake pedal.

On

Off

Restarting

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 11

Instrument Panel (P 69)

System Indicators

Malfunction Indicator Lamp Low Oil Pressure Indicator

Charging System Indicator

Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) System Indicator

VSA OFF Indicator

Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator

Lights Indicators

Lights On Indicator

High Beam Indicator

Immobilizer System Indicator

System Indicators

System Message Indicator

Gauges (P117)/Display (P118)/System Indicators (P70)

Low Tire Pressure/ TPMS Indicator

Keyless Access System Indicator

Electric Parking Brake System Indicator

Electric Parking Brake Indicator

Automatic Brake Hold System Indicator

SPORT (Sport mode) Indicator

Blind Spot Information (BSI) Indicator*

Forward Collision Warning Indicator*/Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Indicator*

Lane Departure Warning Indicator*/Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Indicator*

Automatic Brake Hold Indicator

U.S.

Canada

U.S.

Canada Fog Light Indicator*

Temperature Gauge

Security System Alarm Indicator

Fuel Gauge

Tachometer

Multi-Information Display

Speedometer

Gear Position Indicator*/ Shift Lever Position Indicator*

M (sequential mode) Indicator/Sequential Mode Gear Selection Indicator

System Indicators

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator*

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) Indicator*

Models without full color display

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Indicator

Seat Belt Reminder Indicator

CRUISE CONTROL Indicator*

Brake System Indicator (Red)

Supplemental Restraint System Indicator

CRUISE MAIN Indicator*

Low Fuel Indicator

Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Indicators

Brake System Indicator (Amber)

U.S.

Canada

U.S.

Canada

Door and Trunk Open Indicator*

Precision All-Wheel SteerTM (P-AWS) Indicator*

ECON ECON (Econ mode) Indicator

SH-AWD Indicator*

Auto Idle Stop System Indicator (Amber)*

Auto Idle Stop Indicator (Green)*

* Not available on all models

11

12

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 12

Controls (P 137)

Clock (P138)

You can also adjust the time manually.

a Enter the Clock Adjustment screen. 2 Clock (P138)

b Rotate to change hour, then press .

c Rotate to change minute, then press .

The navigation system receives signals from GPS satellites, updating the clock automatically.

Models with navigation system

ENGINE START/STOP Button (P161)

Press the button to change the vehicles power mode.

Turn Signals (P164)

Lights (P165)

Turn Signal Control Lever

Right

Left

Light Control Switches

Low Beam

High Beam

Flashing

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 13

Wipers and Washers (P169)

*1:Models with automatic intermittent wipers

*2:Models without automatic intermittent wipers

Wiper/Washer Control Lever Adjustment Ring

: Low Sensitivity*1

: Lower speed, fewer sweeps*2

: High Sensitivity*1

: Higher speed, more sweeps*2

MIST OFF AUTO*1: Wiper speed varies automatically INT*2: Low speed with intermittent LO: Low speed wipe HI: High speed wipe

Pull toward you to spray washer fluid.

Steering Wheel (P176)

To adjust, push the adjustment lever down, adjust to the desired position, then lock the lever back in place.

Unlocking the Front Doors from the Inside (P149)

Pull either front door inner handle to unlock and open it at the same time.

Unlocking and opening the drivers door from the inner handle unlocks all the other doors.

Trunk (P152)

To unlock and open the trunk: Press the trunk release on the driver side

control panel. Press the trunk release button on the

keyless access remote. Press the trunk release button on the

trunk lid.

Trunk Release

13

14

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 14

Power Door Mirrors (P178)

With the power mode in ON, move the selector switch to L or R.

Push the appropriate edge of the adjustment switch to adjust the mirror.

Press the folding button* to fold in and out the door mirrors.

Selector Switch

Adjustment Switch

Folding Button*

Power Windows (P158)

With the power mode in ON, open and close the power windows.

If the power window lock button is in the off position, each passengers window can be opened and closed with its own switch.

If the power window lock button is in the on position (indicator on), each passengers window switch is disabled.

Power Window Lock Button

Window Switch

Indicator

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 15

Climate Control System (P199)

Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system. Press the button to turn the system on or off. Press the button to defrost the windshield.

The climate control system is voice operable. See the Navigation System Manual for complete details. Models with navigation system

Drivers Side Temperature Control Switch

Air flows from floor and windshield defroster vents.

Air flows from floor vents.

Air flows from floor and dashboard vents.

Air flows from dashboard vents.

AUTO Button

Passengers Side Temperature Control Switch

(On/off) Button

Drivers Side Temperature Icon

Passengers Side Temperature Icon

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

(Windshield Defroster) Button

Vent Mode Control Icon

A/C (Air Conditioning) and SYNC (Synchronized) Icon Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode

Icon

Fan Control Icon

* Not available on all models

15

16

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 16

Features (P209)

Audio System (P215) Image shown is for models without navigation system. For navigation system operation () See the Navigation System Manual

*1:Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source selected.

Audio/Information Screen

Interface Dial/ENTER Button

(Power) Button CD Slot

(CD Eject) Button

SETTINGS Button

VOL (Volume) Knob

BACK Button MENU Button

AUDIO Button

INFO Button

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

PHONE Button

(Tune Down) Icon*1

(Skip/Seek) Icon*1

Audio Source*1

(Skip/Seek) Icon*1

Presets*1

(Tune Up) Icon*1

More*1

(Day/Night) Button

Shortcuts*1

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 17

Audio Remote Controls (P214)

SOURCE Button Press to change the audio mode: FM/AM/ SiriusXM/CD/USB/iPod/Bluetooth Audio/ Pandora*/AhaTM*/AUX.

Left Selector Wheel Roll to adjust the volume up/down. Radio:Move to a side to change the

preset station. Move to a side and hold to select the next or previous strong station.

CD/USB device: Move to a side to skip to the beginning of the next song or return to the beginning of the current song. Move to a side and hold to change a folder.

Left Selector Wheel

SOURCE Button

* Not available on all models

17

18

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 18

Driving (P315)

Automatic Transmission* (P331)

Always depress the brake pedal before selecting (P or changing the gear position from (P. Select (P and depress the brake pedal when starting the engine.

Park Press the (P button. Used when parking or before turn off or start the engine. Transmission is locked.

Reverse Pull back the (R button. Used when reversing.

Neutral Press the (N button. Transmission is not locked. Drive Press the (D button. Used for normal driving. The sequential shift mode can be used.

Gear Position Indicator The gear position indicator and the shift button indicator indicate the current gear selection.

Gear Position Indicator

Shift Button Indicator

Gear selection

Models without full color display

Models with full color display

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 19

Paddle Shifters (P337) Paddle shifters allow you to shift gears much like a manual

transmission (1st through 9th). This is useful for engine braking. D-paddle shift mode: The

transmission will shift back to automatic mode once the system detects that the vehicle is cruising.

Sequential mode gear selection: Holds the selected gear, and the M (sequential mode) indicator comes on, when the Sport+ mode is on.

The sequential mode gear selection is shown in the instrument panel.

Gear Position Indicator

Shift Down (- Paddle Shifter

Shift Up (+ Paddle Shifter

Selected Gear Number

M Indicator

Models with full color display

Models without full color display

M Indicator

Selected Gear Number

Gear Position Indicator

* Not available on all models

19

20

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 20

Release Button

Depress the brake pedal and press the release button to move out of (P.

Move the shift lever without pressing the release button.

Press the release button to move the shift lever.

Dual Clutch Transmission* (P338)

Shift to (P and depress the brake pedal when starting the engine.

Shifting

Park Turn off or start the engine. Transmission is locked.

Reverse Used when reversing.

Neutral Transmission is not locked.

Drive Normal driving. The sequential shift mode can be used.

Paddle Shifters (P341) Paddle shifters allow you to shift gears much like a manual

transmission (1st through 8th). This is useful for engine braking.

D-paddle shift mode: The transmission will shift back to automatic mode once the system detects that the vehicle is cruising.

Sequential shift mode: Holds the selected gear, and the M indicator comes on, when the Sport+ mode is on.

The selected gear position is shown in the instrument panel.

M IndicatorShift Lever Position Indicator

Shift Lever

Shift Down (- Paddle Shifter

Shift Up (+ Paddle Shifter

Models with full color display

Models without full color display

Selected Gear Number

M Indicator Shift Lever Position Indicator

Selected Gear Number

IDS Button

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 21

VSA OFF Button (P387)

The vehicle stability assist (VSA) system helps stabilize the vehicle during cornering, and helps maintain traction while accelerating on loose or slippery road surfaces.

VSA comes on automatically every time you start the engine.

To turn VSA on or off, press and hold the button until you hear a beep.

Cruise Control* (P348)

Cruise control allows you to maintain a set speed without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal.

To use cruise control, press the CRUISE button, then press the RES/+/SET/ switch down once you have achieved the desired speed (above 25 mph or 40 km/h).

Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) OFF Button* (P407)

When a possible collision is likely unavoidable, the CMBSTM can help you to reduce the vehicle speed and the severity of the collision.

To turn the CMBSTM on or off, press and hold the button until you hear a beep.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) (P392, 508)

The TPMS monitors tire pressure. TPMS is turned on automatically every time you start the engine. TPMS fill assist provides audible and visual guidance during tire pressure adjustment.

Refueling (P420)

a Press the fuel fill door release button.

b After refueling, wait for about five seconds before removing the filler nozzle.

Fuel recommendation: Unleaded premium gasoline with a pump octane number 91 or higher recommended

Fuel tank capacity: 17.2 US gal (65 liters)

Wait for five seconds

* Not available on all models

21

22

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 22

Maintenance (P425)

Under the Hood (P434)

Check engine oil and engine coolant. Add when necessary. Check brake fluid. Check the battery condition monthly.

a Pull the hood release handle under the corner of the dashboard.

b Locate the hood latch lever, slide the lever and lift the hood.

c When finished, close the hood and make sure it is firmly locked in place.

Lights (P447)

Inspect all lights regularly.

Wiper Blades (P454)

Replace blades if they leave streaks across the windshield.

Tires (P456)

Inspect tires and wheels regularly. Check tire pressures regularly. Install snow tires for winter driving.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 23

Handling the Unexpected (P475)

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

Flat Tire (P477)

Park in a safe location and repair the flat tire using the temporary tire repair kit.

Park in a safe location and replace the flat tire with the compact spare tire in the trunk.

Indicators Come On (P505)

Identify the indicator and consult the owners manual.

Vehicles with tire repair kit

Vehicles with optional spare tire

Engine Wont Start (P495)

If the battery is dead, jump start using a booster battery.

Blown Fuse (P510)

Check for a blown fuse if an electrical device does not operate.

Overheating (P503)

Park in a safe location. If you do not see steam under the hood, open the hood, and let the engine cool down.

Emergency Towing (P515)

Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.

23

24

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 24

What to Do If

The power mode does not change from VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to ACCESSORY. Why?

The steering wheel may be locked. Move the steering wheel left and right

while pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button.

The power mode does not change from ON to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Why?

The shift lever should be moved to (P.

Why does the brake pedal pulsate slightly when applying the brakes?

This can occur when the ABS activates, and does not indicate a problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never pump the brake pedal.

The rear door cannot be opened from inside the vehicle. Why?

Check if the childproof lock is in the LOCK position. If so, open the rear door with the outside door handle. To cancel this function, push the lever to the UNLOCK position.

Canadian models

Models with shift lever

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 25

Why do the doors lock after I unlocked the doors using a remote transmitter?

If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are relocked automatically for security.

Why does the beeper sound when I open the drivers door?

The beeper sounds when: The power mode is in ACCESSORY. The exterior lights are left on. The Auto Idle Stop* is in operation.

Why does the beeper sound when I start driving?

The beeper sounds when the driver and/or front passenger are not wearing their seat belts.

Why do I hear a screeching sound when I apply the brake pedal?

The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.

Pressing the electric parking brake switch does not release the parking brake. Why?

Press the electric parking brake switch with the brake pedal depressed.

* Not available on all models

25

26

Q u

ick R eferen

ce G u

id e

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 26

Depressing the accelerator pedal does not release the parking brake automatically. Why?

Fasten the drivers seat belt. Check if the transmission is in (P or (N. If so, select any other

position.

Why does the gear position automatically change to (P when I open the driver's door to check for parking space lines when reversing?

Fasten the drivers seat belt. Close the driver's door and manually change the gear

position. uWhen opening the drivers door (P333)

Unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 91 or higher is recommended. Is it possible to use unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 87 or lower on this vehicle?

Unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 91 or higher is recommended. Use of lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the engine and will result in decreased engine performance. Use of gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to engine damage.

Models with electronic gear selector

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 27

Safe Driving

You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual.

For Safe Driving Important Safety Precautions ............. 28 Your Vehicles Safety Features............ 30

Seat Belts About Your Seat Belts........................ 32 Fastening a Seat Belt.......................... 35 Seat Belt Inspection............................ 38

Airbags Airbag System Components............... 39 Types of Airbags ................................ 42 Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 42 Drivers Knee Airbag .......................... 46

Side Airbags ...................................... 48 Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 50 Airbag System Indicators.................... 51 Airbag Care ....................................... 53

Child Safety Protecting Child Passengers ............... 54 Safety of Infants and Small Children .. 56 Safety of Larger Children ................... 64

Exhaust Gas Hazard Carbon Monoxide Gas....................... 66

Safety Labels Label Locations .................................. 67

27

28

Safe D rivin

g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 28

For Safe Driving

1Important Safety Precautions

Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the driver while driving.

The following pages explain your vehicles safety features and how to use them properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the most important.

Important Safety Precautions Always wear your seat belt A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and wear them properly.

Restrain all children Children ages 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the belt properly without a booster seat.

Be aware of airbag hazards While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children, and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and warnings in this manual.

Dont drink and drive Alcohol and driving dont mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink. So dont drink and drive, and dont let your friends drink and drive, either.

uuFor Safe Drivingu Important Safety Precautions Safe D

rivin g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 29

Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash. Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to divert some attention away from driving.

Control your speed Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds. Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum speed posted.

Keep your vehicle in safe condition Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous. To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.

29

30

uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicles Safety Features

Safe D rivin

g

1Your Vehicles Safety Features

Your vehicle is equipped with many features that work together to help protect you and your passengers during a crash.

Some features do not require any action on your part. These include a strong steel framework that forms a safety cage around the passenger compartment, front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat belts in a sufficient crash.

However, you and your passengers cannot take full advantage of these features unless you remain seated in the correct position and always wear your seat belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to injuries if they are not used properly.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 30

Your Vehicles Safety Features

The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and your passengers.

6

7

9

10

11

12

Safety Cage Crush Zones Seats and Seat-Backs Head Restraints Collapsible Steering Column Seat Belts Front Airbags

Side Curtain Airbags Door Locks

Side Airbags

Seat Belt Tensioners/Seat Belt e-pretensioners*

7

7

1010

9

9

11

11

6

12

8 Knee Airbag

8

* Not available on all models

uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicles Safety Features Safe D

rivin g

1Safety Checklist

If the door and trunk open indicator* will come on and a message appears on the multi-information display, a door and/or the trunk is not completely closed. Close all doors and the trunk tightly until the message disappears.

2 Indicators P. 81, 102

*

Models with full color display

Models without full color display

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 31

For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items each time before you drive. After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors are closed and locked.

Locking the doors helps prevent an occupant from being ejected and an outsider from unexpectedly opening a door.

2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 148

Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a crash.

2 Adjusting the Seats P. 180

Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position.

2 Adjusting the Head Restraints P. 182

Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any passengers are properly belted as well.

2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 35

Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a childs age, height and weight.

2 Child Safety P. 54

Safety Checklist

31* Not available on all models

32

Safe D rivin

g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 32

Seat Belts

1About Your Seat Belts

Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your risk of serious injury.

Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories require you to wear seat belts.

The emergency locking retractor may lock if you lean forward too quickly. Slower movements will allow the belt to extend fully without locking.

3WARNING Not wearing a seat belt properly increases the chance of serious injury or death in a crash, even though your vehicle has airbags.

Be sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts and wear them properly.

About Your Seat Belts Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the vehicle, against other passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags.

In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including: - frontal impacts - side impacts - rear impacts - rollovers

Lap/shoulder seat belts All five seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with emergency locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely while keeping some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the retractor locks to restrain your body. The front passengers and rear seat belts also have a lockable retractor for use with child seats.

2 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 61

uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts Safe D

rivin g

1About Your Seat Belts

If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely. Then refasten the belt.

1Seat Belt Reminder

The indicator will also come on if a front passenger does not fasten their seat belt within six seconds after the power mode is set to ON. When no one is sitting in the front passengers seat, the indicator will not come on and the beeper will not sound. The indicator also may not come on and the beeper may not sound when the occupant is not heavy enough to trigger the weight sensor. Such occupants (e.g., infants and smaller children) should be moved to the rear seat as a deploying front airbag likely will injure or kill them.

2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 54

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 33

Proper use of seat belts Follow these guidelines for proper use: All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position

for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduce the effectiveness of the belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.

Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash.

Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very seriously injured in a crash.

Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.

Your vehicle monitors front seat belt use. If the power mode is set to ON before the drivers seat belt is fastened, the beeper will sound and the indicator will blink. If the driver does not fasten the belt before the beeper stops, the indicator will remain on.

The beeper will also periodically sound and the indicator will blink while driving until the drivers and front passengers seat belts are fastened.

Seat Belt Reminder

Models with full color display

Models without full color display

Continued 33

uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts

34

Safe D rivin

g

1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners

The seat belt tensioners can only operate once. If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not offer protection in a subsequent crash.

During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates.

1Seat Belt e-pretensioners*

If only the e-pretensioners were activated, no components need to be replaced.

The e-pretensioners may not work if: A warning message for e-pretensioners appears on

multi-information display. Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) System Indicator is

on.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 34

The front seats are equipped with automatic seat belt tensioners to enhance safety.

The tensioners automatically tighten the front seat belts during a moderate-to-severe frontal collision, sometimes even if the collision is not severe enough to inflate the front airbags or the drivers knee airbag.

Are the motor-powered pretensioners that start to retract the front seat belts when the CMBSTM, brake assist system, or VSA system is in operation. They may also activate when you steer the vehicle hard, or the vehicle is impacted. After retracted, the seat belts are slackened to their original positions. As convenient features, the e-pretensioners slightly retract the seat belts when you latch the seat belt buckle, depress the brake pedal more aggressively than you normally do, or make a sharp turn, and fully retract when you release the seat belt buckle.

Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners

Seat Belt e-pretensioners*

* Not available on all models

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt Safe D

rivin g

1Fastening a Seat Belt

No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat belt or one that does not appear to be working correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working properly may not protect the occupant in a crash. Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible.

Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or retractor mechanism.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 35

Fastening a Seat Belt After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well back in the seat:

2 Adjusting the Seats P. 180

1. Pull the seat belt out slowly.

2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is secure. u Make sure that the belt is not twisted or

caught on anything.

When you or the front passenger insert the latch plate into the buckle, the front seat belt retracts automatically.

2 Seat Belt e-pretensioners* P. 34

Pull out slowly.

Correct Seated Posture.

Latch Plate

Buckle Models with CMBSTM

35Continued* Not available on all models

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt

36

Safe D rivin

g

1Fastening a Seat Belt

To release the belt, push the red PRESS button then guide the belt by hand until it has retracted completely. When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is out of the way and will not get caught by closing the door.

3WARNING Improperly positioning the seat belts can cause serious injury or death in a crash.

Make sure all seat belts are properly positioned before driving.

1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor

The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height one level at a time.

After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder anchor position is secure.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 36

3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as possible across your hips, then pull up on the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic bones take the force of a crash and reduces the chance of internal injuries.

4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to remove any slack, then check that the belt rests across the center of your chest and over your shoulder. This spreads the forces of a crash over the strongest bones in your upper body.

The front seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to accommodate taller and shorter occupants.

1. Move the anchor up and down while holding the release button.

2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests across the center of your chest and over your shoulder.

Lap belt as low as possible

Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor

Push

uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt Safe D

rivin g

1Advice for Pregnant Women

Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is okay for you to drive.

To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front airbag: When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far

back as possible while allowing full control of the vehicle.

When sitting in the front passengers seat, adjust the seat as far back as possible.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 37

If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the belt as low as possible across the hips.

Advice for Pregnant Women

Wear the shoulder belt across the chest avoiding the abdomen.

Wear the lap part of the belt as low as possible across the hips.

37

38

uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection

Safe D rivin

g

1Seat Belt Inspection

3WARNING Not checking or maintaining seat belts can result in serious injury or death if the seat belts do not work properly when needed.

Check your seat belts regularly and have any problem corrected as soon as possible.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 38

Seat Belt Inspection Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows:

Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear. Check that the latches work smoothly and the belts retract easily. u If a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only

use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract.

Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper protection and should be replaced as soon as possible. A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after any collision.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 39

Airbags

Safe D

rivin g

6

9

12

Airbag System Components

9

13

7

9

9

9 11 10 9 8

6

39Continued

40

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components

Safe D rivin

g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 40

The front, drivers knee, front side, and side curtain airbags are deployed according to the direction and severity of impact. Both side curtain airbags are deployed in a rollover. The airbag system includes:

aTwo SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) front airbags. The drivers airbag is stored in the center of the steering wheel; the front passengers airbag is stored in the dashboard. Both are marked SRS AIRBAG.

bDrivers knee airbag. The knee airbag is stored under the steering column. It is marked SRS AIRBAG.

cTwo side airbags, one for the driver and one for a front passenger. The airbags are stored in the outer edges of the seat- backs. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.

dTwo side curtain airbags, one for each side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored in the ceiling, above the side windows. The front and rear pillars are marked SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG.

eAn electronic control unit that continually monitors and can record information about the sensors, the airbag activators, the seat belt tensioners, and driver and front passenger seat belt use when the power mode is in ON.

fAutomatic front seat belt tensioners. The drivers and front passengers seat belts incorporate sensors that detect whether or not they are fastened.

The front seat belt tensioners also include the e-pretensioners.

gA drivers seat position sensor. If the seat is too far forward, the airbag will inflate with less force.

hWeight sensors in the front passengers seat. The front passengers airbag will be turned off if the weight on the seat is 65 lbs (29 kg) or less (the weight of an infant or small child).

Models with CMBSTM

i Impact sensors that can detect a moderate-to-severe front or side impact.

jAn indicator on the dashboard that alerts you that the front passengers front airbag has been turned off.

kAn indicator on the instrument panel that alerts you to a possible problem with your airbag system or seat belt tensioners.

lSafing Sensor

mA rollover sensor that detects whether the vehicle is about to roll over.

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components Safe D

rivin g

1Important Facts About Your Airbags

Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together, airbags and seat belts provide the best protection.

When driving, keep hands and arms out of the deployment path of the front airbag by holding each side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over the airbag cover.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 41

Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises, and other minor injuries, sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not wearing their seat belts properly and sitting correctly.

What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and as far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as possible.

Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags deploy.

Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag. Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates.

Do not attach or place objects on the front and drivers knee airbag covers. Objects on the covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper operation of the airbags or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the airbags inflate.

Important Facts About Your Airbags

41

42

uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags

Safe D rivin

g

1Types of Airbags

The airbags can inflate whenever the power mode is in ON.

After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion process of the inflator material and is not harmful. People with respiratory problems may experience some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.

1Front Airbags (SRS)

Dual-Stage, Multiple-Threshold Front Airbags (SRS) Your vehicle is equipped with dual-stage, multiple- threshold front airbags (SRS). During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate at different rates, depending on the severity of the crash, whether the seat belts are latched, and/or other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to supplement the seat belts to help reduce the likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal crashes.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 42

Types of Airbags Your vehicle is equipped with four types of airbags: Front airbags: Airbags in front of the drivers and front passengers seats. Drivers knee airbag: Airbag under the steering column. Side airbags: Airbags in the drivers and front passengers seat-backs. Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows. Each is discussed in the following pages.

Front Airbags (SRS) The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger.

SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupants primary restraint system.

The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG.

Housing Locations

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS) Safe D

rivin g

1How the Front Airbags Work

Although the drivers and front passengers airbags normally inflate within a split second of each other, it is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin, or threshold that determines whether or not the airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental protection offered by the airbag would be minimal.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 43

Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions. When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate.

A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall.

While your seat belt restrains your torso, the front airbag provides supplemental protection for your head and chest.

The front airbags deflate immediately so that they wont interfere with the drivers visibility or the ability to steer or operate other controls.

The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them.

Operation

How the Front Airbags Work

Continued 43

44

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)

Safe D rivin

g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 44

When front airbags should not deploy Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and help save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might occur during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash. Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration causes a driver or front passenger to move toward the front of the vehicle. Side airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help reduce the severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which can cause the driver or passenger to move toward the side of the vehicle. Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed to deploy in such collisions. Rollovers: Seat belts, and in vehicles equipped with a rollover sensor, side airbags, and side curtain airbags offer the best protection in a rollover. Because front airbags could provide little if any protection, they are not designed to deploy during a rollover. When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy. Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent. When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage

appears severe Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they had deployed.

uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS) Safe D

rivin g

1Advanced Airbags

If there is a problem with the drivers seat position sensor, the SRS indicator will come on and the airbag will inflate with full (normal) force, regardless of the drivers seating position.

For both advanced front airbags to work properly: Do not spill any liquid on or under the seats. Do not put any object under the passengers seat. Make sure any objects are positioned properly on

the floor. Improperly positioned objects can interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.

All occupants should sit upright and wear their seat belts properly.

Do not place any cover over the passenger side dashboard.

Make sure the floor mat behind the front passenger's seat is hooked to the floor mat anchor. An improperly placed mat can interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.

2 Floor Mats P. 471

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 45

Your front airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag related injuries to smaller occupants.

The drivers advanced front airbag system includes a seat position sensor.

If the seat is too far forward, the airbag inflates with less force, regardless of the severity of the impact.

The passengers advanced front airbag system has weight sensors.

Although we recommend against carrying an infant or small child in front, if the sensors detect the weight of a child (up to about 65 lbs or 29 kg), the system will automatically turn off the passengers front airbag.

Advanced Airbags

Drivers Seat Position Sensor

Passengers Seat Weight Sensors

45

46

uuAirbagsuDrivers Knee Airbag

Safe D rivin

g

1Drivers Knee Airbag

Do not attach accessories on or near the drivers knee airbag. They can interfere with the proper operation of the airbag, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 46

Drivers Knee Airbag The drivers knee SRS airbag inflates in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help keep the driver in the proper position and to help maximize the benefit provided by the vehicles other safety features.

SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbag is designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupants primary restraint system.

The drivers knee airbag is housed under the steering column for the driver.

The airbag is marked SRS AIRBAG.

When the drivers front airbag inflates, the drivers knee airbag also inflates.

Even if the collision is not severe enough to deploy the front airbag, the knee airbag may inflate alone.

Housing Locations

Housing Location

Operation

When inflated

Knee Airbag

uuAirbagsuDrivers Knee Airbag Safe D

rivin g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 47

When drivers knee airbag deploys with little or no visible damage Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy. Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.

When drivers knee airbag may not deploy, even though exterior damage appears severe

Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they had deployed.

47

48

uuAirbagsuSide Airbags

Safe D rivin

g

1Side Airbags

Make sure you and your front passenger always sit upright. Leaning into the path of a side airbag can prevent the airbag from deploying properly and increases your risk of serious injury.

Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags. They can interfere with the proper operation of the airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.

If the impact is on the passenger side, the airbag deploys even if there is no passenger in the front passenger seat.

Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers without consulting a dealer. Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back covers can prevent your side airbags from properly deploying during a side impact.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 48

Side Airbags The side airbags help protect the torso and pelvis of the driver or a front passenger during a moderate-to-severe side impact.

The side airbags are housed in the outside edge of the drivers and passengers seat- backs.

Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.

When the sensors detect a moderate-to- severe side impact, the control unit signals the side airbag on the impact side to immediately inflate.

Housing Locations

Housing Location

Operation

When inflated

Side Airbag

uuAirbagsuSide Airbags Safe D

rivin g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 49

When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage Because the airbag system senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side of the vehicles framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough impact to deploy the airbag.

When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears severe

It is possible for a side airbag to not deploy during an impact that results in apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was toward the far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicles crushable body parts absorbed most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have been needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed.

49

50

uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags

Safe D rivin

g

1Side Curtain Airbags

If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side curtain airbags and activates both front seat belt tensioners.

If the impact is on the passengers side, the passengers side curtain airbag will inflate even if there are no occupants on that side of the vehicle.

To get the best protection from the side curtain airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts properly and sit upright and well back in their seats.

Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation of the side curtain airbags.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 50

Side Curtain Airbags The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in outer seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain airbags equipped in this vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of partial and complete ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes, particularly rollover crashes.

The side curtain airbags are located in the ceiling above the side windows on both sides of the vehicle.

The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy in a rollover or a moderate-to-severe side impact.

Housing Locations

Side Curtain Airbag Storage

Operation

Deployed Side Curtain Airbag

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators Safe D

rivin g

1Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator

3WARNING Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in serious injury or death if the airbag systems or tensioners do not work properly.

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts you to a possible problem.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 51

When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision One or both side curtain airbags may inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled frontal collision. In this case, the side curtain airbags will deploy slightly after the front airbags.

Airbag System Indicators If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on and a message appears on the multi-information display.

When the power mode is set to ON The indicator comes on for a few seconds, then goes off. This tells you the system is working properly.

If the indicator comes on at any other time, or does not come on at all, have the system checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you dont, your airbags and seat belt tensioners may not work properly when they are needed.

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator

Models with full color display

Models without full color display

Continued 51

uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators

52

Safe D rivin

g

1Passenger Airbag Off Indicator

If the indicator comes on with no front passenger and no objects on the passengers seat, or with an adult riding there, something may be interfering with the weight sensors, such as: An object hanging on the seat or in the seat-back

pocket. A child seat or other object pressing against the

rear of the seat-back. A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of

the front passengers seat. The front seat or seat-back is forced back against

an object on the seat or floor behind it. An object placed under the front passengers seat.

If none of these conditions exist, have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible.

The passenger airbag off indicator may come on and goes off repeatedly if the total weight on the seat is near the airbag cutoff threshold.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 52

When the passenger airbag off indicator comes on

The indicator comes on to alert you that the passengers front airbag has been turned off. This occurs when the front passengers weight sensors detect 65 lbs (29 kg) or less, the weight of an infant or small child, on the seat.

Infants and small children should always ride properly restrained in a back seat. 2 Child Safety P. 54

Objects placed on the seat can also cause the indicator to come on.

If the front passenger seat is empty, the passengers front airbag will not deploy and the indicator will not come on.

Passenger Airbag Off Indicator

U.S. Canada

uuAirbagsuAirbag Care Safe D

rivin g

1Airbag Care

We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag system components, including the airbag, tensioners, sensors, and control unit.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 53

Airbag Care You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle inspected by a dealer in the following situations:

When the airbags have deployed If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced. Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be replaced.

When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: the drivers seat position sensor, weight sensors in the passengers seat, front seat belt tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during the crash.

Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting a dealer This would likely disable the drivers seat position sensor or the weight sensors in the passengers seat. If it is necessary to remove or modify a front seat to accommodate a person with disabilities, contact an Acura dealer. For U.S. vehicles, Acura Client Relations at 800-382-2238 and for Canadian vehicles, Acura Client Services at 1- 888-9-ACURA-9.

53

54

Safe D rivin

g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 54

Child Safety

1Protecting Child Passengers

The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and Transport Canada recommend that all children ages 12 and under be properly restrained in a rear seat. Some states or provinces/territories have laws restricting where children may ride.

3WARNING Children who are unrestrained or improperly restrained can be seriously injured or killed in a crash.

Any child too small for a seat belt should be properly restrained in a child seat. A larger child should be properly restrained with a seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary.

Protecting Child Passengers Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle accidents are the number one cause of death of children ages 12 and under.

To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride in a vehicle.

Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because: An inflating front or side airbag can injure

or kill a child sitting in the front seat.

A child in the front seat is more likely to interfere with the drivers ability to safely control the vehicle.

Statistics show that children of all sizes and ages are safer when they are properly restrained in a rear seat.

uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers Safe D

rivin g

1Protecting Child Passengers

To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.

To remind you of the passengers front airbag hazards and child safety, your vehicle has warning labels on the dashboard (U.S. models) and on the front visors. Please read and follow the instructions on these labels.

2 Safety Labels P. 67

3WARNING Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or wrap one around their neck can result in serious injury or death.

Instruct children not to play with any seat belt and make sure any unused seat belt a child can reach is buckled, fully retracted, and locked.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 55

Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the lap belt portion of the lap/shoulder belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system.

Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the event of a collision.

Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries.

Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very seriously injured in a crash.

Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments.

Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly.

55

56

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

Safe D rivin

g

1Protecting Infants

Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat for a child up to two years old if the childs height and weight are appropriate for a rear-facing seat.

Rear-facing child seats should never be installed in a forward facing position.

Always refer to the child seat manufacturers instructions before installation.

3WARNING Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front seat can result in serious injury or death during a crash.

Always place a rear-facing child seat in the rear seat, not the front.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 56

Safety of Infants and Small Children

An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing, reclining child seat until the infant reaches the seat manufacturers weight or height limit for the seat, and the infant is at least one year old.

Positioning a rear-facing child seat Child seats must be placed and secured in a rear seating position.

When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back in the desired position.

It can also interfere with proper operation of the passengers advanced front airbag system.

2 Airbags P. 39

If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front passengers seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied. Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat.

Protecting Infants

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D

rivin g

1Protecting Smaller Children

Educate yourself about the laws and regulations regarding child seat use where you are driving, and follow the child seat manufacturers instructions.

3WARNING Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can result in serious injury or death if the front airbag inflates.

If you must place a forward-facing child seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far back as possible, and properly restrain the child.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 57

If a child is at least one year old and within the weight range indicated by the child seat manufacturer, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly secured forward-facing child seat.

Forward-facing child seat placement We strongly recommend placing a forward- facing child seat in a rear seating position.

Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passengers front airbag off. A rear seat is the safest place for a child.

Protecting Smaller Children

Continued 57

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

58

Safe D rivin

g

1Selecting a Child Seat

Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is simple.

LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed to simplify the installation process and reduce the likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 58

Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren). Some have a rigid-type connector while others have a flexible-type connector. Both are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat manufacturers use and care instructions as well as the instructions in this manual. Proper installation is key to maximizing your childs safety.

In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security. This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owners manual for proper installation instructions.

Important consideration when selecting a child seat Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements: The child seat is the correct type and size for the child. The child seat is the correct type for the seating position. The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or

Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

Selecting a Child Seat

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D

rivin g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 59

A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in either of the two outer rear seats. A child seat is attached to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible type of connectors.

1. Locate the lower anchors under the marks.

2. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat then attach the child seat to the lower anchors according to the instructions that came with the child seat. u When installing the child seat, make sure

that the lower anchors are not obstructed by the seat belt or any other object.

Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat

Marks

Rigid Type

Lower Anchors

59Continued

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

60

Safe D rivin

g

1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat

For your childs safety, when using a child seat installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the child seat is properly secured to the vehicle. A child seat that is not properly secured will not adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 60

3. Open the tether anchor cover behind the head restraint.

4. Raise the head restraint to its highest position, then route the tether strap between the head restraint legs, and secure the tether strap hook onto the anchor.

5. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the child seat manufacturer.

6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by rocking it forward and back and side to side; little movement should be felt.

7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor is activated, and the belt is fully retracted and locked.

Flexible Type

Tether Strap Hook

Anchor

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D

rivin g

1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt

A child seat that is not properly secured will not adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 61

1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat. 2. Route the seat belt through the child seat

according to the seat manufacturers instructions, and insert the latch plate into the buckle. u Insert the latch plate fully until it clicks.

3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all the way out until it stops. This activates the lockable retractor.

4. Let the seat belt completely wind up into the retractor, then try to pull it out to make sure the retractor is locked. u If you are able to pull the shoulder belt

out, the lockable retractor is not activated. Pull the seat belt all the way out, and repeat steps 3 4.

5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack from the lap part of the belt. u When doing this, place your weight on

the child seat and push it into the vehicle seat.

Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt

Continued 61

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children

62

Safe D rivin

g

1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt

To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 62

6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by rocking it forward and back and side to side; little movement should be felt.

7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor is activated, and the belt is fully retracted and locked.

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children Safe D

rivin g

1Adding Security with a Tether

Since a tether can provide additional security to the lap/shoulder seat belt installation, we recommend using a tether whenever one is available.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 63

A tether anchorage point is provided behind each rear seating position. A child seat that is installed with a seat belt and comes with a tether can use the tether for additional security.

1. Locate the appropriate tether anchorage point and lift the cover.

2. Raise the head restraint to its highest position, then route the tether strap through the head restraint legs. Make sure the strap is not twisted.

3. Secure the tether strap hook onto the anchor.

4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the child seat manufacturer.

Adding Security with a Tether

Tether Anchorage Points

CoverAnchor

Tether Strap Hook

Anchor

Outer Position

Center Position Tether Strap Hook

Anchor

63

64

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children

Safe D rivin

g

1Safety of Larger Children

3WARNING Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in front can result in injury or death if the passengers front airbag inflates.

If a larger child must ride in front, move the vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible, have the child sit up properly and wear the seat belt properly, using a booster seat if needed.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 64

Safety of Larger Children

The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who must sit in front.

When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/ shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the following questions.

Checklist Do the childs knees bend comfortably over

the edge of the seat? Does the shoulder belt cross between the

childs neck and arm? Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as

possible, touching the childs thighs? Will the child be able to stay seated like this

for the whole trip? If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat.

Protecting Larger Children

Checking Seat Belt Fit

uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children Safe D

rivin g

1Booster Seats

When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the instructions that came with it, and install the seat accordingly. There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat belt correctly.

Some U.S. states and Canadian provinces and territories require children to use a booster seat until they reach a given age or weight (e.g. 6 years or 60 lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or province, or territory where you intend to drive.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 65

If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used properly, position the child in a booster seat in a rear seating position. For the childs safety, check that the child meets the booster seat manufacturers recommendations.

Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front: Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information

in this manual. Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible. Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat. Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the

seat.

Monitoring child passengers We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up properly.

Booster Seats

Protecting Larger Children-Final Checks

65

66

Safe D rivin

g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 66

Exhaust Gas Hazard

1Carbon Monoxide Gas

An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up with carbon monoxide gas. Do not run the engine with the garage door closed. Even when the garage door is open, drive out of the garage immediately after starting the engine.

3WARNING Carbon monoxide gas is toxic. Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and even kill you.

Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that expose you to carbon monoxide.

Carbon Monoxide Gas The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon monoxide gas will not get into the interior.

Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever The exhaust system is making an unusual noise. The exhaust system may have been damaged. The vehicle is raised for an oil change.

When you operate a vehicle with the trunk open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the trunk open, open all the windows and set the climate control system as shown below.

1. Select the fresh air mode. 2. Select the mode. 3. Set the fan speed to high. 4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting.

Adjust the climate control system in the same manner if you sit in your parked vehicle with the engine running.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 67

Safety Labels

Label Locations These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels

Safe D rivin

g

carefully.

If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer for a replacement.

Radiator Cap

Dashboard

DoorjambsSun Visors

U.S. models Canadian models

U.S. models only

U.S. models

Canadian models

67

68

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 68

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 69

Instrument Panel

This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving.

Indicators ............................................ 70 Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages...................... 95

Gauges and Multi-Information Display ..117 Gauges............................................ 117 Multi-Information Display ................ 118

69

70

In stru

m en

t Pan el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 70

Indicators

*1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1

Brake System Indicator (Red)

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on when the brake fluid level is low.

Comes on if there is a problem with the brake system.

Comes on while driving - Check the brake fluid level.

2 What to do when the indicator comes on while driving P. 506

Comes on along with the brake system indicator (amber) - Immediately stop in a safe place. Contact a dealer for repair. The brake pedal becomes harder to operate. Depress the pedal further than you normally do.

Comes on along with the ABS indicator - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On P. 506

Low Oil Pressure Indicator

Comes on when you set the power mode to ON, and goes off when the engine starts.

Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low.

Comes on while driving - Immediately stop in a safe place.

2 If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On P. 505

U.S.

Canada

(Red)

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 71

*1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1

Electric Parking Brake Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on when the parking brake is applied, and goes off when it is released.

Blinks and the electric parking brake system indicator comes on at the same time - There is a problem with the electric parking brake system. The parking brake may not be set.

2 Parking Brake P. 396

Electric Parking Brake System Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if there is a problem with the electric parking brake system.

Comes on while driving - Avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.

2 If the Electric Parking Brake System Indicator Comes On P. 507

U.S.

Canada

71Continued

72

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 72

*1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1

Automatic Brake Hold System Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on when the automatic brake hold system is on.

2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 400

Automatic Brake Hold Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on when the automatic brake hold system is activated.

2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 400

U.S.

Canada

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 73

*1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1

Brake System Indicator (Amber)

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if there is a problem with a system related to braking other than the conventional brake system.

Comes on if there is a problem with the automatic brake hold system.

Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Stays on constantly - Avoid high speeds and sudden braking. Take the vehicle to a dealer immediately.

With this indicator on, your vehicle still has normal braking ability.

U.S.

Canada

(Amber)

U.S.

Canada

U.S.

Canada

U.S.

Canada

U.S.

Canada

73Continued

74

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 74

*1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1

Malfunction Indicator Lamp

Comes on when you set the power mode to ON, and goes off either when the engine starts or after several seconds if the engine is not started. If readiness codes have not been set, it blinks five times before it goes off.

Comes on if there is a problem with the emissions control system.

Blinks when a misfire in the engines cylinders is detected.

Readiness codes are part of the on board diagnostics for the emissions control systems.

2 Testing of Readiness Codes P. 527 Comes on while driving - Have your

vehicle checked by a dealer. Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe place

where there are no flammable objects. Stop the engine for 10 minutes or more, and wait for it to cool down. Then, take the vehicle to a dealer.

2 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks P. 506

Charging System Indicator

Comes on when you set the power mode to ON, and goes off when the engine starts.

Comes on when the battery is not charging.

Comes on while driving - Turn off the climate control system and rear defogger in order to reduce electricity consumption.

2 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On P. 505

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 75

*1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display

*2:Models with full color display *3:Models without full color display

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1

Gear Position Indicator*/ Shift Lever Position Indicator*

Indicates the current gear selection.

2 Shifting P. 331, 338

*2

*3

75Continued* Not available on all models

76

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 76

*1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display

*2:Models with full color display *3:Models without full color display

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1

Transmission Indicator

The indicated current gear selection blinks if there is a problem with the transmission system.

Avoid sudden start and acceleration, and stop in a safe place immediately. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

All the gear positions may light for several seconds, and go off.

When all the gear positions light, immediately stop your vehicle in a safe place.

Indicators go off if there is no problem. However, even if they go off, take your vehicle to a dealer for inspection.

The indicated current gear selection or all the gear positions blink if there is a problem with the transmission system, and the vehicle no longer moves.

Immediately stop in a safe place. 2 Emergency Towing P. 515

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

The indicated current gear selection or all the gear positions blink if you cannot select (P due to the transmission system failure.

The engine can be activated as a temporary measure.

2 If the Transmission Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message P. 509

Set the parking brake when parking. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer

immediately.

Models with electronic gear selector

*2

*3

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 77

*1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display

*2:Models with full color display *3:Models without full color display

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1

Transmission Indicator

Blinks if the transmission system has a problem.

Blinks while driving - Avoid sudden starts and acceleration and have the vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.

Models with shift lever

*2

*3

77Continued

78

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 78

*1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display

*2:Models with full color display *3:Models without full color display

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1

M (sequential mode) Indicator/ Sequential Mode Gear Selection Indicator

Comes on when the manual sequential mode is applied.

2 Sequential Shift Mode Operation P. 341

Seat Belt Reminder Indicator

Comes on and the beeper sounds if you are not wearing a seat belt when you set the power mode to ON.

If the front passenger is not wearing a seat belt, the indicator comes on about a few seconds later.

Blinks while driving if either you or the front passenger has not fastened a seat belt. The beeper sounds and the indicator blinks at regular intervals.

The beeper stops and the indicator goes off when you and the front passenger fasten their seat belts.

Stays on after you or the front passenger has fastened the seat belt - A detection error may have occurred in the sensor. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 33

*2

*3

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 79

*1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1

Low Fuel Indicator

Comes on when the fuel reserve is running low (approximately 2.6 U.S. gal/ 9.7 Liter left).

Blinks if there is a problem with the fuel gauge.

Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon as possible.

Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

If it comes on at any other time, there is a problem with the ABS.

Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. With this indicator on, your vehicle still has normal braking ability but no anti-lock function.

2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 402

79Continued

80

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 80

*1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1

Supplemental Restraint System Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if a problem with any of the following is detected: - Supplemental restraint

system - Side airbag system - Side curtain airbag system

Stays on constantly or does not come on at all - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator

Comes on when you set the power mode to ON, and goes off when the engine starts.

Comes on if there is a problem with the EPS system.

Stays on constantly or does not come on at all - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

2 If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On P. 507

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 81

*1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display

*2:Models without full color display

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1

Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) System Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Blinks when VSA is active. Comes on if there is a

problem with the VSA system or hill start assist system.

Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

2 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System P. 386

2 Hill Start Assist System P. 328

Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) OFF Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on when you deactivate VSA.

2 VSA OFF Button P. 387

Door and Trunk Open Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds if you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if any door or the trunk is not completely closed. The beeper sounds and the message appears if any door or the trunk is opened while driving.

Goes off when all doors and the trunk are closed.

*2

81Continued

82

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 82

*1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1

Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if the tire pressure of any of the tires becomes significantly low.

Blinks for about one minute, and then stays on if there is a problem with the TPMS, or when a compact spare tire* is temporarily installed.

Comes on while driving - Stop in a safe place, check tire pressures, and inflate the tire(s) if necessary.

Blinks and remains on - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. If the vehicle is fitted with a compact spare*, get your regular tire repaired or replaced and put back on your vehicle as soon as you can.

System Message Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on along with a beep when a problem is detected. A system message on the multi-information display appears at the same time.

While the indicator is on, roll the right selector wheel to see the message again.

Refer to the Indicators information in this chapter when a system message appears on the multi-information display. Take the appropriate action for the message.

The multi-information display does not return to the normal screen unless the warning is canceled, or the right selector wheel is rolled.

* Not available on all models

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 83

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Indicators

Blinks when you operate the turn signal lever.

Blink if you press the hazard warning button.

Does not blink or blinks rapidly - A turn signal light bulb has blown. Change the bulb immediately.

2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 447, 448, 450

High Beam Indicator

Comes on when the high beam headlights are on.

Lights On Indicator

Comes on whenever the light switch is on, or in AUTO when the exterior lights are on.

If you set the power mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) while the exterior lights are on, a chime sounds when the drivers door is opened.

Fog Light Indicator*

Comes on when the fog lights are on.

Immobilizer System Indicator

Comes on briefly when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if the immobilizer system cannot recognize the key information.

Blinks - You cannot start the engine. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), then select the ON mode again.

Repeatedly blinks - The system may be malfunctioning. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it. Electrical problems can occur.

83Continued* Not available on all models

84

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 84

*1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display

*2:Models with full color display *3:Models without full color display

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1

Security System Alarm Indicator

Blinks when the security system alarm has been set.

2 Security System Alarm P. 155

Keyless Access System Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on as soon as a problem is detected in the keyless access system or keyless starting system.

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

CRUISE MAIN Indicator*

Comes on when you press the CRUISE button.

2 Cruise Control* P. 348

CRUISE CONTROL Indicator*

Comes on when you have set a speed for cruise control.

2 Cruise Control* P. 348

Indicator

*2

*3

*2

*3

* Not available on all models

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 85

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Forward Collision Warning (FCW) Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you change the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on when you have customized FCW to turn off.

Comes on if there is a problem with the FCW system.

Stays on constantly without FCW off - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Comes on when the FCW system shuts itself off.

Stays on - The temperature inside the system is too high. The system activates when the temperature inside the system cools down.

2 Automatic shutoff P. 367 2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 351

Stays on - The area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and message come back on after you cleaned the area around the camera.

2 Automatic shutoff P. 367 2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 351

Models with FCW

85Continued* Not available on all models

86

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 86

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you change the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if there is a problem with the LDW system.

Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Comes on when the LDW system shuts itself off.

Stays on - The temperature inside the camera is too high. Use the climate control system to cool down the camera. The system activates when the temperature inside the camera cools down.

2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 351

Stays on - The area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and message come back on after you cleaned the area around the camera.

2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 351

Models with LDW

* Not available on all models

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 87

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you change the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if there is a problem with the RDM system.

Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Comes on when the RDM system shuts itself off.

Stays on - The temperature inside the camera is too high. Use the climate control system to cool down the camera. The system activates when the temperature inside the camera cools down.

2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 351

Stays on - The area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and message come back on after you cleaned the area around the camera.

2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 351

When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt using a soft cloth.

Have your vehicle checked by a dear if the message does not disappear even after you clean the sensor cover.

Models with RDM

87Continued* Not available on all models

88

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 88

*1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message*1

Precision All- Wheel SteerTM (P-AWS) System Indicator*

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

If it comes on at any other time, there is a problem with the Precision All-Wheel SteerTM (P-AWS) system.

Comes on while driving - Have the vehicle checked by a dealer.

The system may limit the vehicle speed to 50 mph (80 km/h) or less.

SPORT (Sport mode) Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on when you press the IDS button if the Sport or Sport+ mode was selected.

2 Integrated Dynamics System (IDS) P. 346

ECON (Econ mode) Indicator

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON.

Comes on when you press the IDS button if the Econ mode was selected.

2 Integrated Dynamics System (IDS) P. 346

* Not available on all models

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 89

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) Indicator (Amber)*

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if there is a problem with ACC with LSF.

Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) Indicator (Green)*

Comes on when you press the MAIN button.

2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)* P. 352

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator (Amber)*

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if there is a problem with the LKAS.

Stays on constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator (Green)*

Comes on when you press the MAIN button. 2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*

P. 380

89Continued* Not available on all models

90

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 90

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Blind Spot Information (BSI) Indicator*

Comes on for a few seconds when you change the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Stays on while BSI is turned off.

Comes on when mud, snow, or ice accumulates in the vicinity of sensor.

Comes on while driving - Remove the obstacle in the vicinity of sensor.

2 Blind Spot Information (BSI) System* P. 389

Comes on if there is a problem with the system.

Comes on while driving - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

* Not available on all models

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 91

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Super Handling- All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD) Indicator*

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on if there is a problem with the SH-AWD system.

Blinks when the differential temperature is too high.

Stays on constantly - The engine drives the front wheels only in this state. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe place, change to (P , and idle the engine until the indicator goes off. If the indicator does not stop blinking, take your vehicle to a dealer.

2 Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH- AWD)* P. 391

91Continued* Not available on all models

92

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 92

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Auto Idle Stop Indicator (Green)*

Comes on when Auto Idle Stop is in operation. The engine automatically shuts off.

2 Auto Idle Stop* P. 342

Auto Idle Stop System Indicator (Amber)*

Comes on for a few seconds when you set the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Blinks if there is a problem with the Auto Idle Stop System.

Comes on when Auto Idle Stop System has been turned off by Auto Idle Stop OFF Button.

Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

* Not available on all models

uuIndicatorsu In

stru m

en t Pan

el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 93

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Indicator*

Comes on for a few seconds when you change the power mode to ON, then goes off.

Comes on when you deactivate the CMBSTM. A multi-information display message appears for five seconds.

Comes on if there is a problem with the CMBSTM.

Stays on constantly without the CMBSTM off - Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)* P. 404

Models with CMBSTM

93Continued* Not available on all models

94

uu Indicatorsu

In stru

m en

t Pan el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 94

Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message

Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) Indicator*

Comes on when the CMBSTM system shuts itself off.

Stays on - The area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.

2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 351

When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt using a soft cloth.

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message does not disappear even after you clean the sensor cover.

2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)* P. 404

Stays on - The temperature inside the camera is too high. Use the climate control system to cool down the camera. The system activates when the temperature inside the camera cools down.

2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 351

Models with CMBSTM

* Not available on all models

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 95

Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages The following messages appear only on the multi-information display. Roll the right selector wheel to see the message again with the

In stru

m en

t Pan el

system message indicator on.

*1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display

Message*1 Condition Explanation

Appears when the washer fluid is low. Refill washer fluid. 2 Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 446

Appears when the scheduled maintenance is due soon.

Consequently, Maintenance Due Now/SERVICE DUE NOW and Maintenance Past Due/SERVICE PAST DUE follow.

2 Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi- Information Display P. 431

Appears when the transmission system temperature is too high. The vehicle does not operate properly.

You may find it difficult to accelerate, or to start the vehicle on uphill.

Stop in a safe place in (P . Let the engine idle until the message disappears.

Canadian models

Canadian models

95Continued

96

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

In stru

m en

t Pan el

Explanation

mediately stop in a safe place in (P . et the engine idle until the message disappears.

2 Overheating P. 503

ave your vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 Checking the Battery P. 465

urn off the climate control system and rear efogger to reduce electricity consumption. 2 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On

P. 505

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 96

*1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display

Message*1 Condition

Appears when the transmission system temperature is too high. The vehicle no longer moves.

Im L

Appears when the engine coolant temperature gets abnormally high.

Appears when there is a problem with the sensor on the battery.

Appears along with the battery charging system indicator when the battery is not charging.

H

T d

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In

stru m

en t Pan

el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 97

*1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display

Message*1 Condition Explanation

Appears when the starter system has a problem. Hold the ENGINE START/STOP button up to 15 seconds to start the engine. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Appears after the drivers door is opened when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.

2 Starting the Engine P. 322

Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.

U.S.

Canada

U.S.

Canada

97Continued

98

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

In stru

m en

t Pan el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 98

*1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display

Message*1 Condition Explanation

Appears when you close the door with the power mode in ON without the keyless access remote inside the vehicle.

Disappears when you bring the keyless access remote back inside the vehicle and close the door.

2 Keyless Access Remote Reminder P. 163

Appears when the keyless access remote battery becomes weak.

Replace the battery as soon as possible. 2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 467

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In

stru m

en t Pan

el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 99

*1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display

Message*1 Condition Explanation

Appears if the keyless access remote battery is too weak to start the engine or the key is not with you to start the engine. A beeper sounds six times.

Bring the keyless access remote in front of the ENGINE START/STOP button to be touched with.

2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 496

Appears three seconds after the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button, then To Start Engine messages appeared sequentially.

Unless you bring the keyless access remote in front of the ENGINE START/STOP button, this message does not appear.

2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 496

Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY or ON.

2 Starting the Engine P. 322

Appears when the engine does not restart automatically due to the following reason:

The hood is open. There is a problem in the system that disables Auto

Idle Stop.

Follow the normal procedure to start the engine. 2 Starting the Engine P. 322

Models with Auto Idle Stop Models with Auto Idle Stop

99Continued

100

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

In stru

m en

t Pan el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 100

*1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display

Message*1 Condition Explanation

Appears when you attempt to start the engine with the transmission not in (P .

To start the engine, the vehicle must be in (P .

Appears when you try to change the gear position after the position has automatically been changed to (P with the drivers door open and the drivers seat belt unfastened.

Press the park button If you leave the vehicle.

Appears when you change to (N, and press the ENGINE START/STOP button within five seconds.

Appears when the vehicle is stopped with the drivers seat belt unfastened and there is a chance that the vehicle may roll unintentionally.

The gear position remains in (N for 15 minutes, then automatically switches to (P .

2 If you want to keep the (N position in ACCESSORY P. 334

Press the (P button before release the brake pedal when idling, parking or exiting the vehicle.

2 Shift Operation P. 332

Appears when the engine stops without the shift lever in (P , and does not restart automatically.

Appears if you open the hood while Auto Idle Stop activates.

If you want to set the power mode to ON, move the shift lever to (P .

If you want to start the engine, follow the normal procedure.

2 Starting the Engine P. 322

Models with electronic gear selector

Models with Auto Idle Stop Models with Auto Idle Stop

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In

stru m

en t Pan

el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 101

*1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display

Message*1 Condition Explanation

Appears when you try to change the gear position without depressing the brake pedal.

Depress the brake pedal, then select a shift button.

Appears when you try to change the gear position without releasing your foot off the accelerator pedal.

Release your foot off the accelerator pedal, then select a shift button.

Appears when the (P button is pressed while the vehicle is moving.

Appears if you change the gear position to (R while the vehicle is moving forward, or to (D while the vehicle is reversing.

Make sure that the vehicle comes to a stop before operating the select button.

Appears if there is a problem with the e- pretensioner system*.

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Appears when you set the power mode to ON without fastening the drivers seat belt.

Appears when you change the gear position after (P has been automatically selected with the drivers door open, the drivers seat belt unfastened, then the brake pedal is released.

Fasten the seat belt properly before you start to drive.

2 Shift Operation P. 332

Models with electronic gear selector

101Continued* Not available on all models

102

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

In stru

m en

t Pan el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 102

*1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display

Message*1 Condition Explanation

Appears if any door or the trunk is not completely closed.

The beeper sounds and the message appears if any door or the trunk is opened while driving.

Goes off when all doors and the trunk are closed.

Appears when the hood is opened. Close the hood.

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In

stru m

en t Pan

el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 103

*1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display

Message*1 Condition Explanation

Appears if you press the ENGINE START/STOP button to turn the engine off without the shift lever in (P.

Press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice after moving the shift lever to (P .

Appears when you try change to the shift position other than (P with the drivers door open.

Moving the shift lever to (P If you leave the vehicle.

Models with shift lever

103Continued

104

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

In stru

m en

t Pan el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 104

*1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display

Message*1 Condition Explanation

Appears if there is a problem with the radiator system.

Drive slowly to prevent overheating and have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible.

Appears when pressing the IDS button. u Press again to change the next mode.

2 Integrated Dynamics System (IDS) P. 346

Appears when there is a problem with the headlights.

Appears while driving - The low beam headlights may not be on. When conditions allow you to drive safely, have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible.

Appears if the automatic brake hold system is automatically canceled while it is in operation.

Immediately depress the brake pedal.

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In

stru m

en t Pan

el

Explanation

2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 400

asten the drivers seat belt. 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 400

ress the automatic brake hold system button with e brake pedal depressed. 2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 400

2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 400 2 Parking Brake P. 396

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 105

*1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display

Message*1 Condition

Appears when the automatic brake hold system is turned off.

Appears when the automatic brake hold system button is pressed without wearing the drivers seat belt.

F

Appears when the automatic brake hold system button is pressed without depressing the brake pedal while the automatic brake hold system is in operation.

P th

Appears when the parking brake is applied automatically while it is in operation.

105Continued

106

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

In stru

m en

t Pan el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 106

Message Condition Explanation

Appears if there is a problem with the parking sensor system.

Check if the area around the sensor(s) is covered with mud, ice, snow, etc. If the indicator(s) stays on even after you clean the area, have the system checked by a dealer.

Models with parking sensor system

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In

stru m

en t Pan

el

Explanation

the appropriate means to prevent a collision (apply rakes, change lanes, etc.) Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)* P. 404 Forward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection* P. 365 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)* P. 352

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 107

Message Condition

Flashes when the system senses a likely collision with a vehicle in front of you.

Take the b

2

2

2

Models with FCW

107Continued* Not available on all models

108

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

In stru

m en

t Pan el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 108

Message Condition Explanation

Appears when ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled.

You can resume the set speed after the condition that caused ACC with LSF to cancel improves. Press the RES/ +/SET/ switch up.

2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)* P. 352

Appears if anything covers the radar sensor cover and prevents the sensor from detecting a vehicle in front.

May appear when driving in bad weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)

When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off dirt using a soft cloth.

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message does not disappear even after you clean the sensor cover.

Models with ACC with LSF

* Not available on all models

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In

stru m

en t Pan

el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 109

Message Condition Explanation

Appears when the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you is too close while ACC with LSF is in operation.

ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF)* P. 352

Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/ switch down while the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you is too close.

ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF)* P. 352

Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/ switch down while the drivers seat belt is unfastened.

ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF)* P. 352

Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/ switch down while the transmission is not in (D .

ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF)* P. 352

Models with ACC with LSF

109Continued* Not available on all models

110

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

In stru

m en

t Pan el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 110

Message Condition Explanation

Appears when the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope while ACC with LSF is in operation.

ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF)* P. 352

Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/ switch down while the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope.

ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF)* P. 352

Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/ switch down while the parking brake is applied.

ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF)* P. 352 2 Parking Brake P. 396

Models with ACC with LSF

* Not available on all models

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In

stru m

en t Pan

el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 111

Message Condition Explanation

Appears when pressing the RES/+/SET/ switch down while the vehicle is moving and the brake pedal is depressed.

ACC with LSF cannot be set. 2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed

Follow (LSF)* P. 352

Appears if ACC with LSF is canceled while your vehicle is automatically stopped by ACC with LSF.

Immediately depress the brake pedal.

Models with ACC with LSF

111Continued* Not available on all models

112

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

In stru

m en

t Pan el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 112

Message Condition Explanation

Appears when you unlock and open the drivers door while the engine is running by two-way keyless access remote.

2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback* P. 325

Models with two-way keyless access remote

* Not available on all models

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In

stru m

en t Pan

el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 113

Message Condition Explanation

Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected line. The beeper sounds simultaneously.

Beeps and a warning display alert you that the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.

Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel and a warning display alert you that the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.

Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving. The color of either line changes from white to amber as

the vehicle gets closer to that side of the lane line.

Blinks when you fail to steer the vehicle. The beeper sounds simultaneously.

Operate the steering wheel to resume the LKAS.

Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS button is pressed, but there is a problem with a system related to the LKAS. The LKAS cancels automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously.

If any other system indicators come on, such as the VSA, ABS and brake system, take appropriate action.

Models with LKAS

Models with LDW or models with RDM selected Warning only

Models with RDM selected Normal or Wide

113Continued

114

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

In stru

m en

t Pan el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 114

Message Condition Explanation

Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS button is pressed, but the temperature inside the front sensor camera is too high. The LKAS cancels automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously.

Use the climate control system to cool down the camera.

Goes off - The camera has been cooled down. Pressing the LKAS button can resume the system.

2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 351

Appears when the area around the camera is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.

May appear when driving in bad weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)

Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator and message come back on after you cleaned the area around the camera.

Models with LKAS

* Not available on all models

uuIndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages In

stru m

en t Pan

el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 115

Message Condition Explanation

Appears when Auto Idle Stop Guidance Screens ON has been selected from the customization menu.

Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate for some reason.

Appears when the engine restarts automatically. Appears when the battery temperature is around 14F

(10C) or lower. Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because

the climate control system is in use, and the difference between the set temperature and actual interior temperature becomes significant.

Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because the engine coolant temperature is low or high.

2 Auto Idle Stop* P. 342

Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because the battery charge level is low.

Appears even though the battery is fully charged - The system may not read the battery amount correctly. Drive for a few minutes.

Appears after charging the battery or jump starting - Disconnect the negative - cable once and reconnect it again to the battery. Drive a few minutes.

Models with Auto Idle Stop

115Continued* Not available on all models

116

uu IndicatorsuMulti-Information Display Warning and Information Messages

In stru

m en

t Pan el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 116

Message Condition Explanation

Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate because the pressure to the brake pedal is not enough.

Depress the brake pedal firmly.

Appears when Auto Idle Stop Guidance Screens ON has been selected from the customization menu.

Appears when the system is under the following conditions while Auto Idle Stop activates:

The battery charge level is low. The battery temperature is around 14F (10C) or

lower. The climate control system is in use, and the difference

between the set temperature and actual interior temperature becomes significant.

The humidity in the interior is high.

The engine restarts automatically in a few seconds. 2 Starting the Engine P. 322

Models with Auto Idle Stop

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 117

Gauges and Multi-Information Display

In

stru m

en t Pan

el1Fuel Gauge

NOTICE You should refuel when the needle approaches . Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic converter.

The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from the fuel gauge reading.

E

1Temperature Gauge

NOTICE Driving with the temperature gauge pointer in the upper zone can cause serious engine damage. Pull safely to the side of the road and allow engine temperature to return to normal.

2 Overheating P. 503

Gauges Gauges include the speedometer, tachometer, fuel gauge and related indicators. They are displayed when the power mode is in ON.

Displays your driving speed in mph or km/h.

Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute.

Displays the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank.

Displays the temperature of the engine coolant.

Speedometer

Tachometer

Fuel Gauge

Temperature Gauge

117

118

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

In stru

m en

t Pan el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 118

Multi-Information Display The multi-information display shows the odometer, trip meter, outside temperature indicator, and other gauges. It also displays important messages such as warnings and other helpful information.

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display In

stru m

en t Pan

el

Life

Elapsed Time Average Speed

Compass*

Turn-by-Turn Directions*

IDS

IDS/SH-AWD*

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 119

Main displays Roll the right selector wheel to change the display.

Switching the Display

Models with full color display

Right Selector Wheel

Engine OilVehicle Settings

OFF RangeInstant Fuel Economy/ Average Fuel Economy

Tire Pressure for Each Tire

119Continued* Not available on all models

120

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

In stru

m en

t Pan el

Engine Oil Life

Elapsed Time Average Speed

IDS

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 120

Models without full color display

Right Selector Wheel Vehicle Settings

OFF RangeInstant Fuel Economy/ Average Fuel Economy

Tire Pressure for Each Tire

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display In

stru m

en t Pan

el

A Trip B

Outside temperature

TRIP

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 121

Lower displays Press the TRIP button to change the display.

Models with full color display

Odometer Trip

TRIP Button

TRIP

TRIP

121Continued

122

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

In stru

m en

t Pan el

Trip A Trip B

TRIP

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 122

Models without full color display

Odometer

Outside temperature TRIP Button

TRIP

TRIP

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display In

stru m

en t Pan

el

1Trip Meter

Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by pressing the TRIP button.

1Outside Temperature

The temperature sensor is in the front bumper. Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can affect the temperature reading when your vehicle speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h).

It may take several minutes for the display to be updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.

Use the multi-information displays customized features to correct the temperature.

2 Customized Features P. 126, 259

1Average Fuel Economy

You can change when to reset the average fuel economy.

2 Customized Features P. 126, 259

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 123

Shows the total number of miles or kilometers that your vehicle has accumulated.

Shows the total number of miles or kilometers driven since the last reset. Meters A and B can be used to measure two separate trips.

Resetting a trip meter To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the TRIP button. The trip meter is reset to 0.0.

Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).

Adjusting the outside temperature display Adjust the temperature reading up to 5F (U.S.) or 3C (Canada) if the temperature reading seems incorrect.

Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg (U.S.) or l/100 km (Canada). The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the average fuel economy is also reset.

Odometer

Trip Meter

Outside Temperature

Average Fuel Economy

Continued 123

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

124

In stru

m en

t Pan el

1Elapsed Time

You can change when to reset the elapsed time. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 259

1Average Speed

You can change when to reset the average speed. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 259

1Turn-by-Turn Directions*

The multi-information display shows a compass when the route guidance is not used.

You can select whether the turn-by-turn display comes on or not during the route guidance.

2 Customized Features P. 126, 259

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 124

Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg (U.S.) or l/100 km (Canada).

Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining power and fuel. This distance is estimated from the fuel economy of your previous trips.

Shows the time elapsed since the Trip A or Trip B was reset.

Shows the average speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada) since the Trip A or Trip B was reset.

Shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your destination linked with the navigation system.

2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual

Instant Fuel Economy

Range

Elapsed Time

Average Speed

Turn-by-Turn Directions*

* Not available on all models

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display In

stru m

en t Pan

el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 125

Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance MinderTM. 2 Maintenance MinderTM P. 429

Shows each tires pressure. 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) P. 392

Shows the current mode for Integrated dynamics system. 2 Integrated Dynamics System (IDS) P. 346

The indicators on the display show the amount of torque being transferred to the right front, left front, right rear, and left rear wheels.

2 Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH- AWD)* P. 391

Engine Oil Life

Tire Pressure Monitor

Current Mode for Integrated Dynamics System

SH-AWD Torque Distribution Monitor*

125Continued* Not available on all models

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

126

In stru

m en

t Pan el

1Customized Features

To customize other features, roll the right selector wheel.

2 List of customizable options P. 129 2 Example of customization settings P. 134

Customization is possible when you see the drivers ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) on the screen. The drivers ID indicates which remote transmitter you have used to unlock the drivers door. The customized settings are recalled every time you unlock the drivers door with that remote.

Change to (P before you attempt to change any customized setting.

Customizing is also available from the audio/ information screen. You cannot have Vehicle Settings displayed on the multi-information display while the audio/ information screen shows the same menu.

2 Customized Features P. 259

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 126

Use the multi-information display to customize certain features.

How to customize Select the Vehicle Settings screen by rolling the right selector wheel while the power mode is in ON, and the vehicle is at a complete stop. Push the right selector wheel.

Customized Features

Right Selector Wheel Roll: Changes the customize menus and items. Push: Enters the selected item.

Multi-information Display: Goes to Vehicle Settings.

Models without full color display

Models with full color display

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display In

stru m

en t Pan

el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 127

Customization flow Roll the right selector wheel to select Vehicle Settings and push the right selector wheel.

Vehicle Settings

Trip A Reset Timing

Language Selection

Adjust Outside Temp. Display

Memory Position Link

Door Unlock Mode

Keyless Access Light Flash

Driver Assist System Setup

Meter Setup

Driving Position Setup

Keyless Access Setup

Trip B Reset Timing

Turn by Turn Display*

Forward Collision Warning Distance*

ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep*

Push

Push

Push

Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep*

Blind Spot Info*

Seat Position Movement At Entry/Exit

Auto Seat Belt Tension*

Roll

Keyless Access Beep

Push

Roll

Push

Push

Roll

Roll

Roll

Roll

Roll

Roll

ACC Display Speed Unit*

Road Departure Mitigation Setting*

Remote Start System On/Off*

Keyless Access Beep Volume

Auto Idle Stop Guidance Screens*

Roll

127Continued* Not available on all models

128

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

In stru

m en

t Pan el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 128

Exit

Door Setup

Maintenance Info.

Default All

Lighting Setup

Key And Remote Unlock Mode

Auto Door Lock Auto Door Unlock

Keyless Lock Answer Back Security Relock Timer

Interior Light Dimming Time

Headlight Auto Off Timer

Auto Light Sensitivity

Push

Push

Roll

Roll

Roll

IDS Setup Push Preferred IDS Mode

Push

Push Maintenance Reset

Roll

Roll

Roll

Roll

Roll

Roll

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display In

stru m

en t Pan

el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 129

List of customizable options

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Driver Assist System Setup

Forward Collision Warning Distance*

Changes at which distance FCW or CMBSTM alerts, or turns FCW on and off.

Long/Normal*1/Short/Off

ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep*

Causes the system to beep when the system detects a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of the ACC with LSF range.

On/Off*1

ACC Display Speed Unit* Changes the speed unit for ACC with LSF on the multi- information display.

mph*1/km/h (U.S.) mph/km/h*1 (Canada)

Road Departure Mitigation Setting*

Changes the setting for the road departure mitigation system.

Normal*1/Wide/Warning Only

Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep* Causes the system to beep when the LKAS is suspended. On/Off*1

Blind Spot Info* Changes the setting for the blind spot information. Audible And Visual Alert*1/Visual Alert/Off

129Continued* Not available on all models

130

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

In stru

m en

t Pan el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 130

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Meter Setup

Language Selection Changes the displayed language. English*1/Franais/ Espaol

Adjust Outside Temp. Display

Adjusts the temperature reading by a few degrees.

-5F ~ 0F*1 ~ +5F (U.S.) -3C ~ 0C*1 ~ +3C (Canada)

Trip A Reset Timing Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A, average fuel economy A, average speed A, and elapsed time A.

When Refueled/IGN Off/ Manually Reset*1

Trip B Reset Timing Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B, average fuel economy B, average speed B, and elapsed time B.

When Refueled/IGN Off/ Manually Reset*1

Auto Idle Stop Guidance Screens*

Selects whether the Auto Idle Stop guidance screens comes on.

On/Off*1

Turn by Turn Display* Selects whether the turn-by-turn display comes on during the route guidance.

On*1/Off

* Not available on all models

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display In

stru m

en t Pan

el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 131

*1: Default Setting

Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Driving Position Setup

Memory Position Link Turns the driving position memory system on and off.

On*1/Off

Seat Position Movement At Entry/Exit

Depending on the set seating position the driver seat may move forward or rearward when entering/ exiting the vehicle.

On*1/Off

Auto Seat Belt Tension* Turns the auto seatbelt tension setting for the seat belt e-pretensioner on and off.

On*1/Off

Keyless Access Setup

Door Unlock Mode Changes which doors unlock when you grab the drivers door handle.

Driver Door Only*1/All Doors

Keyless Access Beep Volume

Changes the beep volume. High*1/Low

Keyless Access Light Flash

Causes some exterior lights to flash when you unlock/lock the doors.

On*1/Off

Keyless Access Beep Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/lock the doors.

On*1/Off

Remote Start System On/ Off* Turns the remote engine start feature on and off. On*1/Off

131Continued* Not available on all models

132

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

In stru

m en

t Pan el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 132

*1: Default Setting

Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

Lighting Setup

Interior Light Dimming Time

Changes the length of time the interior lights stay on after you close the doors.

60sec/30sec*1/15sec

Headlight Auto Off Timer

Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay on after you close the drivers door.

60sec/30sec/15sec*1/0sec

Auto Light Sensitivity Changes the timing for the headlights to come on. Max/High/Mid*1/Low/Min

Door Setup

Auto Door Lock Changes the setting for when the doors automatically lock.

With Vehicle Speed*1/Shift From P/Off

Auto Door Unlock Changes the setting for when the doors automatically unlock.

All Doors When Drivers Door Opens*1/All Doors When Shifted To Park/All Doors When Ignition Switched Off/Off

Key And Remote Unlock Mode

Sets up either the drivers door or all doors to unlock on the first operation of the remote or built-in key.

Driver Door*1/ All Doors

Keyless Lock Answer Back

LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash. LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds.

On*1/Off

Security Relock Timer Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock and the security system to set after you unlock the vehicle without opening any door.

90sec/60sec/30sec*1

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display In

stru m

en t Pan

el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 133

*1: Default Setting

Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

IDS Setup Preferred IDS Mode Changes the IDS mode setting for when you set the power mode to ON.

Last Used*1/Econ/Normal/ Sport

Maintenance Info.

Maintenance Reset Resets/Cancels the engine oil life display when you have performed the maintenance service.

Cancel/Reset

Default All Cancels/Resets all the customized settings as default.

Cancel/Set

133Continued

134

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display

In stru

m en

t Pan el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 134

Example of customization settings The steps for changing the Trip A Reset Timing setting to When Refueled are shown below. The default setting for Trip A Reset Timing is Manually Reset.

1. Roll the right selector wheel to select Vehicle Settings, then push the right selector wheel.

2. Roll the right selector wheel until Meter Setup appears on the display.

3. Push the right selector wheel. u Language Selection appears first on

the display.

*1: Models with full color display *2: Models without full color display

*1 *2

*1 *2

uuGauges and Multi-Information DisplayuMulti-Information Display In

stru m

en t Pan

el

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 135

4. Roll the right selector wheel until Trip A Reset Timing appears on the display, then push the right selector wheel. u The display switches to the

customization setup screen, where you can select When Refueled, IGN Off, Manually Reset, or Exit.

5. Roll the right selector wheel and select When Refueled, then push the right selector wheel. u The When Refueled Setup screen

appears, then the display returns to the customization menu screen.

6. Roll the right selector wheel until Exit appears on the display, then push the right selector wheel.

7. Repeat Step 6 until you return to the normal screen.

*1: Models with full color display *2: Models without full color display

*1 *2

*1 *2

*1 *2

135

136

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 136

* Not available on all m

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 137

Controls

This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving.

Clock .................................................. 138 Locking and Unlocking the Doors

Key Types and Functions .................. 139 Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength......................................... 141

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside .......................................... 142

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside ............................................. 148

Childproof Door Locks ..................... 150 Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .......... 151

Opening and Closing the Trunk....... 152 Security System ................................ 155

Immobilizer System .......................... 155

odels

Security System Alarm...................... 155 Opening and Closing the Windows .... 158 Opening and Closing the Moonroof ....... 160 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel ENGINE START/STOP Button............. 161 Turn Signals ..................................... 164 Light Switches.................................. 165 Fog Lights* ...................................... 168 Daytime Running Lights ................... 168 Wipers and Washers ........................ 169 Brightness Control ........................... 172 Defogger/Heated Door Mirror .......... 173 Driving Position Memory System ...... 174

Adjusting the Steering Wheel .......... 176 Adjusting the Mirrors....................... 177

Interior Rearview Mirror ................... 177 Power Door Mirrors ......................... 178

Adjusting the Seats .......................... 180 Adjusting the Seat Positions............. 180

Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items ................................................ 187 Interior Lights .................................. 187 Interior Convenience Items .............. 189

Climate Control System ................... 199 Using Automatic Climate Control .... 199 Automatic Climate Control Sensors......207

137

138

C o

n tro

ls

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 138

Clock

1Adjusting the Clock

These indications are used to show how to operate the interface dial. Rotate to select. Press to enter.

You can customize the clock display to show the 12 hour clock or 24 hour clock.

2 Customized Features P. 259

You can turn the clock display in the audio/ information screen on and off.

2 Customized Features P. 259

The clock is automatically updated through the navigation system, so the time does not need to be adjusted.

Models with navigation system

Adjusting the Clock You can also adjust the time manually in the audio/information screen, with the power mode in ON.

Using the Settings menu on the audio/information screen 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock

Adjustment. 3. Rotate to change hour, then press . 4. Rotate to change minute, then press

.

Adjusting the Time

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 139

Locking and Unlocking the Doors

C

o n

tro ls

1Key Types and Functions

All the keys have an immobilizer system. The immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle theft.

2 Immobilizer System P. 155

The keys contain precision electronics. Adhere to the following advice to prevent damage to the electronics: Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in

locations with high temperature or high humidity. Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them. Keep the keys away from liquids. Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the

battery. If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the engine may not start, and the keyless access system may not work. If the keys do not work properly, have them inspected by a dealer.

You can remotely start the engine using the two-way keyless access remote.

2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback* P. 325

Models with two-way keyless access remote

Key Types and Functions This vehicle comes with the following keys:

Keyless access remote Use the keyless access remote to start and stop the engine, and to lock and unlock all the doors and trunk. You can also use the keyless access system to lock and unlock the doors and trunk.

Keys

Models without two-way keyless access remote

Models with two-way keyless access remote

139Continued* Not available on all models

140

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuKey Types and Functions

C o

n tro

ls

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 140

The built-in key can be used to lock/unlock the doors when the keyless access remote battery becomes weak and the power door lock/ unlock operation is disabled.

To remove the built-in key, pull it out while sliding the release knob. To reinstall the built- in key, push the built-in key into the keyless access remote until it clicks.Built-in Key

Release Knob

Models without two-way keyless access remote

Models with two-way keyless access remote

Built-in Key

Release Knob

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLow Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength C

o n

tro ls

1Key Number Tag

Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a safe place outside of your vehicle. If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a dealer.

If you lose your key and you cannot start the engine, contact a dealer.

1Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength

Communication between the keyless access remote and the vehicle consumes the keyless access remotes battery. The keyless access remote battery lasts about two years. This changes by how often you use the remote. The battery is consumed whenever the keyless access remote is receiving strong radio waves. Avoid placing it near electrical appliances such as televisions and personal computers.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 141

Contains a number that you will need if you purchase a replacement key.

Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength The vehicle transmits radio waves to locate the keyless access remote when locking/ unlocking the doors, opening the trunk, or to start the engine.

In the following cases, locking/unlocking the doors, opening the trunk, or starting the engine may be inhibited or operation may be unstable: Strong radio waves are being transmitted by nearby equipment. You are carrying the keyless access remote together with telecommunications

equipment, laptop computers, cell phones, or wireless devices. A metallic object is touching or covering the keyless access remote.

Key Number Tag

141

142

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

C o

n tro

ls

1Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

You can lock or unlock doors using the remote transmitter or keyless access system only when the power mode is in VEHICLE OFF.

1Using the Remote Transmitter

If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of unlocking the vehicle with the remote transmitter, the doors will automatically relock. You can change the relock timer setting.

2 Customized Features P. 126, 259

If the interior light switch is in the door activated position, the interior lights come on when you press the unlock button. No doors opened: The lights fade out after 30 seconds. Doors relocked with the remote: The lights go off immediately.

2 Interior Lights P. 187

The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so the operating range may vary depending on the surroundings.

The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door is open.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 142

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

Locking the doors Press the lock button. Once: u Some exterior lights flash, all the doors

lock, and the security system sets. Twice (within five seconds after the first push): u The beeper sounds and verifies the

security system is set.

Unlocking the doors Press the unlock button. Once: u Some exterior lights flash twice, and the

drivers door unlocks. Twice: u The remaining doors unlock.

*1: Checking Door Lock Status* P. 147

Using the Remote Transmitter

LED

Unlock Button

Lock Button

LED*1

Unlock Button

Lock Button

* Not available on all models

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside C

o n

tro ls

1Using the Keyless Access System

If the LED does not come on when you press a button, the battery is dead.

2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 467

You can customize the door lock mode and keyless lock acknowledgement setting.

2 Customized Features P. 126, 259

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 143

When you carry the keyless access remote, you can lock/unlock the doors and open the trunk. You can lock/unlock the doors within a radius of about 32 inches (80 cm) of the outside door handle. You can open the trunk within about 32 inches (80 cm) radius from the trunk release button.

Using the Keyless Access System

Models without rear door touch sensor

Models with rear door touch sensor

Continued 143

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

144

C o

n tro

ls

1Using the Keyless Access System

Do not leave the keyless access remote in the vehicle when you get out. Carry it with you.

Even if you are not carrying the keyless access remote, you can lock/unlock the doors while someone else with the remote is within range.

The door may be unlocked if the door handle is covered with water in heavy rain or in a car wash if the keyless access remote is within range.

If you grip a front or rear* door handle wearing gloves, the door sensor may be slow to respond or may not respond by unlocking the doors.

The door may not open if you pull it immediately after gripping the door handle. Grip the handle again and confirm that the door is unlocked before pulling the handle.

Even within the 32 inches (80 cm) radius, you may not be able to lock/unlock the doors with the keyless access remote if it is above or below the outside handle.

The keyless access remote may not operate if it is too close to the door and door glass.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 144

Locking the doors and the trunk Press the door lock button on the front or rear* door. u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper

sounds; all the doors lock; and the security system sets.

Door Lock Button

* Not available on all models

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside C

o n

tro ls

1Using the Keyless Access System

If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of unlocking the vehicle, the doors will automatically relock. You can change the relock timer setting.

2 Customized Features P. 126, 259

When you go into the front side of the keyless access system working range with all the doors locked, the puddle lights come on for 30 seconds. The lights do not come on if you have previously stayed within the range for more than two minutes, or the doors have been locked for a few days. The feature activates again after you drive the vehicle, then lock the doors.

The light flash, beep and unlock settings can be customized using the audio/information screen or multi-information display.

2 Customized Features P. 126, 259

Models with puddle lights

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 145

Unlocking the doors and the trunk Grab the drivers door handle: u The drivers door unlocks. u Some exterior lights flash twice and the

beeper sounds twice. Grab the front passengers or rear* door handle: u All doors unlock. u Some exterior lights flash twice and the

beeper sounds twice. Press the trunk release button: u The trunk unlocks and opens. u The beeper sounds. 2 Using the Trunk Release Button P. 153

Trunk Release Button

Continued 145* Not available on all models

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside

146

C o

n tro

ls

1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key

When you lock the drivers door with a key, all the other doors lock at the same time. When unlocking, the drivers door unlocks first. Turn the key a second time within a few seconds to unlock the remaining doors.

If you unlock the doors with the key, the alarm goes off when you open the hood or move the shift lever* out of (P before the power mode is set to ON.

You can customize the door unlock mode setting. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 259

1Locking a Door Without Using a Key

When you lock the drivers door, all the other doors lock at the same time. Make sure you have the key in your hand before locking the door to prevent it from being locked in the vehicle.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 146

Fully insert the key and turn it.

Locking the front doors Push the lock tab forward a or push the master door lock switch in the lock direction b, and close the door.

Locking the rear doors Push the lock tab forward and close the door.

Lockout prevention system The doors cannot be locked when the keyless access remote is inside the vehicle.

Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key

Lock

Unlock

Locking a Door Without Using a Key

* Not available on all models

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside C

o n

tro ls

1Checking Door Lock Status*

Operate the remote in an open space. If there are buildings or other obstacles between your vehicle and the remote, the remote may not work even within the operable range. However, the range of unlock, all doors, and panic functions are the same as the standard keyless access remote.

2 Using the Remote Transmitter P. 142

When checking the door lock status, you can also start or stop the engine.

2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback* P. 325

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 147

You can remotely check if your vehicles doors are all locked or any are unlocked using the keyless access remote from extended distances.

Press the lock button, the Amber (LEFT) LED blinks once. Then after three seconds one of the following feedback will come: Green (center) comes on: Acknowledges that the doors are locked. Red (right) comes on: Acknowledges that doors are not locked, or any door is not

completely closed. Red (right) blinks three times: The remote does not receive the door lock status

from the vehicle.

Checking Door Lock Status*

Red

Green

Amber

Lock Button

147* Not available on all models

148

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside

C o

n tro

ls

1Using the Lock Tab

When you lock the door using the lock tab on the driver's door, all the other doors lock at the same time. When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the drivers door, only the drivers door will unlock.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 148

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside

Locking a door Push the lock tab forward.

Unlocking a door Pull the lock tab rearward.

Using the Lock Tab

To Unlock

Lock Tab To Lock

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside C

o n

tro ls

1Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle

The front door inner handles are designed to allow front seat occupants to open the door in one motion. However, this feature requires that front seat occupants never pull a front door inner handle while the vehicle is in motion.

Children should always ride in a rear seat where childproof door locks are provided.

2 Childproof Door Locks P. 150

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 149

Pull the front door inner handle. u The door unlocks and opens in one

motion.

Unlocking and opening the drivers door from the inner handle unlocks all the other doors.

To avoid all the doors to be unlocked, use the lock tab on the drivers door to unlock, then lock again before opening the door. u This setting works for one time only. If you do not want all the doors to be

unlocked all the time, customize the Auto Door Unlock setting to Off using the multi-information display or audio/information screen.

Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle

Inner Handle

Continued 149

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuChildproof Door Locks

150

C o

n tro

ls

1Using the Master Door Lock Switch

When you lock/unlock either front door using the master door lock switch, all the other doors lock/ unlock at the same time.

1Childproof Door Locks

To open the door from the inside when the childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the unlock position, lower the rear window, put your hand out of the window, and pull the outside door handle.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 150

Press the master door lock switch in as shown to lock or unlock all doors.

Childproof Door Locks The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside regardless of the position of the lock tab.

Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock position, and close the door.

When opening the door Open the door using the outside door handle.

Using the Master Door Lock Switch

To Unlock

To Lock

Master Door Lock Switch

Setting the Childproof Door Locks

Unlock

Lock

uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking C

o n

tro ls

1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking

You can turn off or change to another auto door locking/unlocking setting using the audio/ information screen or multi-information display.

2 Customized Features P. 126, 259

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 151

Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Your vehicle locks all doors and unlocks the drivers door automatically when a certain condition is met.

Drive lock mode All doors lock when the vehicles speed reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h).

Drivers door open mode All doors unlock when the drivers door is opened.

Auto Door Locking

Auto Door Unlocking

151

152

C o

n tro

ls

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 152

Opening and Closing the Trunk

Precautions for Opening/Closing the Trunk Opening the trunk Open the trunk all the way. u If it is not fully opened, the trunk lid may begin to close under its own weight.

Closing the trunk Keep the trunk lid closed while driving to: u Avoid possible damage. u Prevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle. 2 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 66

Using the Trunk Release Press the trunk release on the driver side control panel to open the trunk.

2 When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 517

Trunk Release

uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuUsing the Trunk Release Button C

o n

tro ls

1Using the Trunk Release Button

Do not leave the keyless access remote in the vehicle when you get out. Carry it with you.

Even if you are not carrying the keyless access remote, you can unlock the trunk while someone else with the remote is within range.

Do not leave the keyless access remote inside the trunk and close the lid. The beeper sounds and the trunk cannot be closed.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 153

Using the Trunk Release Button Push up the release button on the trunk lid after the doors are unlocked.

2 When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 517

Even if the trunk is locked, you can open the trunk if you carry the keyless access remote. u The beeper will sound.

Using the Remote Transmitter Press the trunk release button for approximately one second to unlock and open the trunk.

Trunk Release Button

Trunk Release Button

Trunk Release Button

153

154

uuOpening and Closing the TrunkuTrunk Main Switch

C o

n tro

ls

1Trunk Main Switch

If you need to give the key to someone else, remove the built-in key from the keyless access remote by sliding the release knob, and give the remote as a valet key.

1Emergency Trunk Opener

Parents should decide if their children should be shown how to use this feature.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 154

Trunk Main Switch The trunk main switch disables the trunk release button on the remote transmitter, the trunk release button on the trunk lid and trunk release on the driver side control panel to protect cargo in the trunk. 1. Make sure the rear seat-back is not folded

down. 2. Turn off the trunk main switch in the glove

box. 3. Lock the glove box.

Emergency Trunk Opener The trunk release lever allows you to open the trunk from inside for your safety.

Slide the release lever in the direction of the arrow.

Main Switch

OFF

ON

Lever

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 155

Security System

C

o n

tro ls

1Immobilizer System

NOTICE Leaving the keyless access remote in the vehicle can result in theft or accidental movement of the vehicle. Always take the key with you whenever you leave the vehicle unattended.

Do not alter the system or add other devices to it. Doing so may damage the system and make your vehicle inoperable.

1Security System Alarm

The security alarm continues for a maximum of two minutes until the security system deactivates.

Immobilizer System The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from starting the engine. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use electronic signals to verify the key.

Pay attention to the following when pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button: Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the ENGINE START/

STOP button. Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object. Do not bring a key from another vehicles immobilizer system with the keyless

access remote.

Security System Alarm The security system alarm activates when the trunk, hood or doors are forcibly opened. The alarm does not go off if the trunk or doors are opened with the key, remote transmitter or keyless access system.

However, the alarm goes off when a door is opened with the key, then the shift lever* is moved out of (P or the hood is opened before the power mode is set to ON.

When the security system alarm activates The horn sounds intermittently and all of the exterior lights flash.

To deactivate the security system alarm Unlock the vehicle using the remote transmitter or keyless access system. The system, along with the horn and flashing lights, is deactivated.

155Continued* Not available on all models

uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm

156

C o

n tro

ls

1Security System Alarm

Do not set the security system alarm when someone is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can accidentally activate when: Unlocking the door with the lock tab. Opening the trunk with the trunk release or the

emergency trunk opener. Moving the shift lever* out of (P. Opening the hood with the hood release.

If the battery goes dead after you have set the security system alarm, the security alarm may go off once the battery is recharged or replaced. If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by unlocking a door using the remote transmitter or keyless access system.

Do not attempt to alter this system or add another device to it.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 156

Setting the security system alarm The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have been met: The power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). The hood and trunk are closed. All doors are locked from outside with the key, remote transmitter or keyless

access system. When the security system alarm sets The security system indicator in the instrument panel blinks. When the blinking interval changes after about 15 seconds, the security system is set. To cancel the security system alarm The security system is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the remote transmitter, or you grab any door handle while carrying the keyless access remote, or the power mode is set to ON. The security system indicator goes off at the same time.

* Not available on all models

uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm C

o n

tro ls

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 157

The panic button on the remote transmitter

If you press the panic button for approximately one second, the following will occur for about 30 seconds: The horn sounds. Some exterior lights flash.

Canceling panic mode Press any button on the remote transmitter, or set the power mode to ON.

Panic Mode

Panic Button

Panic Button

157

158

C o

n tro

ls

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 158

Opening and Closing the Windows

1Opening/Closing the Power Windows

The power windows can be operated for up to 10 minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Opening either front door cancels this function.

Auto Reverse If a power window senses resistance when closing automatically, it stops closing and reverses direction.

The drivers window auto reverse function is disabled when you continuously pull up the switch.

The auto reverse function stops sensing when the window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.

3WARNING Closing a power window on someones hands or fingers can cause serious injury.

Make sure your passengers are away from the windows before closing them.

Opening/Closing the Power Windows The power windows can be opened and closed when the power mode is in ON, using the switches on the doors. The drivers side switches can be used to open and close all of the windows.

The power window lock button on the drivers side must be switched off (not pushed in, indicator off) to open and close the windows from anywhere other than the drivers seat.

When the power window lock button is pushed in, the indicator comes on and you can only operate the drivers window. Turn the power window lock button on when children are in the vehicle.

Automatic operation To open: Push the switch down firmly. To close: Pull the switch up firmly.

The window opens or closes completely. To stop the window at any time, push or pull the switch briefly.

Manual operation To open: Push the switch down lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached.

Opening/Closing the Windows with Auto-Open/Close Function

ON OFF

Power Window Lock Button

Indicator

Drivers Window Switch

Front Passengers Window Switch

Rear Passengers Window Switches

uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows C

o n

tro ls

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 159

To open: Press the unlock button twice within 10 seconds and hold it down the second time. If the windows stop midway, repeat the procedure.

To open: Unlock the drivers door with the key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the central position, turn the key in the unlock direction and hold it there. To close: Lock the drivers door with the key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the central position, turn the key in the lock direction and hold it there.

Release the key to stop the windows/ moonroof at the desired position. If you want further adjustment, repeat the same operation.

Opening the Windows and Moonroof with the Remote

Unlock Button

Opening/Closing the Windows and Moonroof with the Key

Close

Open

159

160

C o

n tro

ls

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 160

Opening and Closing the Moonroof

1Opening/Closing the Moonroof

NOTICE Opening the moonroof in below freezing temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice can damage the moonroof panel or motor.

The power moonroof can be operated for up to 10 minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). Opening either front door cancels this function.

When resistance is detected, the auto reverse function causes the moonroof to change directions, then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing when the moonroof is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.

3WARNING Opening or closing the moonroof on someones hands or fingers can cause serious injury.

Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of the moonroof before opening or closing it.

You can only operate the moonroof when the power mode is in ON. Use the switch in the front of the ceiling to open and close the moonroof.

Automatic operation To open: Pull the switch back firmly. To close: Push the switch forward firmly.

The moonroof will automatically open or close all the way. To stop the moonroof midway, touch the switch briefly.

Manual operation To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached.

Tilting the moonroof up To tilt: Push on the center of the moonroof switch. To close: Push the switch forward firmly, then release.

Opening/Closing the Moonroof

Close

Open

Tilt

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 161

Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel

C

o n

tro ls

1ENGINE START/STOP Button

ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range

You can start the engine when the keyless access remote is inside the vehicle. The engine may also run if the keyless access remote is close to the door or window, even if it is outside the vehicle.

ON mode: Indicator in the button is off, if the engine is running.

If the keyless access remote battery is weak, beeper sounds and the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message appears on the multi-information display.

2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 496

Do not leave the power mode in ACCESSORY or ON when you get out.

Operating Range

ENGINE START/STOP Button

*1:Canadian models

Changing the Power Mode

VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) Indicator in the button is off. The steering wheel is locked*1. The power to all electrical components is turned off.

Press the button without the shift lever in (P.

Without pressing the brake pedal

ACCESSORY Indicator in the button is on. Indicator in the button blinks (from ON to ACCESSORY). Operate the audio system and other accessories in this position.

ON Indicator in the button is on. All electrical components can be used.

Indicator Indicator

Models with shift lever Models with electronic gear selector

Shift to (P then press the button.

Press the button.

Shift to (P. U.S. models

161Continued

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button

162

C o

n tro

ls

1Changing the Power Mode

If the power mode does not change from VEHICLE OFF to ACCESSORY, press the ENGINE START/STOP button while moving the steering wheel left and right. The steering wheel will unlock, allowing the mode to change.

Canadian models

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 162

If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the transmission in (P and the power mode in ACCESSORY, the vehicle automatically goes into the mode similar to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to avoid the battery drain.

When in this mode: The steering wheel does not lock. You cannot lock or unlock doors with the remote transmitter or the keyless access system. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button three times to switch the mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).

If you open the drivers door when the power mode is set to ACCESSORY, a warning buzzer sounds.

Automatic Power Off

Power Mode Reminder

Canadian models

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button C

o n

tro ls

1Keyless Access Remote Reminder

When the keyless access remote is within the systems operational range, and the drivers door is closed, the warning function cancels.

If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle after the engine has been started, you can no longer change the ENGINE START/STOP button mode or restart the engine. Always make sure if the remote is in your vehicle when you operate the ENGINE START/STOP button.

Removing the keyless access remote from the vehicle through a window does not activate the warning buzzer.

Do not put the keyless access remote on the dashboard or in the glove box. It may cause the warning buzzer to go off. Under some other conditions that can prevent the vehicle from locating the remote, the warning buzzer may also go off even if the remote is within the systems operational range.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 163

Warning buzzers may sound from inside or/ and outside the vehicle to remind you that the keyless access remote is out of the vehicle. If the buzzer continues even after the remote is put back inside, place it to be within its operational range.

When the power mode is in ON If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle, and the drivers door is closed, warning buzzers sound from both inside and outside the vehicle. A warning message on the multi-information display notifies the driver inside that the remote is out.

When the power mode is in ACCESSORY

If the keyless access remote is taken out of the vehicle, and the drivers door is closed, a warning buzzer sounds from outside the vehicle.

Keyless Access Remote Reminder

Models with full color display

Models without full color display

163

164

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals

C o

n tro

ls

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 164

Turn Signals The turn signals can be used when the power mode is in ON.

One-touch turn signal When you lightly push up or down and release the turn signal lever, the exterior turn signals and turn signal indicator blink three times.

This feature can be used when signaling for a lane change.

Right Turn

Left Turn

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches C

o n

tro ls

1Light Switches

If you leave the power mode in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) with the lights on, a light on reminder chime will sound when you open the drivers door.

When the lights are on, the lights on indicator in the instrument panel will be on.

2 Lights On Indicator P. 83

If you sense that the level of the headlights is abnormal, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.

Do not leave the lights on when the engine is off because it will cause the battery to discharge.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 165

Light Switches

Rotating the light switch turns the lights on and off, regardless of the power mode setting.

High beams Push the lever forward until you hear a click.

Low beams When in high beams, pull the lever back to return to low beams.

Flashing the high beams Pull the lever back, and release it.

Lights off Turn the lever to OFF either when: The transmission is in (P . The parking brake is applied.

To turn the lights on again, turn the lever to OFF to cancel the lights off mode. Even if you do not cancel the lights off mode, the lights come on automatically when: The gear position is changed from (P. The parking brake is released. The vehicle starts to move.

Manual Operation

High Beams

Flashing the high beams Low Beams

Turns on parking, side marker, tail, and rear license plate lights

Turns on headlights, parking, side marker, tail, and rear license plate lights

165Continued

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches

166

C o

n tro

ls

1Automatic Lighting Control

We recommend that you turn on the lights manually when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas such as long tunnels or parking facilities.

The light sensor is in the location shown below. Do not cover this light sensor with anything; otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not work properly.

Light Sensor

Models with automatic intermittent wipers

Models without automatic intermittent wipers

Light Sensor

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 166

Automatic lighting control can be used when the power mode is in ON.

When the light switch is in AUTO, the headlights and other exterior lights will switch on and off automatically depending on the ambient brightness.

You can change the auto light sensitivity setting.

2 Customized Features P. 126, 259

Automatic Lighting Control

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches C

o n

tro ls

1Automatic Lighting Control

Adjust the auto light sensitivity as follows:

2 Customized Features P. 126, 259

Setting The exterior lights come on when the ambient light is at

MAX HIGH MID LOW MIN

Bright

Dark

1Headlight Integration with Wipers

This feature activates when the headlights are off in AUTO. The instrument panel brightness does not change when the headlights come on.

When the ambient light is dark, the automatic lighting control feature overrides, and the headlights come on with or without the wipers sweeping more than several times.

1Automatic Lighting Off Feature

You can change the headlight auto off timer setting. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 259

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 167

The headlights automatically come on when the wipers are used several times within a certain interval with the headlight switch in AUTO. The headlights automatically go off a few minutes later if the wipers are stopped.

The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15 seconds after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), take the remote with you, and close the driver's door.

If you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) with the headlight switch on, but do not open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (three minutes, if the switch is in the AUTO position).

The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the drivers door. If you unlock the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the drivers door, you will hear a lights on reminder chime.

Headlight Integration with Wipers

Automatic Lighting Off Feature

167

168

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluFog Lights*

C o

n tro

ls

1Fog Lights*

The fog lights go off when the headlights turn off, or when the daytime running lights are on.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 168

Fog Lights*

When the low beam headlights are on, turn the fog light switch on to use the fog lights.

Daytime Running Lights The daytime running lights come on when the following conditions have been met: The power mode is in ON. The headlight switch is AUTO, or in . The parking brake is released.

The daytime running lights are off when the headlight switch is turned on, or when the headlight switch is in AUTO and it is getting darker outside.

Fog Light Switch

* Not available on all models

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers C

o n

tro ls

1Wipers and Washers

NOTICE Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry. The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber blades will get damaged.

NOTICE In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the windshield, becoming stuck. Operating the wipers in this condition may damage them. Use the defroster to warm the windshield, then turn the wipers on.

If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are operating intermittently, the length of the wipe interval shortens. When the vehicle starts moving, the wipers make a single sweep. When the vehicle speeds up, the wiper operations shortest delay setting and the LO setting become the same.

Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out. The pump may get damaged.

The wiper motor may stop motor operation temporarily to prevent an overload. Wiper operation will return to normal within a few minutes, once the circuit has returned to normal.

Models with intermittent time adjustment ring

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 169

Wipers and Washers The windshield wipers and washers can be used when the power mode is in ON.

MIST The wipers run at high speed until you release the lever.

Wiper switch (OFF, INT*, LO, HI) Change the wiper switch setting according to the amount of rain.

AUTO*

2 Automatic Intermittent Wipers* P. 170

Adjusting wiper operation Turn the adjustment ring to adjust wiper operation.

Washer Sprays while you pull the lever toward you. When you release the lever, the wipers make two or three more sweeps before stopping.

MIST

OFF

LO: Low speed wipe

HI: High speed wipe

Pull to use washer.

INT*: Low speed with intermittent AUTO*: Automatic intermittent operation

Lower speed, fewer sweeps

Higher speed, more sweeps

169Continued* Not available on all models

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers

170

C o

n tro

ls

1Wipers and Washers

If the wiper stops operating due to any obstacle such as the build-up of snow, park the vehicle in a safe place. Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and set the power mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK), then remove the obstacle.

1Automatic Intermittent Wipers*

The rainfall sensor is in the location shown below.

Do not put the wiper lever in AUTO when cleaning the windshield or driving through a car wash. If the wiper lever is in AUTO, and the power mode is in ON, the rainfall sensor may respond to your hand or car wash liquids, and the wipers may operate automatically.

Rainfall Sensor

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 170

When you push the lever down to AUTO, the windshield wipers sweep once, and go into the automatic mode.

The wipers operate intermittently, at low speed, or at high speed and stops in accordance with the amount of rainfall the rainfall sensor detects.

AUTO sensitivity adjustment When in AUTO, you can also adjust the rainfall sensor sensitivity using the adjustment ring.

Sensor sensitivity

Automatic Intermittent Wipers*

Adjustment Ring

Low sensitivity: Lower speed, fewer sweeps

High sensitivity: Higher speed, more sweeps

* Not available on all models

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers C

o n

tro ls

1Headlight Washers*

The headlight washers use the same fluid reservoir as the windshield washers.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 171

Turn the headlights on and press the headlight washer button to operate. The headlight washers also operate when you turn the windshield washers for the first time after the power mode sets to ON.

Headlight Washers*

Canadian models

Headlight Washer Button

171* Not available on all models

172

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control

C o

n tro

ls

1Brightness Control

Instrument panel brightness varies, depending on whether the exterior lights are on or off. The instrument panel dims to reduce glare when they are on.

When it is bright outside and the headlight integration with the wiper is activated, the instrument panel brightness does not change.

Pushing or rolling the right selector wheel changes to a different display.

If you press the (+ button until the brightness display is up to max, the beeper sounds. This cancels the reduced instrument panel brightness when the parking lights are on.

The brightness can be set differently for when the exterior lights are on, and when they are off.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 172

Brightness Control When the power mode is in ON, you can use the (+ or (- button to adjust instrument panel brightness. To brighten: Press the (+ button. To dim: Press the (- button.

You will hear a beep when the brightness reaches minimum or maximum. The multi- information display will return to its original state several seconds after you adjust the brightness.

Brightness level indicator The brightness level is shown on the multi- information display while you are adjusting it.

(+ Button

(- Button

Models with full color display

Models without full color display

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDefogger/Heated Door Mirror C

o n

tro ls

1Heated Windshield Button

When the outside temperature is below 4C, the heated windshield may automatically activate. The system deactivates itself once the outside temperature reaches 6C.

1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button

NOTICE When cleaning the inside of the rear window, be careful not to damage the heating wires and antenna line. It is critical to wipe the window from side to side along the defogger heating wires and antenna line.

This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off when the window has been defogged. Also, do not use the system for a long period when the engine is idling. This may weaken the battery, making it difficult to start the engine.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 173

Defogger/Heated Door Mirror This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off when the window has been defogged or deiced.

Press the heated windshield button to deice the windshield when the power mode is in ON.

Press the rear defogger and heated door mirror button to defog the rear window and mirrors when the power mode is in ON.

The rear defogger and heated door mirrors automatically switch off after 10-30 minutes depending on the outside temperature.

Heated Windshield Button

Canadian models

Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button

173

174

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System

C o

n tro

ls

1Driving Position Memory System

Using the audio/information screen or multi- information display, you can disable the automatic seat and door mirror adjustment function.

2 Customized Features P. 126, 259

The drivers seat easy exit feature: Can be turned ON/OFF.

2 Customized Features P. 126

System Operation The system will not operate if: The vehicle speed is above 3 mph (5 km/h). Either memory position button is pressed while the

seat is in motion. The seat position is adjusted while in operation. The memory 1 or 2 position is set fully to the rear.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 174

Driving Position Memory System You can store two drivers seat (except for power lumbar) and door mirror positions with the driving position memory system. When you unlock and open the drivers door with a remote transmitter, or keyless access system, the seat and door mirrors adjust automatically to one of the two preset positions.

The multi-information display shows you which remote transmitter you used to unlock the vehicle when you enter. DRIVER 1 transmitter is linked to memory button 1. DRIVER 2 transmitter is linked to memory button 2.

The drivers seat moves rearward depending on the set seating position once you Stop the vehicle. Put the transmission in (P . Turn the engine off. Then open the drivers door. Once the power mode is in the ACCESSORY position, the drivers seat moves forward to the DRIVER 1 or 2 preset position.

DRIVER 1 DRIVER 2

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System C

o n

tro ls

1Storing a Position in Memory

After you press the SET button, the storing operation will be canceled when: You do not press the memory button within five

seconds. You readjust the seat or the door mirror position

before the double-beep. You set the power mode to any position except

ON.

1Recalling the Stored Position

The seat will stop moving if you: Press the SET button, or a memory button ( (1 or

(2). Adjust the seat or the door mirror position. Change into any position except (P.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 175

1. Set the power mode to ON. Adjust the drivers seat and the door mirrors to the desired position.

2. Press the SET button. u You will hear the beep, and the memory

button indicator light will blink. 3. Press memory button (1 or (2 within five

seconds of pressing the SET button. u Once the seat and the door mirror

positions have been memorized, the indicator light on the button you pressed stays on.

1. Change to (P . 2. Apply the parking brake. 3. Press a memory button ( (1 or (2). u You will hear the beep, and the indicator

light will blink.

The seat and the door mirrors will automatically move to the memorized positions. When it has finished moving, you will hear the beep, and the indicator light stays on.

Storing a Position in Memory

SET Button

Memory Button 1

Memory Button 2

Recalling the Stored Position

Memory Buttons

175

176

uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAdjusting the Steering Wheel

C o

n tro

ls

1Adjusting the Steering Wheel

Make any steering wheel adjustments before you start driving.

3WARNING Adjusting the steering wheel position while driving may cause you to lose control of the vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash.

Adjust the steering wheel only when the vehicle is stopped.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 176

Adjusting the Steering Wheel The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture.

1. Push the steering wheel adjustment lever down. u The steering wheel adjustment lever is

under the steering column. 2. Move the steering wheel up or down, and

in or out. u Make sure you can see the instrument

panel gauges and indicators. 3. Pull the steering wheel adjustment lever up

to lock the steering wheel in position. u After adjusting the position, make sure

you have securely locked the steering wheel in place by trying to move it up, down, in, and out.

LeverTo adjust

To lock

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 177

Adjusting the Mirrors

C

o n

tro ls

1Adjusting the Mirrors

Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and adjusted for best visibility.

Adjust the mirrors before you start driving. 2 Adjusting the Seat Positions P. 180

1Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror and Power Door Mirrors*

The auto dimming function cancels when the transmission is in (R.

Interior Rearview Mirror Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving position.

When driving after dark, the automatic dimming rearview mirror and power door mirrors* reduce the glare from headlights behind you.

Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror and Power Door Mirrors*

Sensor

Mirror with bezel

Mirror without bezel

177* Not available on all models

178

uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors

C o

n tro

ls

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 178

Power Door Mirrors You can adjust the door mirrors when the power mode is in ON.

Mirror position adjustment L/R selector switch: Select the left or right mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the switch to the center position. Mirror position adjustment switch: Press the switch left, right, up, or down to move the mirror.

Folding door mirrors*

Press the folding button to fold in and out the door mirrors.

If activated, either side door mirror automatically tilts downward when you change the gear position to (R ; this improves close-in visibility on the selected side of the vehicle when backing up. The mirror automatically returns to its original position when you change the gear position out of (R.

To activate this feature, set the power mode to ON and slide the selector switch to the left or right side.

Selector Switch

Folding Button

Adjustment Switch

Reverse Tilt Door Mirror

Slide the selector switch to left or right to tilt down either side door mirror.

* Not available on all models

uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors C

o n

tro ls

1Expanded View Drivers Mirror

Objects visible in the outer segment of the drivers side door mirror appear smaller than objects in the rest of the mirror. But in fact, they are closer than they appear.

Do not rely on your mirrors. Always look to the side and behind your vehicle before changing lanes.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 179

The drivers side door mirror has outer and inner segments. The outer segment is slightly curved to provide a wider angle view than a standard flat mirror. This wider view may help you check areas that are not visible using a standard door mirror.

Expanded View Drivers Mirror

Inner Segment

Outer Segment

179

180

C o

n tro

ls

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 180

Adjusting the Seats

1Adjusting the Seats

The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and the chest.

Always make seat adjustments before driving.

3WARNING Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious injury or death if the front airbags inflate.

Always sit as far back from the front airbags as possible while maintaining control of the vehicle.

Adjusting the Seat Positions Adjust the drivers seat as far back as possible while allowing you to maintain full control of the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright, well back in the seat and be able to adequately depress the pedals without leaning forward, and grip the steering wheel comfortably. The passengers seat should be adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far back from the front airbag in the dashboard as possible.

Adjusting the front power seats

Move back.

Allow sufficient space.

Horizontal Position Adjustment

Seat-back Angle Adjustment

Lumbar Support Adjustment (Drivers seat only)

Drivers side/ Passengers side* Height Adjustment

* Not available on all models

uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions C

o n

tro ls

1Adjusting the Seat-Backs

Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the seat-back and your back. Doing so may interfere with proper seat belt or airbag operation.

If you cannot get far enough away from the steering wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend that you investigate whether some type of adaptive equipment may help.

3WARNING Reclining the seat-back too far can result in serious injury or death in a crash.

Adjust the seat-back to an upright position, and sit well back in the seat.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 181

Adjust the drivers seat-back to a comfortable, upright position, leaving ample space between your chest and the airbag cover in the center of the steering wheel.

The front seat passenger should also adjust their seat-back to a comfortable, upright position.

Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the occupants chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury.

Adjusting the Seat-Backs

Continued 181

uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions

182

C o

n tro

ls

1Adjusting the Head Restraints

For the head restraint system to work properly: Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or

from the restraint legs. Do not place any object between an occupant and

the seat-back. Install each restraint in its proper location.

3WARNING Improperly positioning head restraints reduces their effectiveness and increases the likelihood of serious injury in a crash.

Make sure head restraints are in place and positioned properly before driving.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 182

Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints in all seating positions.

Head restraints are most effective for protection against whiplash and other rear- impact crash injuries when the center of the back of the occupants head rests against the center of the restraint. The tops of the occupants ears should be level with the center height of the restraint.

Adjusting the front and rear outer head restraint positions To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward. To lower the head restraint: Push it down while pressing the release button.

Adjusting the Head Restraints

Position head in the center of the head restraint.

uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions C

o n

tro ls

1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints

3WARNING Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the head restraints can result in severe injury during a crash.

Always replace the head restraints before driving.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 183

A passenger sitting in the center back seating position should adjust the height of their head restraint to an appropriate position before the vehicle begins moving. To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward. To lower the head restraint: Push it down while pressing the release button.

Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair.

To remove a head restraint: Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the restraint up and out.

To reinstall a head restraint: Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked in position.

Changing the Rear Center Seat Head Restraint Positions

Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints

Continued 183

uuAdjusting the SeatsuAdjusting the Seat Positions

184

C o

n tro

ls

1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position

3WARNING Sitting improperly or out of position can result in serious injury or death in a crash.

Always sit upright, well back in the seat, with your feet on the floor.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 184

After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their seats, with their feet on the floor, until the vehicle is safely parked and the engine is off.

Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased.

In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an inflating front airbag.

Maintain a Proper Sitting Position

uuAdjusting the SeatsuRear Seats C

o n

tro ls

160/40 Split Folding Down the Rear Seats

The rear seat-backs can be folded down to accommodate bulkier items in the trunk.

Never drive with a seat-back folded down and the trunk lid open.

2 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 66

To lock the seat-back upright, push it backwards until it locks. When returning a seat-back to its original position, push it firmly back. Also, make sure all rear shoulder belts are positioned in front of the seat-back, and the center shoulder belt is re-positioned in the guide.

Make sure that the folded seat-back does not press against the front passenger seat, as this can cause the weight sensors in the front passenger seat to work improperly.

2 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator P. 52

Also make sure all items in the trunk or items extending through the opening into the rear seats are properly secured. Loose items can fly forward if you have to brake hard.

The front seat(s) must be far enough forward so they do not interfere with the rear seats as they fold down.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 185

Rear Seats

1. Remove the center shoulder belt from the guide.

2. Pull the release lever in the trunk to release the lock.

3. Fold the seat-back down.

If the rear head restraints get caught on the front seat-backs, remove the head restraints.

2 Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints P. 183

60/40 Split Folding Down the Rear Seats

Center Shoulder Belt

Guide

Release Lever

185

186

uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest

C o

n tro

ls

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 186

Armrest

Pull down the armrest in the center seat-back.

Using the Rear Seat Armrest

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 187

Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items

C

o n

tro ls

1Interior Light Switches

In the door activated position, the interior lights fade out and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are closed. The lights go off after 30 seconds in the following situations: When you unlock the drivers door but do not open

it. When you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF

(LOCK) but do not open a door. You can change the interior lights dimming time.

2 Customized Features P. 126, 259

The interior lights go off immediately in the following situations: When you lock the drivers door. When you close the drivers door in ACCESSORY

mode. When you set the power mode to ON.

If you leave any doors open, the interior lights go off after about 15 minutes.

Interior Lights

ON The interior lights come on regardless whether the doors are open or closed. Door activated The interior lights come on in the following situations: When any doors are opened. You unlock the drivers door. When the power mode is set to VEHICLE

OFF (LOCK). OFF The interior lights remain off regardless whether the doors are open or closed.

Interior Light Switches

Door Activated Position

Off

On

187Continued

uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Lights

188

C o

n tro

ls

1Map Lights

When the ceiling light switch is in the door activated position and any door is open, the map light will not go off when you press the (map light) button.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 188

The map lights can be turned on and off by pressing the (map light) button.

Map Lights

Front

Rear

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items C

o n

tro ls

1Glove Box

3WARNING An open glove box can cause serious injury to your passenger in a crash, even if the passenger is wearing the seat belt.

Always keep the glove box closed while driving.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 189

Interior Convenience Items

Press the button to open the glove box. You can lock the glove box with the built-in key.

Removable shelf The shelf in the glove box is detachable. To remove it, disengage the tabs.

The removable shelf can be stored upside down in the glove box.

Glove Box

Glove Box

Release Button

To Lock

Tab

Shelf

189Continued

uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items

190

C o

n tro

ls

1Console Compartment

The console compartment light comes on when the parking lights are on.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 190

Pull the handle to open the console compartment.

Console Compartment

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items C

o n

tro ls

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 191

To access the center pocket, push the lid forward until the latch engages. To close it, push forward on the tab until the latch releases, then allow the lid to slide to the fully closed position.

To open the center pocket tray, push the tray forward until it latches. To close it, push forward on the tab until the latch release, then pull the tray rearward to the fully closed position.

Center Pocket

Tab

Lid

Tab

Tray

191Continued

uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items

192

C o

n tro

ls

1Beverage Holders

NOTICE Spilled liquids damage the upholstery, carpeting, and electrical components in the interior.

Be careful when you are using the beverage holders. Hot liquid can scald you.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 192

Front seat beverage holders Are located in the console between the front seats.

Rear seat beverage holders Fold the armrest down to use the rear seat beverage holders.

Beverage Holders

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items C

o n

tro ls

1Accessory Power Sockets

NOTICE Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter element. This can overheat the power socket.

The accessory power sockets are designed to supply power for 12 volt DC accessories that are rated 180 watts or less (15 amps).

To prevent battery drain, only use the power socket with the engine running.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 193

The accessory power sockets can be used when the power mode is in ACCESSORY or ON.

Accessory power socket (center pocket) Open the lid and the tray to access.

Accessory power socket (console compartment)

Open the console lid and the cover to access.

Accessory Power Sockets

Continued 193

uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items

194

C o

n tro

ls

1Coat Hooks

The coat hooks are not designed for large or heavy items.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 194

There is a coat hook on the rear grab handle of both sides. Pull it down to use it.

There is a coat hook on the door pillar of both sides.

Coat Hooks

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items C

o n

tro ls

1Under-Floor Storage Area

Do not leave water, soil, sand, or perishable foods in the storage area. Rotting food and dirt on the floor may cause the breakdown of electrical equipment.

Models with plastic storage bin

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 195

Pull the strap and open the lid.

The reverse side of the cargo floor lid is water resistance. Flip the lid to use the water resistance side.

Under-Floor Storage Area

Strap

Models with foam storage bin

Models with plastic storage bin

Strap

Models with plastic storage bin

Continued 195

uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items

196

C o

n tro

ls

1Heated Steering Wheel*

Do not use the heated steering wheel continuously when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 196

The power mode must be in ON to use the heated steering wheel.

Press the button on the left side of the steering wheel.

When a comfortable temperature is reached, press the button again to turn it off.

The heated steering wheel is turned off every time you start the engine, even if you turned it on the last time you drove the vehicle.

Heated Steering Wheel*

Canadian models

* Not available on all models

uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items C

o n

tro ls

1Front Seat Heaters and Seat Ventilation*

Do not use the seat heaters and the seat ventilation even in LO when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.

3WARNING Heat induced burns are possible when using seat heaters.

Persons with a diminished ability to sense temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes, lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or with sensitive skin should not use seat heaters.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 197

If the power mode is in ON: Seat heater - The HI setting heats the seats warmer than the LO setting. Seat ventilation* - The HI setting ventilates the seats more than the LO setting.

1. Select . 2. Change the setting with one of the

following: The Heat/Cool* level indicators: Select your desired level setting. The left is for a LO setting, the center is for a MID setting, and to the right for a HI setting. (+ / (- : To go up or down one level at a time. AUTO*: The system automatically selects the setting most suitable to the ambient environment. OFF: Turn off the system.

When a comfortable temperature is reached while using the seat heaters in HI, select MID or LO to keep the seat warm.

Front Seat Heaters and Seat Ventilation*

Models without seat ventilation

Models with seat ventilation

Continued 197* Not available on all models

uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Itemsu Interior Convenience Items

198

C o

n tro

ls

1Rear Seat Heaters*

Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.

3WARNING Heat induced burns are possible when using seat heaters.

Persons with a diminished ability to sense temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes, lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or with sensitive skin should not use seat heaters.

1Sunglasses Holder

Keep the holder closed while driving except when accessing stored items.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 198

If the power mode is in ON: The HI setting heats the seats warmer than the LO setting.

There is no heater in the rear center seating position. Press the seat heater button: Once - The HI setting (three indicators on) Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on) Three times - The LO setting Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on)

When a comfortable temperature is reached while using the seat heaters in HI, select MID or LO to keep the seat warm.

To open the sunglasses holder, push and release the indent. To close, push it again until it latches.

You can store eyeglasses and other small items in this holder.

Rear Seat Heaters*

Sunglasses Holder

Push

* Not available on all models

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 199

Climate Control System

C

o n

tro ls

1Using Automatic Climate Control

See the Navigation System Manual for the operation of the audio system. Images shown are for models without navigation system.

If any buttons/icons on the touch screen are pressed while using the climate control system in AUTO, the function of the button/icon that was pressed will take priority. The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions unrelated to the button/icon that was pressed will be controlled automatically.

During the Auto Idle Stop, the air conditioning system will be turned off.

To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the fan may operate at low speed for a while after the AUTO button has been pressed.

If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down more rapidly by partially opening the windows, turning the system on auto, and setting the temperature to low. Change the fresh mode to recirculation mode until the temperature cools down.

When you set the temperature to the lower or upper limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.

Models with navigation system

Models with Auto Idle Stop

All models

Using Automatic Climate Control The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select. The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible.

Use the system when the engine is running. 1. Press the AUTO button. 2. Adjust the interior temperature using the drivers side or passengers side

temperature control switch. 3. Press the (On/off) button to cancel.

(On/off) Button AUTO Button

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Drivers Side Temperature Control Switch

Passengers Side Temperature Control Switch

Passengers Side Temperature

Drivers Side Temperature

199Continued

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

200

C o

n tro

ls

1Using Automatic Climate Control

See the Navigation System Manual for the operation of the audio system. Images shown are for models without navigation system.

Pressing the button switches the climate control system between on and off. When turned on, the system returns to your last selection.

When you unlock the doors with your remote, the drivers ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) is detected, and the climate control settings are turned to the respective mode automatically when you set the power mode to ON.

You can store two customized climate control settings to the system and recall them from the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.

2 Shortcuts P. 205

Models with navigation system

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 200

In addition to the button/switch operations, you can control the climate control system from the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM touch screen.

Operating from the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

A/C (Air Conditioning) and SYNC (Synchronized) Icon

Vent Mode Icon

Drivers Side Temperature Control Icon

Recirculation/Fresh Air mode Icon

Fan Control Icon

Passengers Side Temperature Control Icon

Shortcuts Icon

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control C

o n

tro ls

1Using Automatic Climate Control

When you set the temperature to the lower or upper limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.

If you select the MAX COOL ON/OFF or MAX HEAT ON/OFF during Auto Idle Stop, the engine restarts automatically.

Models with Auto Idle Stop

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 201

Changing the interior temperature setting 1. Select the drivers or passengers side

temperature control. 2. Change the temperature setting from the

following:

Temperature bar: Select a point where your desired temperature setting is. Farther to the left is for a lower, and to the right for a higher setting. 3/4: To raise or lower the temperature setting one degree at a time. While you select and hold 3/4, the temperature decreases or increases. MAX COOL ON/OFF: To rapidly cool down the interior. u The AUTO indicator goes off. The setting

returns to the previously selected value when you select it again.

MAX HEAT ON/OFF: To rapidly warm up the interior. u The AUTO indicator goes off. The setting

returns to the previously selected value when you select it again.

The side you selected.

Temperature Bar

Continued 201

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

202

C o

n tro

ls

1Switching the vent mode

While the climate control system is in AUTO, Mode Auto is highlighted.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 202

Switching the vent mode 1. Select a desired vent mode icon, or Mode

Auto: The system automatically selects the vent mode most suitable to the ambient environment.

Vent mode : Dashboard vents and back of the center

console : Dashboard and floor vents, and back of

the center console : Floor vents : Floor and defroster vents

A/C on and off 1. Select A/C. 2. Select ON or OFF.

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control C

o n

tro ls

1SYNC on and off

When you press the button, the system changes to synchronized mode.

When the system is not in SYNC mode, the drivers side temperature and the front passengers side temperature can be set separately.

You can also turn off SYNC mode by changing the front passengers side temperature.

The system adjusts each temperature based on the information of the sunlight sensor and the sun position updated by the navigation systems GPS.

Models with navigation system

1Changing the fan speed

While the climate control system is in AUTO, Fan AUTO is highlighted.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 203

SYNC on and off 1. Select SYNC. 2. Select ON for synchronized mode, and OFF

for dual mode. u When in synchronized mode, the

passengers side temperature and vent mode become the same as the drivers side settings.

3. Adjust the temperature or change the mode from the drivers side.

Changing the fan speed 1. Select . 2. Change the fan speed with one of the

following: The fan speed level indicators: Select your desired speed level. The smaller indicator is for a slower speed, and the larger for a faster speed. (+ / (- : To go up or down one level at a time. Fan AUTO: The system automatically selects the fan speed most suitable to the ambient environment.

Fan Speed Level Indicators

Continued 203

204

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

C o

n tro

ls

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 204

Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes 1. Select or currently shown. 2. Switch the mode depending on

environmental conditions to the following:

(Recirculation Mode): Recirculates air from the vehicles interior through the system.

(Fresh Air Mode): Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system in fresh air mode in normal situations.

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control C

o n

tro ls

1Shortcuts

You can also store a set by pressing and holding the preset number you want to store that setting after step 3.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 205

Shortcuts You can store two sets of your preferred temperature, fan speed, and vent mode settings to the climate control system.

To store a set of the climate control settings: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Adjust the climate control system to your

preference. 3. Select Climate. 4. Select Edit. 5. Select Add. 6. Select Preset 1 or Preset 2 you want to

store your settings to.

To recall one of the settings: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Select Climate. 3. Select Preset 1 or Preset 2.

To delete a preset: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Select Climate. 3. Select Edit. 4. Select Delete. 5. Select Preset 1 or Preset 2 you want to

delete.

Continued 205

uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control

206

C o

n tro

ls

1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows

For your safety, make sure you have a clear view through all the windows before driving. Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower limit. When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the windshield may fog up.

If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that the air hits the side windows.

If you press the button during Auto Idle Stop, the engine restarts automatically.

Models with Auto Idle Stop

1To rapidly defrost the windows

After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air mode. If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes visibility.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 206

Pressing the button turns the air conditioning system on and automatically switches the system to fresh air mode.

Press the button again to turn off, the system returns to the previous settings.

To rapidly defrost the windows

1. Press the button. 2. Select the recirculation mode.

2 Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes P. 204

Defrosting the Windshield and Windows

uuClimate Control SystemuAutomatic Climate Control Sensors C

o n

tro ls

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 207

Automatic Climate Control Sensors The automatic climate control system is equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill any liquid on them.

Sensor

Sensor

207

208

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 208

* Not available on all m

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 209

Features

This chapter describes how to operate technology features.

Audio System About Your Audio System................ 210 USB Port .......................................... 211 Auxiliary Input Jack .......................... 212 Audio System Theft Protection ......... 213 Audio Remote Controls.................... 214

Audio System Basic Operation ........ 215 On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM....... 216 Audio/Information Screen ................ 222 Adjusting the Sound ........................ 226 Display Setup ................................... 227 Playing AM/FM Radio ....................... 228 Playing SiriusXM Radio ................... 232

odels

Playing a CD .................................... 235 Playing an iPod ................................ 238 Playing Internet Radio ...................... 242 Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 245 Playing Bluetooth Audio................. 248

Audio Error Messages CD Player......................................... 250 iPod/USB Flash Drive ........................ 251 Pandora ......................................... 252 AhaTM Radio..................................... 254

General Information on the Audio System SiriusXM Radio Service ................... 255 Recommended CDs ......................... 256

Compatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives .................................................258

Customized Features ........................ 259 Defaulting All the Settings ............... 276

HomeLink Universal Transceiver ... 277 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

Using HFL ........................................ 279 HFL Menus ...................................... 281

Compass* .......................................... 313

209

210

Featu res

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 210

Audio System

1About Your Audio System

SiriusXM Radio is available on a subscription basis only. For more information on SiriusXM Radio, contact a dealer.

2 General Information on the Audio System P. 255

SiriusXM Radio is available in the United States and Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico.

SiriusXM is a registered trademark of SiriusXM Radio, Inc.

Video CDs, DVDs, and 3-inch (8-cm) mini CDs are not supported.

iPod, iPhone and iTunes are trademarks of Apple Inc.

State or local laws may prohibit the operation of handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle.

When the screen is viewed through polarized sunglasses, a rainbow pattern may appear on the screen due to optical characteristics of the screen. If this is disturbing, please operate the screen without polarized sunglasses.

About Your Audio System

Images shown are for models without navigation system. See the Navigation System Manual for operation of the audio system, AcuraLink, Bluetooth HandsFreeLink, and voice commands for these features.

The audio system features AM/FM radio and the SiriusXM Radio service. It can also play audio CDs, WMA/MP3/AAC files, USB flash drives, and iPod, iPhone and Bluetooth devices.

You can operate the audio system from the buttons and switches on the panel, or the icons on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.

Models with navigation system

Models without navigation system

Remote Controls

iPod

USB Flash Drive

uuAudio SystemuUSB Port Featu

res

1USB Port

Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may damage it.

Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a hub.

Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard disk drive, as the device or your files may be damaged.

We recommend your data backed up before using the device in your vehicle.

Displayed messages may vary depending on the device model and software version.

If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To reboot, follow the manufacturers instructions provided with the iPod or visit www.apple.com/ipod.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 211

USB Port Install the iPod dock connector or the USB flash drive to the USB port.

211

212

uuAudio SystemuAuxiliary Input Jack

Featu res

1Auxiliary Input Jack

You can return to the AUX mode by selecting Change Source on the Audio menu screen or Audio Source on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 212

Auxiliary Input Jack Use the jack to connect standard audio devices.

1. Open the AUX cover. 2. Connect a standard audio device to the

input jack using a 1/8 inch (3.5 mm) stereo miniplug. u The audio system automatically switches

to the AUX mode.

uuAudio SystemuAudio System Theft Protection Featu

res

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 213

Audio System Theft Protection The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as when the battery is disconnected or goes dead. In certain conditions, the system may display Enter code. If this occurs, reactivate the audio system.

Reactivating the audio system 1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. Turn on the audio system. 3. Press and hold the audio system power button for more than two seconds. u The audio system is reactivated when the audio control unit establishes a

connection with the vehicle control unit. If the control unit fails to recognize the audio unit, you must go to a dealer and have the audio unit checked.

213

214

uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls

Featu res

1Audio Remote Controls

The CD mode appears only when a CD is loaded.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 214

Audio Remote Controls Allow you to operate the audio system while driving.

SOURCE Button Cycles through the audio modes as follows: FM AM SiriusXM CD USB/iPod Bluetooth Audio Pandora* AhaTM*

AUX

Left Selector Wheel Roll Up: To increase the volume. Roll Down: To decrease the volume. Push: To mute. Push again to unmute. When listening to the radio

Move to the right: To select the next preset radio station. Move to the left: To select the previous preset radio station. Move to the right and hold: To select the next strong station. Move to the left and hold: To select the previous strong station.

When listening to a CD, iPod, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth Audio Move to the right: To skip to the next song. Move to the left: To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song. Move to the right and hold: To go to the group up. (Bluetooth Audio only) Move to the left and hold: To go to the group down. (Bluetooth Audio only)

When listening to a CD or USB flash drive Move to the right and hold: To skip to the next folder. Move to the left and hold: To go back to the previous folder.

When listening to Pandora*

Move to the right: To skip to the next song. Move to the right and hold: To select the next station. Move to the left and hold: To select the previous station.

Left Selector Wheel

SOURCE Button

* Not available on all models

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 215

Audio System Basic Operation

Featu

res

1Audio System Basic Operation

These indications are used to show how to operate the interface dial.

Rotate to select.

Press to enter.

Move , , or to select a secondary menu.

Audio Menu Items 2 Station List P. 230 2 Save Preset P. 229, 234 2 Radio Text P. 231 2 Music Search P. 236, 240, 246 2 Scan P. 237, 247 2 Random/Repeat P. 237, 241, 247

When you unlock the doors with your remote, the drivers ID (Driver 1 or Driver 2) is detected, and the audio system settings and preset memory are turned to the respective mode automatically when you set the power mode to ON.

To use the audio system, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON. Use the interface dial or MENU button to access some audio functions.

Press to switch between the normal and extended display for some functions.

Interface dial: Rotate left or right to scroll through the available choices. Press to set your selection. Move right, left, up or down to select a secondary menu. MENU button: Press to select any mode. The available mode includes Change Source, Station List, Save Preset, Radio Text, Music Search, and play modes. Play modes can be also selected from Scan, Random/ Repeat, and so on. BACK button: Press to go back to the previous display.

(Day/Night) button: Press to change the audio/information screen brightness. Press once and make an adjustment using the interface dial. u Each time you press , the mode

switches between the daytime mode, nighttime mode and off mode.

Interface Dial

MENU ButtonBACK Button

Button

215

216

uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Featu res

1On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

See the Navigation System Manual for the operation of the audio system. Images shown are for models without navigation system.

Icons that appear on the screen vary by the source selected.

Select to go back to the previous screen.

Use the / / / icons to turn the page.

Models with navigation system

X

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 216

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Use the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM to operate the audio system.

Select Audio Source, then select an icon on the source list to switch the audio source.

Select More to display the menu items.

Selecting an Audio Source

Displaying the Menu Items

Select Audio Source.

Source List Icons

Select More. Menu Items

uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Featu

res

1Shortcuts

The preset memory is cleared when it is disconnected from the power source, such as when the battery is disconnected or goes dead.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 217

You can preset the settings of four categories (Phone, Climate, Audio) from Shortcuts.

Shortcuts

Shortcuts Icon

Continued 217

uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

218

Featu res

1Phone

Dial icon You can make a call using the keyboard on the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM to input numbers.

2 To make a call using a phone number P. 302

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 218

Phone You can preset five speed dial entries, and make a call from one of the preset numbers, or call history when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicles Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL) system. 2 Phone Setup P. 286

To preset a speed dial: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Select Phone. 3. Select Speed Dial. 4. Select Edit or No Entry. u If you select No Entry, go to step 6.

5. Select Add. u Five presets appear. Select a No Entry

preset or an existing preset. u The screen changes to a list of previously

stored speed dial entries. 6. Select a number you want to store as a

shortcut.

To make a call from a speed dial entry: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Select Phone. 3. Select Speed Dial. 4. Select a preset number. u Dialing starts automatically.

uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Featu

res

1Phone

The call history displays the last six dialed, received, or missed calls.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 219

To delete a speed dial: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Select Phone. 3. Select Speed Dial. 4. Select Edit. 5. Select Delete. 6. Select the preset number with the phone number you want to delete.

To make a call from call history: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Select Phone. 3. Select Call History. 4. Select a phone number. u Dialing starts automatically.

Climate 2 Shortcuts P. 205

Continued 219

uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

220

Featu res

1Audio

You can also preset a station or song by pressing and holding the preset icon you want to store that station or song after step 3.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 220

Audio You can store up to six radio stations when playing AM, FM, or SiriusXM Radio.

To preset a station or song: 1. Tune to a radio station.

2 Playing AM/FM Radio P. 228 2 Playing SiriusXM Radio P. 232

2. Select Shortcuts. 3. Select Audio. 4. Select Edit or No Entry. u If you select No Entry, go to step 6.

5. Select Add. 6. Select the preset icon you want to store the

station or song to.

To play a preset station or song: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Select Audio. 3. Select a preset icon.

To delete a preset station or song: 1. Select Shortcuts. 2. Select Audio. 3. Select Edit. 4. Select Delete. 5. Select the preset icon with the radio station

or a song you want to delete.

uuAudio System Basic OperationuOn Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM Featu

res

1Adjusting the Sound

Select Off, Low, Mid or High for the SVC setting. 2 Adjusting the Sound P. 226

Instead of using (+, (- or icons, you can also touch the point where your desired setting is.

1Changing the Screen Settings

The following are adjustable screen settings: Sync Display Brightness

Selects whether the screen brightness synchronizes with the instruments panel brightness.

Brightness Contrast Black Level Display

Changes between the daytime or nighttime modes.

Beep Mutes a beep that sounds every time you touch the screen.

Keyboard Changes the on-screen keyboard from the alphabetical order to the qwerty type.

Vibration Turns on and off the vibration when you touch the screen.

Fade Timer Sets the screen black out timing.

Instead of using (+, (- or icons, you can also touch the point where your desired setting is.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 221

1. Select More, then Sound Settings. 2. Use (+, (- or other icons to adjust the

setting.

1. Select More, then Screen Settings. 2. Use (+, (- or other icons to adjust the

setting.

Adjusting the Sound

Changing the Screen Settings

221

222

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

Featu res

Audio

UDIO Button

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 222

Audio/Information Screen Displays the audio status and wallpaper. From this screen, you can go to various setup options.

Press the PHONE, INFO and AUDIO buttons to go to the corresponding display.

Switching the Display

InfoPhone

APHONE Button INFO Button

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen Featu

res

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 223

Audio Shows the current audio information.

Phone Shows the HFL information. 2Bluetooth HandsFreeLink P. 279

Info Shows the Trip Computer or Clock/Wallpaper and other information. Rotate to select an item, then press .

Trip computer (Current Drive) Shows the range and instant and average fuel economy of the current trip, as well as the average fuel economy from your last trip.

Trip computer (History of Trip A) Shows the range, average fuel economy and distances traveled for the current trip, as well as the average fuel economy and distances traveled during the last three driving cycles. Each time you reset the trip meter A, the information on the display updates. The history of the previous three driving cycles is kept.

Deleting the history manually 1. Move on the History of Trip A screen to select Delete History, then press . 2. A confirmation message appears on the screen. Rotate to select Yes, then

press .

Clock/Wallpaper Shows a clock screen or an image you import.

223Continued

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen

224

Featu res

1Wallpaper Setup

When importing wallpaper files, the image must be in the USB flash drives root directory. Images in a folder cannot be imported.

The file name must be fewer than 255 characters. The file format of the image that can be imported

is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg). The individual file size limit is 6 MB. The maximum image size is 4,800 x 4,800 pixels. If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,

the No files detected message appears.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 224

You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen.

Import wallpaper You can import up to three images, one at a time, for wallpaper from a USB flash drive.

1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB port.

2 USB Port P. 211

2. Press the SETTINGS button. 3. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock,

Clock/Wallpaper Type. 4. Move to select Wallpaper. u The screen will change to the wallpaper

list. 5. Rotate to select Add New, then press . 6. Rotate to select a desired picture. u The preview is displayed on the left side

on the screen. 7. Press . u The confirmation message will appear.

Then the display will return to the wallpaper list.

Wallpaper Setup

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen Featu

res

1Wallpaper Setup

From the pop-up menu, rotate to select Preview and press to see a preview at full-size screen.

To go back to the previous screen, press to select OK.

When the file size is large, it takes a while to be previewed.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 225

Select wallpaper 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock/Wallpaper Type.

3. Move to select Wallpaper. u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.

4. Rotate to select a desired wallpaper. u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen.

5. Press . u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.

6. Rotate to select Set, then press . u The display will return to the wallpaper list.

Delete wallpaper 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then press . u Repeat the procedure to select Clock/Wallpaper Type.

3. Move to select Wallpaper. u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.

4. Rotate to select a wallpaper that you want to delete, then press . u The preview is displayed on the left side on the screen. u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.

5. Rotate to select Delete, then press . u The confirmation message will appear.

6. Rotate to select Yes, then press to delete completely. u The display will return to the wallpaper list.

225

226

uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound

Featu res

1Adjusting the Sound

The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High. SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As you slow down, audio volume decreases.

2 Adjusting the Sound P. 221 On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 226

Adjusting the Sound 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Audio Settings, then

press . 3. Rotate to select Sound, then press .

Rotate to scroll through the following choices:

SETTINGS Button

Speed-sensitive Volume Compensation

Bass

Treble

Fader

Balance

Subwoofer

SVC

uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup Featu

res

1Changing the Screen Brightness

You can change the Contrast and Black Level settings in the same manner.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 227

Display Setup You can change the brightness or color theme of the audio/information screen.

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press . 3. Rotate to select Brightness, then press

. 4. Rotate to adjust the setting.

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press . 3. Rotate to select Background Color,

then press . 4. Rotate to select the setting you want,

then press .

Changing the Screen Brightness

Changing the Screens Color Theme

227

228

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

Featu res

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Tune Up/Down Icons Select or to tune the radio frequency.

MENU Button Press to display the menu items.

Skip/Seek Icons Select or to search up and down the selected band for a station with a strong signal.

More Select to display the menu items.

Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select preset radio stations. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu.

See the Navigation System Manual for the operation of the audio system. Images shown are for models without navigation system.

Models with navigation system

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 228

Playing AM/FM Radio

Audio/Information Screen

(Power) Button Press to turn the audio system on and off.

Audio Source Select to change a band or change an audio source.

To listen to a stored channel, select 1-6 (AM) or 1-12 (FM).

Presets Select to store a station.

BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.

VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out) Turn to adjust the volume.

Tune Up/Down Icons

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio Featu

res

1Playing AM/FM Radio

The ST indicator appears on the display indicating stereo FM broadcasts. Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.

Switching the Audio Mode Press the SOURCE button on the steering wheel.

2 Audio Remote Controls P. 214 You can also switch the mode by pressing the MENU button and selecting Change Source on the Audio menu screen.

You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into the preset memory.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 229

To store a station:

1. Tune to the selected station. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Save Preset, then press . 4. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store that station, then press

.

You can also store that station by the following procedure. 1. Tune to the selected station. 2. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store the station. 3. Press and hold for a few seconds.

1. Tune to the selected station. 2. Select More. 3. Select Save Preset. 4. Select the preset number you want to store that station.

You can also store that station by the following procedure. 1. Tune to the selected station. 2. Change the display to the preset screen. 3. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that station.

Preset Memory

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Continued 229

230

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio

Featu res

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 230

Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.

To find an RDS station from Station List 1. Press the MENU button while listening to an FM station. 2. Rotate to select Station List, then press . 3. Rotate to select the station, then press .

Manual update Updates your available station list at any time. 1. Press the MENU button while listening to an FM station. 2. Rotate to select Station List, then press . 3. Rotate to select Refresh, then press .

Radio Data System (RDS)

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio Featu

res

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 231

Radio text Display the radio text information of the selected RDS station. 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Radio Text, then press .

Scan Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds.

1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Scan, then press . To turn off scan, press to select Cancel Scan, or press the BACK button.

1. Select More. 2. Select Scan. To turn off scan, select Cancel Scan.

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

231

232

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio

Featu res Category Up/Down Icons

Select or to display and select an SiriusXM Radio category.

MENU Button Press to display the menu items.

Channel Up/Down Icons Select or to the previous or next channel.

More Select to display the menu items.

Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select preset radio stations. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

See the Navigation System Manual for the operation of the audio system. Images shown are for models without navigation system.

Models with navigation system

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 232

Playing SiriusXM Radio

Audio/Information Screen

(Power) Button Press to turn the audio system on and off.

Audio Source Select to change an audio source.

To listen to a stored channel, select 1-12.

Presets Select to store a station.

BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.

VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out) Turn to adjust the volume.

Tune Up/Down Icons

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio Featu

res

1Playing SiriusXM Radio

In the channel mode, all available channels are selectable. In the category mode, you can select a channel within a category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.).

There may be instances when SiriusXM Radio does not broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title). This does not indicate a problem with your audio system.

SiriusXM Radio stations load in ascending order, which can take about a minute. Once they have loaded you will be able to scroll up or down to make your selections.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 233

1. Select the SiriusXM mode. 2 Audio Remote Controls P. 214 2 On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM P. 216

2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Channel List, then press . 4. Rotate to select a channel from a list, then press .

2. Select a channel using the , , , icons on the tune mode screen or the preset numbers (1-12) on the preset mode screen.

To change the tune mode:

1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select XM Tune Mode, then press . 3. Rotate to select Channel Mode or Category Mode, then press .

1. Select More. 2. Select XM Tune Mode. 3. Select Channel Mode or Category Mode.

To Play SiriusXM Radio

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Continued 233

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM Radio

234

Featu res

1Playing SiriusXM Radio

You can store 12 SiriusXM stations into the preset memory.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 234

To store a station:

1. Tune to the selected station. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Save Preset, then press . 4. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store that station, then press

.

You can also store that station by the following procedure. 1. Tune to the selected station. 2. Rotate to select the preset number you want to store the station. 3. Press and hold for a few seconds.

1. Tune to the selected station. 2. Select More. 3. Select Save Preset. 4. Select the preset number you want to store that station.

You can also store that station by the following procedure. 1. Tune to the selected station. 2. Change the display to the preset screen. 3. Select and hold the preset number you want to store that station.

Preset Memory

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD Featu

res

MENU Button Press to display the menu items.

CD Slot Insert a CD about halfway into the CD slot.

(CD Eject) Button Press to eject a CD.

Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change tracks (files in MP3, WMA, or AAC). Select and hold to move rapidly within a track/file.

More Select to display the menu items.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

See the Navigation System Manual for the operation of the audio system. Images shown are for models without navigation system.

Models with navigation system

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 235

Playing a CD Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs and CD-RWs in either MP3, WMA, or AAC*1 format. With the CD loaded, select the CD mode.

*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.

Audio/Information Screen

Folder Up/Down Icons Select to skip to the next folder, and to skip to the beginning of the previous folder in MP3, WMA, or AAC.

Audio Source Select to change an audio source.

BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.

Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu.

(Power) Button Press to turn the audio system on and off.

VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out) Turn to adjust the volume.

235Continued

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD

236

Featu res

1Playing a CD

NOTICE Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can cause the CD to jam in the unit.

WMA and AAC files protected by digital rights management (DRM) cannot be played. The audio system displays Unplayable File, then skips to the next file.

Text data appears on the display under the following circumstances: When you select a new folder, file, or track. When you change the audio mode to CD. When you insert a CD.

If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot, the system reloads the CD automatically after several seconds.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 236

1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Music Search, then

press .

3. Rotate , move or , then press to select a file from the Music Search list.

You can also select a file by the following procedure. 1. Rotate or press to display the song

list. 2. Rotate , move or , then press to

select a file from the list.

How to Select a File from the Music Search List (MP3/WMA/AAC)

Folder Selection

File Selection

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD Featu

res

1How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Menu Items Scan Scan Folders (MP3/WMA/AAC): Provides a 10- second sampling of the first file in each of the main folders. Scan Tracks: Provides a 10-second sampling of all tracks on the CD (all files in the current folder in MP3, WMA, or AAC).

Random/Repeat Repeat Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Repeats all files in the current folder. Repeat Track: Repeats the current track/file. Random in Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Plays all files in the current folder in random order. Random All Tracks: Plays all tracks/files in random order.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 237

You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track or file.

1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Scan or Random/

Repeat, then press . 3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .

1. Select More. 2. Select Scan or Random/Repeat. 3. Select a mode.

To turn off a play mode

1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .

1. Select More. 2. Select the mode you want to turn off.

How to Select a Play Mode

Random/Repeat is selected.

Interface Dial

Random/Repeat is selected.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

237

238

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

Featu res

MENU Button Press to display the menu items.

Album Bar Select to search for an album.

Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change songs. Select and hold to move rapidly within a song.

More Select to display the menu items.

USB Indicator Appears when an iPod is connected.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Play Icon

See the Navigation System Manual for the operation of the audio system. Images shown are for models without navigation system.

Models with navigation system

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 238

Playing an iPod Connect the iPod using your dock connector to the USB port, then select the iPod mode.

2 USB Port P. 211

Audio/Information Screen

Audio Source Select to change an audio source.

(Power) Button Press to turn the audio system on and off.

BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.

Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu.

Album Art

VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out) Turn to adjust the volume.

Album Art Icon

Pause Icon

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod Featu

res

1How to Select an Album

This function may not be available depending on models or versions.

Select to go back to the previous screen.X

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 239

1. Select the album bar. u The image of the current album is displayed.

2. Select or icon to search for an album. u When the album image you are looking for appears, select it to play.

How to Select an Album

Select an album image.

Select the album bar.

Album Bar Album Image

Continued 239

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod

240

Featu res

1How to Select a Song from the Music Search List

Available operating functions vary on models or versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicles audio system.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen.

2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 251

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 240

1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Music Search, then

press .

3. Rotate , move or , then press to select a song from the Music Search list.

You can also select a song by the following procedure. 1. Rotate or press to display the song

list. 2. Rotate , move or , then press to

select a song from the list.

How to Select a Song from the Music Search List

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod Featu

res

1How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Menu Items Repeat Song: Repeats the current track. Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums in a selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or composers) in random order. Shuffle All Songs: Plays all available files in a selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or composers) in random order.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 241

You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a file.

1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Shuffle/Repeat, then

press . 3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .

1. Select More. 2. Select Shuffle/Repeat. 3. Select a mode.

To turn off a play mode

1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .

1. Select More. 2. Select the mode you want to turn off.

How to Select a Play Mode

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

241

242

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio

Featu res

1Playing Internet Radio

See the Navigation System Manual for the operation of the audio system. Images shown are for models without navigation system.

Models with navigation system

USB Indicator Appears when a phone is connected.

Rating Icon

Skip Icon Select to skip a song.

More Select to display the menu items.

Station Up/Down Icons Select to change a station.

Like/Dislike Icons Select to evaluate a song.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Bluetooth Indicator Appears when your phone is connected to HFL.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 242

Playing Internet Radio Connect a compatible phone through Bluetooth.

You can also connect the phone using your dock connector to the USB port. Select Audio Source to select Pandora or Aha mode.

Compatible phones only

iPhone

Audio/Information Screen

Album Art

BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.

Audio Source Select Pandora or AhaTM.

Play/Pause Icon Select to resume or play a song.

(Power) Button Press to turn the audio system on and off.

Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu.

VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out) Turn to adjust the volume.

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio Featu

res

1Playing Internet Radio

Pandora, the Pandora logo, and the Pandora trade dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission. Pandora is currently available exclusively in the United States.

To find out if your phone is compatible with this feature, visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1-888-528-7876.

Pandora is a personalized Internet radio service that selects music based on an artist, song, or genre a user enters, and streams what is likely to be of interest.

To use this service in your vehicle, the Pandora app must first be installed on your phone. Visit www.pandora.com. for more information.

If you cannot operate Pandora through the audio system, it may be streaming through Bluetooth Audio. Make sure Pandora mode on your audio system is selected.

U.S. models

1Pandora Menu

Available operating functions vary on software versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicles audio system.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen.

2 Pandora P. 252

There are restrictions on the number of songs you can skip or dislike in a given hour.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 243

You can operate some of the Pandora menu items from your vehicles audio system. The available items are:

Operating a menu item The menu items are shown in the lower half of the audio/information screen. Rotate to select an item and press .

To select Change Source, press the MENU button, then press .

Pandora Menu

Skip Forward Dislike Play/Pause Bookmark Track Station List Bookmark Artist Like Change Source

U.S. models

Continued 243

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Internet Radio

244

Featu res

1AhaTM Radio Menu

AhaTM by Harman is a cloud-based service that organizes your favorite web content into live radio stations. You can access podcasts, internet radio, location-based services, and audio updates from social media sites.

Available operating functions vary on software versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicles audio system.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen.

2 AhaTM Radio P. 254

The menu items vary depending on the station you selected.

To use this service in your vehicle, the AcuraLink app must be installed on your phone. Visit owners.acura.com/apps for more information.

You must have a previously set up Aha account prior to using the service in your vehicle. Visit www.aharadio.com for more information.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 244

You can operate some of the AhaTM menu items from your vehicles audio system. The available items are:

Operating a menu item The menu items are shown in the lower half of the audio/information screen. Rotate to select an item and press .

To select Change Source or Stations, press the MENU button, then press .

AhaTM Radio Menu

Like Tracks Dislike Reply Play/Pause Change Source 15sec rewind Stations 30sec Skip

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive Featu

res

1Playing a USB Flash Drive

See the Navigation System Manual for the operation of the audio system. Images shown are for models without navigation system.

Models with navigation system

More Select to display the menu items.

USB Indicator Appears when a USB flash drive is connected.

Folder Up/Down Icons Select to skip to the next folder, and to skip to the beginning of the previous folder.

Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change files. Select and hold to move rapidly within a file.

MENU Button Press to display the menu items.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 245

Playing a USB Flash Drive Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3, WMA, or AAC*1 format. Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then select the USB mode.

2 USB Port P. 211

*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.

Audio/Information Screen

BACK Button Press to go back to the previous display.

Audio Source Select to change an audio source.

(Power) Button Press to turn the audio system on and off.

Interface Dial/ENTER Button Press and turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu.

VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out) Turn to adjust the volume.

245Continued

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive

246

Featu res

1Playing a USB Flash Drive

Use the recommended USB flash drives. 2 General Information on the Audio System

P. 255

Files in WMA/AAC format protected by digital rights management (DRM) are not played. The audio system displays Unplayable File, and then skips to the next file.

If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio/information screen.

2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 251

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 246

1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Music Search, then

press .

3. Rotate , move or , then press to select a file from the Music Search list.

You can also select a file by the following procedure. 1. Rotate or press to display the song

list. 2. Rotate , move or , then press to

select a file from the list.

How to Select a File from the Music Search List

Folder Selection

File Selection

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive Featu

res

1How to Select a Play Mode

Play Mode Menu Items Scan Scan Folders: Provides a 10-second sampling of the first file in each of the main folders. Scan Tracks: Provides a 10-second sampling of all files in the current folder.

Random/Repeat Repeat Folder: Repeats all files in the current folder. Repeat Track: Repeats the current file. Random in Folder: Plays all files in the current folder in random order. Random All Tracks: Plays all files in random order.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 247

You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a file.

1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Scan or Random/

Repeat, then press . 3. Rotate to select a mode, then press .

1. Select More. 2. Select Scan or Random/Repeat. 3. Select a mode.

To turn off a play mode

1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select the mode you want to turn off, then press .

1. Select More. 2. Select the mode you want to turn off.

How to Select a Play Mode

Random/Repeat is selected.

Interface Dial

Random/Repeat is selected.

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

247

248

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth Audio

Featu res

1Playing Bluetooth Audio

See the Navigation System Manual for the operation of the audio system. Images shown are for models without navigation system.

Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming audio capabilities are compatible with the system. For a list of compatible phones: U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1-

888-528-7876. Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-

528-7876.

In some states, it may be illegal to perform some data device functions while driving.

If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system, there will be a delay before the system begins to play.

Models with navigation system

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 248

Playing Bluetooth Audio Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible phone. This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicles Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL) system.

2 Phone Setup P. 286

Bluetooth Indicator Appears when your phone is connected to HFL.

Play IconPause Icon More Select to display the menu items.

Audio Source Select to change an audio source.

(Power) Button Press to turn the audio system on and off.

Interface Dial/ ENTER Button Press and turn to select an item, then press to set your selection. Move up, down, right and left to select secondary menu.

Skip/Seek Icons Select or to change files.

MENU Button Press to display the menu items.

Folder Up/Down Icons Select or to change folders.

On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM

VOL (Volume) Knob (Pushed out) Turn to adjust the volume.

Audio/Information Screen

uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth Audio Featu

res

1To Play Bluetooth Audio Files

To play the audio files, you may need to operate your phone. If so, follow the phone makers operating instructions.

The pause function may not be available on some phones.

Switching to another mode pauses the music playing from your phone. This function may not be available on some phones.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 249

1. Make sure that your phone is paired and connected to HFL.

2. Select the Bluetooth Audio mode.

If the phone is not recognized, another HFL- compatible phone, which is not compatible for Bluetooth Audio, may already be connected.

To pause or resume a file

1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select Play or Pause, then press .

Select the play icon or pause icon.

To Play Bluetooth Audio Files

Interface Dial

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

249

250

Featu res

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 250

Audio Error Messages

Solution

will be skipped. The next supported track/file lly.

t) button and remove the disc, and check that the cleared. isc is not damaged or deformed, and insert the

CDs P. 257

age reappears, press the button, and pull out

disc. lays, there is a problem with the first disc. age repeats, or the disc cannot be removed, . ce the disc out of the player.

isc is not damaged or deformed. CDs P. 257

ystem off and allow the player to cool down until e is cleared.

CD Player If a disc error occurs, you may see the following error messages.

Error Message Cause

Unplayable File Track/file format not supported Current track/file

plays automatica

Bad Disc Please Check Owners Manual Push Eject

Mechanical error

Press the (ejec error message is

Check that the d disc again.

2 Protecting If the error mess

the disc. Insert a different

If the new disc p If the error mess

contact a dealer Do not try to for

Mecha Error

Bad Disc Please Check Owners Manual

Servo error

Check Disc Disc error Check that the d

2 Protecting

Heat Error High temperature Turn the audio s

the error messag

uuAudio Error Messagesu iPod/USB Flash Drive Featu

res

ion

tem. Check if the device is compatible with the

isconnect the device. Then turn the audio system e that caused the error.

it appears when a supported iPod is connected,

e iPod. Reconnect the iPod.

M or an unsupported format. This error message g.

are no MP3, WMA, or AAC files in the USB flash

.

If it appears when a supported device is

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 251

iPod/USB Flash Drive If an error occurs while playing an iPod or USB flash drive, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.

Error Message Solut

USB Error Appears when there is a problem with the audio sys audio system.

Incompatible USB Device Please Check Owners Manual

Appears when an incompatible device is connected. D off, and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the devic

Unsupported Version Appears when an unsupported iPod is connected. If update the iPod software to the newer version.

Connect Retry Appears when the system does not acknowledge th

Unplayable File Appears when the files in the USB flash drive are DR appears for about 3 seconds, then plays the next son

No Data

Appears when the iPod is empty.

Appears when the USB flash drive is empty or there drive.

Check that compatible files are stored on the device

Unsupported Appears when an unsupported device is connected. connected, reconnect the device.

iPod

USB flash drive

iPod and USB flash drive

251

252

uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora

Featu res

Solution

n incompatible device is connected. Disconnect turn the audio system off, and turn it again. Do e device that caused the error.

ere is no station list on the device. Use the device n.

ou try to skip a song or select Dislike over the umber of times in an hour.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 252

Pandora If an error occurs while playing Pandora, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.

Error Message

Incompatible USB Device Please Check Owners Manual

Appears when a the device. Then not reconnect th

No stations have been created. Please create a station on the device.

Appears when th to create a statio

Music licenses force us to limit the number of tracks you may skip each hour.

Appears when y predetermined n

U.S. models

uuAudio Error MessagesuPandora Featu

res

Solution

e commanded operation is failed. Try again later.

o data is available with Pandora activated. and reconnect the device.

andora version is not supported. Update latest version.

e Pandora server is in maintenance. Try again

andora is unable to play music. Check your

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 253

Error Message

Unable to save rating. Unable to save bookmark or Unable to skip

Appears when th

No data Appears when n Reboot the app

PANDORA App version is not supported. Appears when P Pandora to the

PANDORA system maintenance Appears when th later.

Cannot connect to PANDORA. When stopped, check your mobile device.

Appears when P device.

253

254

uuAudio Error MessagesuAhaTM Radio

Featu res

Solution

he AhaTM app is not activated. Check your device.

n incompatible device is connected. Disconnect turn the audio system off, and turn it on again. t the device that caused the error.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 254

AhaTM Radio If an error occurs while playing AhaTM Radio, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.

Error Message

Cannot connect to aha. When stopped, check your mobile device.

Appears when t

Incompatible USB Device Please Check Owners Manual

Appears when a the device. Then Do not reconnec

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 255

General Information on the Audio System

Featu

res

1Subscribing to SiriusXM Radio

Contact Information for SiriusXM Radio: U.S.: SiriusXM Radio at www.siriusxm.com or

(800) 852-9696 Canada: SiriusXM Canada at www.xmradio.ca, or

(877) 209-0079

1Receiving SiriusXM Radio

The SiriusXM satellites are in orbit over the equator; therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and mountains the farther north you travel from the equator.

You may experience reception problems under the following circumstances: In a location with an obstruction to the south of

your vehicle. In tunnels On the lower level of a multi-tiered road Large items carried on the roof rack

SiriusXM Radio Service

1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription. To see the ID in the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM, select until CH 000 and the radio ID appears.

2. Have your radio ID and credit card number ready, and either call or visit the SiriusXM website to subscribe.

Switch to the SiriusXM mode by pressing the SOURCE button repeatedly or operating the On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM, and stay in this mode for about 30 minutes until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with good reception.

Loading: SiriusXM is loading the audio or program information. Ch off air: The channel is not currently broadcasting. Ch unauthorized: SiriusXM Radio is receiving information update from the network. No signal: The signal is too weak in the current location. Ch unavailable: No such channel exists, the channel is not part of your subscription, or the artist or title information is unavailable. Check antenna: There is a problem with the SiriusXM antenna. Contact a dealer.

Subscribing to SiriusXM Radio

Receiving SiriusXM Radio

SiriusXM Radio Display Messages

255

256

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuRecommended CDs

Featu res

1Recommended CDs

A Dual-disc cannot play on this audio unit. If recorded under certain conditions, a CD-R or CD-RW may not play either.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 256

Recommended CDs Use only high-quality CD-R or CD-RW discs labeled for audio use. Use only CD-R or CD-RW discs on which the recordings are closed. Play only standard round-shaped CDs.

Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display. Some versions of MP3, WMA or AAC formats may be unsupported.

CDs with MP3, WMA or AAC files

The CD packages or jackets should have one of these marks.

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuRecommended CDs Featu

res

1Protecting CDs

NOTICE Do not insert a damaged CD. It may be stuck inside and damage the audio unit.

Examples:

Damaged CDs

Bubbled/ Wrinkled

With Label/ Sticker

Using Printer Label Kit

Sealed With Plastic Ring Poor quality

CDs

Chipped/ Cracked

Warped Burrs

Small CDs

3-inch (8-cm) CD

Bubbled, wrinkled, labeled, and excessively thick CDs

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 257

Protecting CDs Follow these precautions when handling or storing CDs: Store a CD in its case when it is not being played. When wiping a CD, use a soft clean cloth from the center to the outside edge. Handle a CD by its edge. Never touch either surface. Never insert foreign objects into the CD player. Keep CDs out of direct sunlight and extreme heat. Do not place stabilizer rings or labels on the CD. Avoid fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tip pens on the CD.

257

258

uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives

Featu res

1iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility

This system may not work with all software versions of these devices.

1USB Flash Drives

Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored order. This order may be different from the order displayed on your PC or device.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 258

Compatible iPod, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives

Use a recommended USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher. Some digital audio players may not be compatible. Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work. Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display. Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported.

iPod and iPhone Model Compatibility

Model iPod (5th generation)

iPod classic 80GB/160GB (launch in 2007) iPod classic 120GB (launch in 2008) iPod classic 160GB (launch in 2009)

iPod nano (1st to 6th generation) launch in 2010 iPod touch (1st to 4th generation) launch in 2010

iPhone 3G/iPhone 3GS/iPhone 4/iPhone 4s/iPhone 5/iPhone 5c/iPhone 5s

USB Flash Drives

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 259

Customized Features

Featu

res

1Customized Features

When you customize settings, make sure that the vehicle is at a complete stop and shift to (P.

To customize other features, rotate , move , , or , and press . 2 List of customizable options P. 264

See the Navigation System Manual for the customized features except for the Vehicle Settings.

Use the audio/information screen to customize certain features.

How to customize Select your desired setting item by pressing the SETTINGS button, then rotating while the power mode is ON and the vehicle is at a complete stop. Press .

Models with navigation system

Models without navigation system

SETTINGS Button

Audio/Information Screen

259Continued

260

uuCustomized Featuresu

Featu res

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 260

Customization flow

Press the SETTINGS button.

Voice Prompt

Brightness Contrast

Black Level

Bluetooth Status Bluetooth Device List

Edit pairing code

Default

Display

System Settings

Bluetooth

Voice Recognition

Sync Display Brightness

Factory Data Reset

Background Color Header Clock Display

Clock

Clock Adjustment Clock Format

Clock

Language Display Operation Restriction Tips*

Others

Wallpaper Clock/Wallpaper

Type

* Not available on all models

uuCustomized Featuresu Featu

res

Trip A Reset Timing Trip B Reset Timing

Language Selection Adjust Outside Temp. Display

Forward Collision Warning Distance*

ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep*

Turn by Turn Display*

Door Unlock Mode

Keyless Access Light Flash

Interior Light Dimming Time Headlight Auto Off Timer

Auto Light Sensitivity

Keyless Access Beep

Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep*

Blind Spot Info*

Auto Seatbelt Tension*

Road Departure Mitigation Setting*

ACC Display Speed Unit*

Remote Start System On/Off*

Memory Position Link

Keyless Access Beep Volume

Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance Screens*

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 261

Default

Vehicle Settings

Meter Setup

Driver Assist

System Setup

Keyless Access Setup

Lighting Setup

Driving Position Setup

261Continued* Not available on all models

262

uuCustomized Featuresu

Featu res

Fixed Guideline Dynamic Guideline

Sound Source Select Popup

Maintenance Resetnfo.

Preferred IDS Mode

Fixed Guideline Dynamic Guideline

Cross Traffic Monitor

em Manual.

Key And Remote Unlock Mode Keyless Lock Answer Back

Security Relock Timer

Auto Door Lock Auto Door Unlock

Cover Art*3

ect Bluetooth Audio Device*3

Bluetooth Device List*3

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 262

Default

Default

Audio Settings

Maintenance I

IDS Setup

Camera Settings*1

Default

Camera Settings*2

Rear Camera

*1: Models without cross traffic monitor

*2: Models with cross traffic monitor

See the Navigation Syst Navi

Settings

Door Setup

Conn

*3: May change depending on your currently selected source.

uuCustomized Featuresu Featu

res

Add Bluetooth Device

Disconnect

Connect Phone

Edit Bluetooth Device

Add Bluetooth Device

Bluetooth Device

List

Edit Speed Dial

Auto Transfer

Auto Answer

Ring Tone

Automatic Phone Sync

Use Contact Photo

Enable Text/Email

Select Account

New Text/Email Alert

Message Auto Reading

Info Screen Preference

Clock/Wallpaper Type Clock Adjustment

Clock Format

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 263

Default

Phone

Default

Default

Text/Email

Phone Settings

Clock

Default Other

Info Settings

263Continued

264

uuCustomized Featuresu

Featu res

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 264

List of customizable options

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings

System Settings

Display

Sync Display Brightness Selects whether the display brightness synchronizes with the instrument panel brightness.

On*1/Off

Brightness Changes the brightness of the audio/information screen.

Contrast Changes the contrast of the audio/information screen.

Black Level Changes the black level of the audio/information screen.

Bluetooth

Bluetooth Status Turns the Bluetooth on and off. On*1/Off

Bluetooth Device List Pairs a new phone to HFL, edits and deletes a paired phone, and creates a security PIN.

2 Phone Setup P. 286

Edit pairing code Changes a pairing code. 2 To change the pairing code setting P. 288

Random/Fixed*1

uuCustomized Featuresu Featu

res

tion Selectable Settings

h option. prompts.

Beginner*1/Expert

type. Analog/Digital*1/ Small Digital/Off

type. r a new wallpaper. r a wallpaper. 24

Blank/Galaxy*1/ Metallic/Add New

isplay from 12H to 24H. 12H*1/24H

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 265

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descrip

System Settings

Voice Recog- nition

Voice Prompt Beginner: Explains eac Expert: Turns off voice

Clock

Clock/ Wallpaper Type

Clock Changes the clock display

Wallpaper

Changes the wallpaper Imports an image file fo Deletes an image file fo

2 Wallpaper Setup P. 2

Clock Adjustment Adjusts Clock. 2 Clock P. 138

Clock Format Selects the digital clock d

265Continued

266

uuCustomized Featuresu

Featu res

ption Selectable Settings

uage. English*1/Franais/ Espaol

control of the system is ction while driving. Only lable.

On*1/Off

color of the audio/ e On Demand Multi-

Blue*1/Amber/Red/ Green

display comes on. On*1/Off

their factory default. ettings P. 276

ized items in the as default.

Default/OK

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 266

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descri

System Settings

Others

Language Changes the display lang

Display Operation Restriction Tips*

Alerts you when manual disabled to prevent distra voice commands are avai

Background Color Changes the background information screen and th Use DisplayTM.

Header Clock Display Selects whether the clock

Factory Data Reset Resets all the settings to 2 Defaulting All the S

Default Cancels/Resets all custom System Settings group

* Not available on all models

uuCustomized Featuresu Featu

res

tion Selectable Settings

e FCW or CMBSTM nd off.

Long/Normal*1/ Short/Off

p when the system the vehicle goes out of On/Off*1

or ACC with LSF on the .

mph*1/km/h (U.S.) mph/km/h*1 (Canada)

he road departure Normal*1/Wide/ Warning Only

p when the LKAS is On/Off*1

he blind spot Audible And Visual Alert*1/Visual Alert/ Off

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 267

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descrip

Vehicle Settings

Driver Assist System Setup

Forward Collision Warning Distance*

Changes at which distanc alerts, or turns FCW on a

ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep*

Causes the system to bee detects a vehicle, or when the ACC with LSF range.

ACC Display Speed Unit* Changes the speed unit f multi-information display

Road Departure Mitigation Setting*

Changes the setting for t mitigation system.

Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep*

Causes the system to bee suspended.

Blind Spot Info* Changes the setting for t information.

267Continued* Not available on all models

268

uuCustomized Featuresu

Featu res

ption Selectable Settings

nguage on the multi- English*1/Franais/ Espaol

reading by a few -5F ~ 0F*1 ~ +5F (U.S.) -3C ~ 0C*1 ~ +3C (Canada)

w to reset trip meter A, average speed A, and

When Refueled/IGN Off/Manually Reset*1

w to reset trip meter B, average speed B, and

When Refueled/IGN Off/Manually Reset*1

Idle Stop display comes On/Off*1

by-turn display comes ance.

On*1/Off

memory system on and On*1/Off

nsion setting for the n and off.

On*1/Off

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 268

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descri

Vehicle Settings

Meter Setup

Language Selection Changes the displayed la information display.

Adjust Outside Temp. Display

Adjusts the temperature degrees.

Trip A Reset Timing Changes the setting of ho average fuel economy A, elapsed time A.

Trip B Reset Timing Changes the setting of ho average fuel economy B, elapsed time B.

Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance Screens*

Selects whether the Auto on.

Turn by Turn Display* Selects whether the turn- on during the route guid

Driving Position Setup

Memory Position Link Turns the driving position off.

Auto Seatbelt Tension* Turns the auto seatbelt te seat belt e-pretensioner o

* Not available on all models

uuCustomized Featuresu Featu

res

tion Selectable Settings

ock when you grab the Driver Door Only*1/ All Doors

e. High*1/Low

ts to flash when you On*1/Off

nd when you unlock/ On*1/Off

start feature on and off. On*1/Off

e the interior lights stay ors.

60seconds/ 30seconds*1/ 15seconds

e the exterior lights e drivers door.

60seconds/ 30seconds/ 15seconds*1/ 0seconds

e headlights to come Max/High/Mid*1/ Low/Min

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 269

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descrip

Vehicle Settings

Keyless Access Setup

Door Unlock Mode Changes which doors unl drivers door handle.

Keyless Access Beep Volume

Changes the beep volum

Keyless Access Light Flash Causes some exterior ligh unlock/lock the doors.

Keyless Access Beep Causes the beeper to sou lock the doors.

Remote Start System On/ Off* Turns the remote engine

Lighting Setup

Interior Light Dimming Time

Changes the length of tim on after you close the do

Headlight Auto Off Timer Changes the length of tim stay on after you close th

Auto Light Sensitivity Changes the timing for th on.

269Continued* Not available on all models

270

uuCustomized Featuresu

Featu res

ption Selectable Settings

he automatic locking With Vehicle Speed*1/Shift from P/ Off

hen the doors unlock

All Doors When Drivers Door Opens*1/All Doors When Shifted to Park/All Doors When Ignition Switched Off/Off

door or all doors to f the remote or built-in

Driver Door*1/All Doors

rior lights flash. eper sounds.

On*1/Off

for the doors to relock o set after you unlock ing any door.

90seconds/ 60seconds/ 30seconds*1

tting for when you set Last Used*1/Econ/ Normal/Sport

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 270

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descri

Vehicle Settings

Door Setup

Auto Door Lock Changes the setting for t feature.

Auto Door Unlock Changes the setting for w automatically.

Key And Remote Unlock Mode

Sets up either the drivers unlock on the first push o key.

Keyless Lock Answer Back LOCK/UNLOCK- The exte LOCK (2nd push)- The be

Security Relock Timer Changes the time it takes and the security system t the vehicle without open

IDS Setup

Preferred IDS Mode Changes the IDS mode se the power mode to ON.

uuCustomized Featuresu Featu

res

tion Selectable Settings

isplay when you have ce service.

ized items in the s default.

Default/OK

guidelines come on the On*1/Off

mic guidelines come on On*1/Off

ized items in the as default.

Default/OK

guidelines come on the On*1/Off

mic guidelines come on On*1/Off

ized items in the Rear .

Default/OK

nitor feature on and off. On*1/Off

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 271

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group Customizable Features Descrip

Vehicle Settings

Mainte- nance Info.

Maintenance Reset Resets the engine oil life d performed the maintenan

Default Cancels/Resets all custom Vehicle Settings group a

Camera Settings

Fixed Guideline Selects whether the fixed rear camera monitor.

Dynamic Guideline Selects whether the dyna the rear camera monitor.

Default Cancels/Resets all custom Camera Settings group

Camera Settings

Rear Camera

Fixed Guideline Selects whether the fixed rear camera monitor.

Dynamic Guideline Selects whether the dyna the rear camera monitor.

Default Cancels/Resets all custom Camera group as default

Cross Traffic Monitor

Turns the cross traffic mo

Models without cross traffic monitor

Models with cross traffic monitor

271Continued

272

uuCustomized Featuresu

Featu res

ption Selectable Settings

audio speakers sound. P. 226

-6 ~ C*1 ~ +6 (Bass, Treble, Subwoofer), FR9 ~ C*1 ~ RR9 (Fader), R9 ~ C*1 ~ L9 (Balance), Off/Low/ Mid*1/High (SVC)

f selectable audio he AUDIO button is On/Off*1

r art display. On*1/Off

pairs a Bluetooth

th Audio device paired

ized items in the Audio lt. Default/OK

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 272

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descri

Audio Settings

Sound Adjusts the settings of the 2 Adjusting the Sound

Source Select Popup Selects whether the list o sources comes on when t pressed.

Cover Art Turns on and off the cove

Connect Bluetooth Audio Device Connects, disconnects or Audio device to HFL.

Bluetooth Device List Edits or deletes a Bluetoo to HFL.

Default Cancels/Resets all custom Settings group as defau

iPod, USB, Pandora* or AhaTM mode

Bluetooth Audio, Pandora* or AhaTM mode

Bluetooth Audio, Pandora* or AhaTM mode

* Not available on all models

uuCustomized Featuresu Featu

res

tion Selectable Settings

, or connects or e.

, edits or deletes a a security PIN.

eed dial entry.

transfer from your nter the vehicle.

On*1/Off

cally answer an four seconds.

On/Off*1

Fixed/Mobile Phone*1/Off

be automatically s paired to HFL.

On*1/Off

on an incoming call On*1/Off

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 273

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descrip

Phone Settings

Phone

Connect Phone Pairs a new phone to HFL disconnects a paired phon

2 Phone Setup P. 286

Bluetooth Device List Pairs a new phone to HFL paired phone, or creates

2 Phone Setup P. 286

Edit Speed Dial Edits, adds or deletes a sp 2 Phone Setup P. 286

Auto Transfer Sets calls to automatically phone to HFL when you e

Auto Answer Sets whether to automati incoming call after about

Ring Tone Selects the ring tone.

Automatic Phone Sync Sets a phonebook data to imported when a phone i

Use Contact Photo Displays a callers picture screen.

273Continued

274

uuCustomized Featuresu

Featu res

ption Selectable Settings

sage function on and On*1/Off

sage account.

alert comes on the a new text message/E-

m automatically reads cted, whether only On/Off/Auto*1

ized items in the Phone lt.

Default/OK

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 274

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descri

Phone Settings

Text/ Email

Enable Text/Email Turns the text/e-mail mes off.

Select Account Selects a mail or text mes

New Text/Email Alert Selects whether a pop-up screen when HFL receives mail.

Message Auto Reading Selects whether the syste out messages, and, if sele when driving.

Default Cancels/Resets all custom Settings group as defau

uuCustomized Featuresu Featu

res

tion Selectable Settings

m Settings on P. 264 to P. 266.

n the INFO button is

pops up. u pops up. pop up.

Info Top/Info Menu*1/Off

ized items in the Info t.

Default/OK

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 275

*1:Default Setting

Setup Group

Customizable Features Descrip

Info Settings

Clock

Clock/ Wallpaper Type

Clock

See Syste Wallpaper

Clock Adjustment

Clock Format

Other Info Screen Preference

Selects the top menu whe pressed. Info Top- A brief menu Info Menu- A full men Off- A menu does not

Default Cancels/Resets all custom Settings group as defaul

275

276

uuCustomized FeaturesuDefaulting All the Settings

Featu res

1Defaulting All the Settings

When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset all settings to default and delete all personal data.

The following settings will be reset: Audio preset settings Phonebook entries Other display and each item settings.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 276

Defaulting All the Settings You can reset all the menu and customized settings as the factory defaults.

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press . 3. Rotate to select Factory Data Reset,

then press . u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.

4. Rotate to select Yes, then press . u The confirmation message will appear.

5. Rotate to select Yes, then press again to reset the settings. u The confirmation message will appear.

Press to select OK.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 277

HomeLink Universal Transceiver

Featu

res

1HomeLink Universal Transceiver

HomeLink is a registered trademark of Johnson Controls., Inc.

Before programming HomeLink to operate a garage door opener, confirm that the opener has an external entrapment protection system, such as an electronic eye, or other safety and reverse stop features. If it does not, HomeLink may not be able to operate it.

The HomeLink Universal Transceiver can be programmed to operate up to three remote controlled devices around your home, such as garage doors, lighting, or home security systems.

Refer to the safety information that came with your garage door opener to test that the safety features are functioning properly. If you do not have the safety information, contact the manufacturer.

Before programming HomeLink, make sure that people and objects are out of the way of the garage or gate to prevent potential injury or damage.

When programming a garage door opener, park just outside the garage doors path.

Training HomeLink If you have not trained any of the buttons in HomeLink before, you should erase any previously learned codes. To do this: Press and hold the two outside buttons for

about 10 seconds, until the red indicator blinks. Release the buttons, and proceed to step 1.

If you are training the second or third button, go directly to step 1.

Important Safety Precautions

Red Indicator

277Continued

uuHomeLink Universal TransceiveruTraining HomeLink

278

Featu res

1Training HomeLink

Retraining a Button If you want to retrain a programmed button for a new device, you do not have to erase all button memory. You can replace the existing memory code using this procedure:

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink button until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink.

2. Continue to hold the HomeLink button and follow steps 1 - 3 under Training a Button.

Indicator remains on for about 25 secs.

Standard transmitter

Indicator blinks rapidly for 2 secs, then remains on for about 23 secs.

Rolling code transmitter

Erasing Codes To erase all the codes, press and hold the two outside buttons until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink (about 10 to 20 secs). You should erase all codes before selling the vehicle.

If you have any problems, see the devices instructions, visit www.homelink.com, or call HomeLink at (800) 355-3515.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 278

Training a Button

4.

a.3.

2.

5. a.

b.

1. Position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 to 3 inches (3 - 8 cm) from the HomeLink button you want to program.

Press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the button on the remote transmitter. Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) blink after 10 secs?

Press and hold the programmed HomeLink button for about a sec. Does the device (garage door opener) work?

Press and hold the remote and the HomeLink button at the same time. Then, while continuing to hold the HomeLink button, press and release the button on the remote every 2 secs. Does the LED blink within 20 secs?

Training Complete

Press and hold the HomeLink button again.

Press and hold the HomeLink button again. The remote-controlled device should operate.

Training Complete

The remote has a rolling code. Press the learn button on the remote-controlled device (e.g. garage door opener).

Within 30 secs, press and hold the programmed HomeLink button for 2 secs.

HomeLink indicator blinks for 2 secs, then remains on.

HomeLink LED is on.

YES NO

YES

YES NO NO

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 279

Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

Featu

res

1Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing procedures, and special feature capabilities: U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1-

888-528-7876. Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-

528-7876.

To use HFL, the Bluetooth setting must be On. 2 Customized Features P. 259

Voice control tips: Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the

windows, as noise coming from them may interfere with the microphone.

Press and release the button when you want to call a number using a stored voice tag, a phonebook name, or a number. Speak clearly and naturally after a beep.

If the microphone picks up voices other than yours, the command may be misinterpreted.

To change the volume level, use the audio systems volume knob or the remote audio controls on the steering wheel.

State or local laws may prohibit the operation of handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle.

If you receive a call while using the audio system, the system resumes its operation an after ending the call.

See the Navigation System Manual for how to operate Bluetooth HandsFreeLink.

Bluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using your vehicles audio system, without handling your cell phone.

Using HFL

(Pick-up) button: Press to go to the Speed Dial/Call History on the multi- information display or to answer an incoming call.

(Hang-up/back) button: Press to end a call, to cancel a command or to clear the phone information on the multi-information display.

(Talk) button: Press to give HFL voice commands. PHONE button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen. Interface dial: Rotate to select an item on the screen, then press . Move ,

, or to select secondary menu.

HFL Buttons

Models with navigation system

Models without navigation system

Talk Button

Volume up

Microphone

Hang-up/Back Button

Pick-up Button

Volume down

Interface Dial

PHONE Button

279Continued

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuUsing HFL

280

Featu res

1Bluetooth HandsFreeLink

Bluetooth Wireless Technology The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners.

HFL Limitations An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio system when it is playing. It will resume when the call is ended.

1HFL Status Display

The information that appears on the audio/ information screen varies between phone models.

You can change the system language to English, French, or Spanish.

2 Customized Features P. 259

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 280

The audio/information screen notifies you when there is an incoming call.

Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion. You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.

Only previously stored speed dial entries with voice tags, phonebook names, or numbers can be called using voice commands while the vehicle is in motion.

2 Speed Dial P. 297

HFL Status Display

Limitations for Manual Operation

Bluetooth Indicator Comes on when your phone is connected to HFL.

Signal Strength

HFL Mode

Battery Level Status

Roam Status

Callers Name

Callers Number

Disabled Option

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1HFL Menus

To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth- compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle is parked.

Some functions are limited while driving. A message appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving and the operation is canceled.

This ce

a paired phone from the system.

phone to the system.

e to the system.

IN Create a security PIN for a paired phone.

Replace a previously paired phone with a new phone.

This ce Delete a previously paired phone.

e to the system.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 281

HFL Menus The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use HFL.

Phone Settings screen 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press .

Phone Connect Phone

Bluetooth Device List

(Existing entry list)

Replace Devi

Add Bluetooth Device

Disconnect

Connect a

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

Disconnect

(Existing entry list)

Pair a phon

Edit P

Delete Devi

Add Bluetooth

Device Pair a phon

281Continued

282

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

Featu res

nput

rom tory

rom ook

iously stored speed dial numbers.

Select a phone number from the call history to store as a speed dial number. Select a phone number from the phonebook to store as a speed dial number.

Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial number.

e

Edit a previously stored speed dial number. Change a number. Create or delete a voice tag.

Delete a previously stored speed dial number.

sfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the

answer an incoming call after about four

tomatically imported when a phone is paired to

n incoming call screen.

tems in the Phone Settings group as default.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 282

Manual I

Edit Speed Dial New Entry

Import f Call His

Import f Phoneb

Delete All Delete all the prev

Edit

Delet

(Existing entry list)

Set calls to automatically tran vehicle.

Auto Transfer

Auto Answer

Ring Tone

Set whether to automatically seconds. Select the ring tone.

Use Contact Photo

Set phonebook data to be au HFL. Display a callers picture on a

Automatic Phone Sync

Cancel/Reset all customized iDefault

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

account.

function on and off.

t comes on the screen when HFL receives a new

tomatically reads out messages, and, if selected,

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 283

Select a mail or text messageText/Email*1

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

Select Account

Enable Text/Email Turn the text/e-mail message

New Text/Email Alert Select whether a pop-up aler text/e-mail message.

Message Auto Reading Selects whether the system au whether only when driving.

283Continued

284

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

Featu res

e number from the call history to store as a mber. e number from the phonebook to store as a mber.

number to store as a speed dial number.

s speed dial list.

e speed dial list.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 284

Phone screen 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button to display the

menu items.

Select a phon speed dial nu

Speed Dial*1

Manual Input

New Entry Import from Call History

Import from Phonebook

Select a phon speed dial nu

Enter a phone

More Speed Dials Display another paired phone

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

(Existing entry list) Dial the selected number in th

Phonebook*1

Dial*1

Display the paired phones phonebook.

Enter a phone number to dial.

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

revious message.

ext message.

ads received message aloud, or stop message g read.

received message using one of six fixed phrases.

all to the sender.

ail or text message account.

d missed calls.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 285

Text/Email*1

Message is read aloud.

See the p

(Read/Stop)

Previous

Next See the n

System re from bein

Reply

Call

Reply to a

Make a c

Select Account

Select a message and press .

Select a m

Redial*1 Redial the last number dialed in the phones history.

Display the last 20 outgoing, incoming an Call History*1

All

Dialed

Received Display the last 20 outgoing calls. Display the last 20 incoming calls.

Missed Display the last 20 missed calls.

*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.

285Continued

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

286

Featu res

1Phone Setup

Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to HFL before you can make and receive hands-free calls.

Phone Pairing Tips: You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is

moving. Up to six phones can be paired. Your phones battery may drain faster when it is

connected to HFL. If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found

by the system within three minutes, the system will time out and returns to idle.

Once you have paired a phone, you can see it displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the right side. These icons indicate the following:

: The phone can be used with HFL. : The phone is compatible with Bluetooth Audio.

When pairing is completed, an Automatic Phone Sync prompt appears. Select On if you want your call history and phonebook automatically imported to HFL.

2 Changing the Automatic Phone Sync setting P. 296

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 286

To pair a cell phone (when there is no phone paired to the system)

1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Rotate to select Yes, then press . 3. Make sure your phone is search or

discoverable mode, then press . u HFL automatically searches for a

Bluetooth device. 4. When your phone appears on the list, select

it by pressing . u If your phone does not appear, you can

select Refresh to search again. u If your phone still does not appear, move

to select Device Not Found? and search for Bluetooth devices using your phone. From your phone, select HandsFreeLink.

5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the audio/ information screen. u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen

and your phone match. This may vary by phone.

6. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful.

Phone Setup

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 287

To pair a cell phone (when a phone has already been paired to the system)

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Connect

Phone, then Add Bluetooth device. 3. Make sure your phone is in search or

discoverable mode, then press . u HFL automatically searches for a

Bluetooth device. 4. When your phone appears on the list, select

it by pressing . u If your phone does not appear, you can

select Refresh to search again. u If your phone still does not appear, move

to select Device Not Found? and search for Bluetooth devices using your phone. From your phone, select HandsFreeLink.

5. HFL gives you a pairing code on the audio/ information screen. u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen

and your phone match. This may vary by phone.

6. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful.

287Continued

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

288

Featu res

1To change the pairing code setting

The pairing code may be six or four digits depending on your phone.

The default pairing code is 0000 until you change the setting. To create your own, select Fixed, and delete the current code, then enter a new one.

For a randomly generated pairing code each time you pair a phone, select Random.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 288

To change the pairing code setting 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select System Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit

pairing code. 3. Rotate to select Fixed or Random,

then press .

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1To replace an already-paired phone with a new phone

The replaced phone will keep the same speed dial entries, and security PIN information from the previously paired phone.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 289

To replace an already-paired phone with a new phone

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select

Bluetooth Device List. 3. Rotate to select a paired phone you

want to replace, then press . 4. Rotate to select Replace This Device,

then press . 5. HFL enters the pairing process and searches

a new phone. u Follow the prompts to pair a new phone.

6. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful.

Continued 289

290

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

Featu res

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 290

To delete a paired phone 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select

Bluetooth Device List. 3. Rotate to select a phone you want to

delete, then press . 4. Rotate to select Delete This Device,

then press . 5. A confirmation message appears on the

screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press .

6. A notification appears on the screen if pairing is successful.

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1To Set Up a Text/e-mail Message Option

To use the text/e-mail message function, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing procedures, and special feature capabilities: U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1-

888-528-7876. Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-

528-7876.

1To turn on or off the text/e-mail notice

On: A pop-up notification comes on every time you receive a new text message. Off: The message you receive is stored in the system without notification.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 291

To turn on or off the text/e-mail function

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Enable

Text/Email. u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.

3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press .

To turn on or off the text/e-mail notice 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select New

Text/Email Alert. u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.

3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press .

To Set Up a Text/e-mail Message Option

Continued 291

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

292

Featu res

1To set up the auto reading option

On: A text/e-mail message is always read aloud. Off: A text/e-mail message is not read aloud. Auto: A text/e-mail message is read aloud only when driving.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 292

To set up the auto reading option 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Message

Auto Reading. u A pop-up menu appears on the screen.

3. Rotate to select On, Off or Auto, then press .

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1To Create a Security PIN

If the phone is already security PIN protected, you need to enter the current security PIN before clearing the PIN or creating a new one.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 293

You can protect each of the six cell phones with a security PIN. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select

Bluetooth Device List. 3. Rotate to select a phone you want to

add a security PIN to, then press . 4. Rotate to select Edit PIN, then press . 5. Enter a new four-digit number.

u

Rotate to select, then press . Move to delete. Rotate to select OK to enter the security PIN.

u

You can also enter a number using the icons.

6. Re-enter the four-digit number. u The screen returns to the screen in step

4.

To Create a Security PIN

Audio/information screen

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Audio/information screen

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM

Continued 293

294

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

Featu res

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 294

If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically transferred to HFL.

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Auto

Transfer. 3. Rotate to select On, then press .

You can set HFL to automatically answer an incoming call in four seconds. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Auto

Answer. 3. Rotate to select On, then press .

Automatic Transferring

Auto Answer

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1Ring Tone

Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speaker. Mobile Phone: The ring tone stored in the connected cell phone sounds from the speaker. Off: No ring tones sound from the speaker.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 295

You can change the ring tone setting. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Ring

Tone. 3. Rotate to select Fixed, Mobile Phone

or Off, then press .

You can display a callers picture on an incoming call screen. 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Use

Contact Photo. 3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press

.

Ring Tone

Use Contact Photo

Phone settings

All Phone

Auto Transfer Auto Answer Ring Tone Automatic Phone Sy Use Contact Photo

On

Off

Default

Continued 295

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

296

Featu res

1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History

When you select a person from the list in the cellular phonebook, you can see up to three category icons. The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored for that name.

On some phones, it may not be possible to import the category icons to HFL.

The phonebook is updated after every connection. Call history is updated after every connection or call.

Preference

Home

Mobile

Work

Pager

Fax

Car

Other

Voice

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 296

When Automatic Phone Sync is set to On:

When your phone is paired, the contents of its phonebook and call history are automatically imported to HFL.

Changing the Automatic Phone Sync setting

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select

Automatic Phone Sync. 3. Rotate to select On or Off, then press

.

Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1Speed Dial

When a voice tag is stored, press the button to call the number using the voice tag. Say Call and the voice tag name.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 297

Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone. To store a speed dial number: 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press

. u Repeat the procedure to select New

Entry. 4. Rotate to select a place to choose a

number from, then press . From Import from Call History: u Select a number from the call history. From Manual Input: u Input the number manually. From Import from Phonebook: u Select a number from the linked cell

phones imported phonebook. 5. When the speed dial is successfully stored

from Import from Call History or Import from Phonebook, you are asked to create a voice tag for the number. Rotate to select Yes or No, then press .

6. Using the button, follow the prompts to store a voice tag for the speed dial entry.

Speed Dial

Continued 297

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

298

Featu res

1Speed Dial

Avoid using duplicate voice tags. Avoid using home as a voice tag. It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For example, use John Smith instead of John.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 298

To add a voice tag to a stored speed dial number

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit

Speed Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. u From the pop-up menu, rotate to

select Edit, then press . 4. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press

. u From the pop-up menu, rotate to

select Record, then press . 5. Using the button, follow the prompts to

complete the voice tag.

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 299

To delete a voice tag 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit

Speed Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. u From the pop-up menu, rotate to

select Edit, then press . 4. Rotate to select Voice Tag, then press

. u From the pop-up menu, rotate to

select Clear, then press . 5. A confirmation message appears on the

screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press .

To delete a speed dial 1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Edit

Speed Dial. 3. Select an existing speed dial entry. u From the pop-up menu, rotate to

select Delete, then press . 4. A confirmation message appears on the

screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press .

299Continued

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

300

Featu res

1Making a Call

Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name, or number can be dialed by voice from most screens.

Press the button and say Call and the voice tag name, Call by name and the phonebook name, or Call and the phone number.

The maximum range between your phone and vehicles is 30 feet (10 meters).

Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of the person you are calling through the audio speakers.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 300

You can make calls by inputting any phone number, or by using the imported phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or redial.

Making a Call

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1To make a call using the imported phonebook

This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving. However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed dial number, phonebook name, or number using voice commands.

2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 280 2 Speed Dial P. 297

You can use the keyboard on the On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM for an alphabetical search.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 301

To make a call using the imported phonebook

1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Phonebook, then

press . 4. The phonebook is stored alphabetically.

Move to Alphabet Search. u You can use the keyboard on the touch

screen for an alphabetical search. 5. Rotate to select a number, then press

. u Dialing starts automatically.

Continued 301

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

302

Featu res

1To make a call using a phone number

This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving. However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed dial number, phonebook name, or number using voice commands.

2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 280 2 Speed Dial P. 297

You can use the keyboard on the On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM to input numbers. Select numbers, then to start dialing.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 302

To make a call using a phone number 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Dial, then press . 4. Rotate to select a number, then press

. 5. Rotate to select , then press . u Dialing starts automatically.

To make a call using redial 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Redial, then press . u Dialing starts automatically.

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1To make a call using the call history

The call history displays the last 20 dialed, received, or missed calls. (Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.)

These icons next to the number indicate the following:

: Dialed calls. : Received calls. : Missed calls.

The call history displays the last 12 dialed, received, or missed calls.

Steering switches

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 303

To make a call using the call history Call history is stored by All, Dialed, Received, and Missed. 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Call History, then

press . 4. Move or to select All, Dialed,

Received, and Missed. 5. Rotate to select a number, then press

. u Dialing starts automatically.

1. Press the button. 2. Move the left selector wheel right to select

CALL HISTORY. 3. Roll the left selector wheel to select a

number. 4. Push the left selector wheel or the

button. u Dialing starts automatically.

Models with full color display

Models without full color display

111AAA####

Mr.AAA

Mr.BBB

Steering switches

Continued 303

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

304

Featu res

1To make a call using a speed dial entry

Move to select More Speed Dials to view another paired phones speed dial list. You can make a call from that list using the currently connected phone.

When a voice tag is stored, press the button to call the number using the voice tag.

2 Speed Dial P. 297

Any voice-tagged speed dial entry, phonebook name or number can be dialed by voice from any screen. Press the button and follow the prompts.

The speed dial displays the 20 speed dial entries. Steering switches

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 304

To make a call using a speed dial entry 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press

. 4. Rotate to select a number, then press

. u Dialing starts automatically.

1. Press the button. 2. Move the left selector wheel left to select

SPEED DIAL. 3. Roll the left selector wheel to select a

number. 4. Push the left selector wheel or the

button. u Dialing starts automatically.

111AAA####

Mr.AAA

Mr.BBB

Models with full color display

Models without full color display

Steering switches

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1Receiving a Call

Call Waiting

Press the button to put the current call on hold to answer the incoming call.

Press the button again to return to the current call. Ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer it. Press the button if you want to hang up the current call.

You can select the icons on the On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM instead of the and buttons.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 305

When there is an incoming call, an audible notification sounds (if activated) and the Incoming call screen appears.

Press the button to answer the call. Press the button to decline or end the call.

Receiving a Call

Continued 305

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

306

Featu res

1Options During a Call

Touch Tones: Available on some phones.

You can select the icons on the On Demand Multi- Use DisplayTM.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 306

The following options are available during a call. Mute: Mute your voice. Transfer: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone. Touch Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu- driven phone system.

The available options are shown on the Phone screen. Rotate to select the option, then press . u The mute icon appears when Mute is

selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.

Options During a Call

Mute Icon

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1Receiving a Text/E-mail Message

The system does not display any received messages while you are driving. You can only hear them read aloud.

With some phones, you may be able to display up to 20 most recent text and e-mail messages.

State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text/ e-mail message feature. Only use the text/e-mail message feature when conditions allow you to do so safely.

When you receive a text or e-mail message for the first time since the phone is paired to HFL, you are asked to turn the New Text/Email Alert setting to On.

2 To turn on or off the text/e-mail notice P. 291

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 307

HFL can display newly received text and e-mail messages as well as 20 of the most recently received messages on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be read aloud and replied to using a fixed common phrase.

1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new text or e-mail message.

2. Rotate to select Read to listen to the message, then press . u The text or e-mail message is displayed.

The system automatically starts reading out the message.

3. To discontinue the message read-out, press .

Receiving a Text/E-mail Message

Continued 307

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

308

Featu res

1Selecting a Mail Account

You can also select a mail account from the folder list screen or the message list screen. Move to select Select Account, then press .

You can only receive notifications from one text message or mail account at a time.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 308

If a paired phone has text message or mail accounts, you can select one of them to be active and receive notifications.

1. Press the SETTINGS button. 2. Rotate to select Phone Settings, then

press . u Repeat the procedure to select Select

Account. 3. Rotate to select Text Messages or an

e-mail account you want, then press .

Selecting a Mail Account

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1Displaying Messages

The icon appears next to an unread message.

If you delete a message on the phone, the message is also deleted in the system. If you send a message from the system, the message goes to your phones outbox.

To see the previous or next message, move or on the text message screen.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 309

Displaying text messages 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Text/Email, then press

. u Select account if necessary.

4. Rotate to select a message, then press .

u The text message is displayed. The system automatically starts reading the message aloud.

Displaying Messages

Message List

Text Message

Continued 309

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

310

Featu res

1Displaying e-mail messages

Received text and e-mail messages may appear in the message list screen at the same time. In this case, text messages are titled No subject.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 310

Displaying e-mail messages 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Press the MENU button. 3. Rotate to select Text/Email, then press

. 4. Rotate to select a folder, then press . 5. Rotate to select a message, then press

. u The e-mail is displayed. The system

automatically starts reading the message aloud.

Folder List

Message List

E-mail

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus Featu

res

1Reply to a message

The available fixed reply messages are as follows: Cant talk, Im driving. Im on my way. Call you later. OK Yes No

You cannot add, edit, or delete reply messages.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 311

Read or stop reading a message 1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen. u The system automatically starts reading

the message aloud. 2 Displaying Messages P. 309

2. Press to stop reading. Press again to start reading the message from the beginning.

Reply to a message 1. Go to the text or e-mail message screen. u The system automatically starts reading

the message aloud. 2 Displaying Messages P. 309

2. Move and rotate to select Reply, then press .

3. Rotate to select the reply message, then press . u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.

4. Select Send to send the message. u Message sent appears on the screen

when the reply message was successfully sent.

Continued 311

312

uuBluetooth HandsFreeLinkuHFL Menus

Featu res

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 312

Making a call to a sender 1. Go to the text message screen. u The system automatically starts reading

the message aloud. 2 Displaying text messages P. 309

2. Move and rotate to select Call, then press .

John 0123456789####

Reply Call

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 313

Compass*

Featu

res

1Compass*

Compass operation can be affected under the following conditions: Driving near power lines or stations Crossing a bridge Passing a large vehicle, or driving near a large

object that can cause a magnetic disturbance When accessories such as antennas and roof racks

are mounted by magnets

1Compass Calibration

Calibrate the compass in an open area.

While setting the compass, press the BACK button to cancel the setting mode and return to the previous screen.

When you set the power mode to ON, the compass self-calibrates, and the compass display appears.

Compass Calibration If the compass indicates the wrong direction, or the CAL indicator blinks, you need to manually calibrate the system.

1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. On the top screen of any audio source,

press and hold for five seconds. u The display switches to the Compass

settings screen. 3. Rotate to select Calibration, then press

. 4. When the display changes to Calibration

Start, press . 5. Drive the vehicle slowly in two circles. u The compass starts to show a direction

after the calibration. The CAL indicator goes off.

313* Not available on all models

314

uuCompass*uCompass Zone Selection

Featu res

1Compass Zone Selection

The zone selection is done to compensate the variation between magnetic north and true north.

If the calibration starts while the audio system is in use, the display returns to normal after the calibration is completed.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 314

Compass Zone Selection 1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. On the top screen of any audio source,

press and hold for five seconds. u The display switches to the Compass

settings screen. 3. Rotate to select Zone Adjust, then

press . u The display shows the current zone

number the system is set to. 4. To change the zone, rotate to select the

zone number of your area (See Zone Map), then press .

2

3

4

5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12

13 14

15 Zone Map

Guam Island: Zone 8

Puerto Rico: Zone 11

* Not available on all m

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 315

Driving

This chapter discusses driving, refueling, and information on items such as accessories.

Before Driving................................... 316 Towing a Trailer................................ 321 When Driving

Starting the Engine .......................... 322 Precautions While Driving................. 329 Automatic Transmission* ................. 330 Dual Clutch Transmission* ............... 330

Shifting............................................ 331

Shifting............................................ 338 Auto Idle Stop*................................ 342 Integrated Dynamics System (IDS)..... 346 Cruise Control*................................ 348

Models with electronic gear selector

Models with shift lever

odels

Front Sensor Camera* ..................... 351 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)* ....................... 352

Forward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection* .................... 365

Lane Departure Warning (LDW)* ..... 371 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System*...375 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*.. 380 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic

Stability Control (ESC), System ............... 386 Agile Handling Assist System............ 388 Precision All-Wheel SteerTM (P-AWS) System* ......................................... 388

Blind Spot Information (BSI) System*.... 389

Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH- AWD)*......................................... 391

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ...392 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation ......... 394

Braking .............................................. 396 Parking Your Vehicle........................ 411 Multi-View Rear Camera.................. 419 Refueling........................................... 420 Fuel Economy.................................... 422 Accessories and Modifications ........ 423

315

316

D rivin

g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 316

Before Driving

1Exterior Checks

NOTICE When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force them open, as this can damage the rubber trim around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid further freezing.

Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder. You will be unable to insert the key if the water freezes in the hole.

Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite flammable materials left under the hood, causing a fire. If youve parked your vehicle for an extended period, inspect and remove any debris that may have collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a small animal. Also check under the hood for leftover flammable materials after you or someone else has performed maintenance on your vehicle.

Driving Preparation Check the following items before you start driving.

Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior lights, or other parts of the vehicle. u Remove any frost, snow, or ice. u Remove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of

vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened. u When removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel

or wheel components. Make sure the hood is securely closed. u If the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked.

Make sure the tires are in good condition. u Check air pressures, and check for damage and excessive wear.

2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 456

Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle. u There are blind spots from the inside.

Exterior Checks

uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation D

rivin g

1Interior Checks

The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry heavy items in the trunk have the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified technician.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 317

Store or secure all items on board properly. u Carrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicles

handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe. 2 Maximum Load Limit P. 319

Do not pile items higher than the seat height. u They can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden

braking. Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor

mat. u An object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator

pedal operation while driving. If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle. u They may interfere with driving and a crash could occur.

Securely close and lock all doors and the trunk. 2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 148

Adjust your seating position properly. u Adjust the head restraint, too.

2 Adjusting the Seats P. 180 2 Adjusting the Head Restraints P. 182

Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly for your driving. u Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.

2 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 177 2 Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 176

Interior Checks

Continued 317

318

uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation

D rivin

g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 318

Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the seats. u They can interfere with the drivers ability to operate the pedals, the operation

of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats. Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.

2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 35

Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the vehicle, and go off soon after. u Always have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated.

2 Indicators P. 70

uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit D

rivin g

1Maximum Load Limit

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR): The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all occupants, all accessories and all cargo.

2 Specifications P. 520, 522

Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR): The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.

2 Specifications P. 520, 522

3WARNING Overloading or improper loading can affect handling and stability and cause a crash in which you can be hurt or killed.

Follow all load limits and other loading guidelines in this manual.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 319

Maximum Load Limit The maximum load for your vehicle is 850 lbs (385 kg). See Tire and Loading Information label attached to the drivers doorjamb.

This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer. Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit -

(1) Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs. on your vehicles placard.

(2)Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.

(3)Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.

(4)The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the XXX amount equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

Label Example

319Continued

320

uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit

D rivin

g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 320

(5)Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4.

(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.

In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants, accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the drivers doorjamb. Load Limits Example

Example1

Max Load 850 lbs (385 kg)

Passenger Weight 150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs (68 kg x 2 = 136 kg)

Cargo Weight 550 lbs (249 kg)

Example2

Max Load 850 lbs (385 kg)

Passenger Weight 150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs (68 kg x 5 = 340 kg)

Cargo Weight 100 lbs (45 kg)

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 321

Towing a Trailer

D

rivin g

Your vehicle is not designed to tow a trailer. Attempting to do so can void your warranties.

Towing Your Vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information.

2 Emergency Towing P. 515

321

322

D rivin

g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 322

When Driving

1When Driving

When you set the power mode to ON, you may feel as if the brake pedal is sinking down. This is normal.

1Starting the Engine

Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when starting the engine.

The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400 meters).

When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all electrical accessories such as the lights, climate control system, and rear defogger in order to reduce battery drain.

If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold, an engine block heater will improve starting and warming of the engine. If temperatures consistently below -22F (-30C) are expected, the coolant mixture should be changed to a higher concentration to prevent freezing. Consult a dealer for details.

If exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with the engine or exhaust system.

Starting the Engine

1. Make sure the parking brake is applied. u The electric parking brake indicator

comes on for 15 seconds when you pull up the electric parking brake switch.

2. Depress the brake pedal. u Make sure the transmission is in (P .

3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button without depressing the accelerator pedal.

Models with electronic gear selector

Electric Parking Brake Switch

Brake Pedal

uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine D

rivin g

1Starting the Engine

The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from theft. If an improperly coded device is used, the engines fuel system is disabled.

2 Immobilizer System P. 155

Bring the keyless access remote close to the ENGINE START/STOP button if the battery in the keyless access remote is weak.

2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak P. 496

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 323

1. Make sure the parking brake is applied. u The electric parking brake indicator

comes on for 15 seconds when you pull up the electric parking brake switch.

2. Check that the shift lever is in (P , then depress the brake pedal. u Although it is possible to start the vehicle

in (N, it is safer to start it in (P .

3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button without depressing the accelerator pedal.

Models with shift lever

Electric Parking Brake Switch

Brake Pedal

Continued 323

324

uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine

D rivin

g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 324

You can turn the engine off when the vehicle is completely stopped. 1. Shift to (P . 2. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button.

Stopping the Engine

uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine D

rivin g

1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback*

WARNING: Carbon monoxide gas is toxic and can rapidly accumulate in closed or even partly enclosed areas. Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and even kill you. Never use the remote engine starter with the vehicle parked in a garage or other areas with limited ventilation.

If there are buildings and obstacles between your vehicle and the remote, the range will be reduced. This distance may vary by external electrical interference. The engine may not start by the remote engine start if: You have disabled a remote engine start setting

using the multi-information display. The power mode is not in VEHICLE OFF (LOCK). The gear is in a position other than (P. The hood is open, or any door or the trunk is

unlocked. You have already used the remote twice to start

the engine. Another registered keyless access remote is in the

vehicle. There is any antenna failure. Door is unlocked with the built-in key.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 325

You can remotely start the engine using the two-way keyless access remote from extended distances.

To start the engine

The engine runs for up to 10 minutes without you starting the vehicle. To extend the run time for another 10 minutes during the first run, press the button, then press and hold the button. u The amber LED blinks, then the green LED comes back on if a 10-minute

extension request was transmitted successfully. After pressing the (lock) button, wait for the green LED to blink. This indicates that the all the doors and the trunk are locked.

Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback*

With the doors locked, Press the button, then press and hold the button.

Amber LED: Blinks when any button is pressed.

Continues to blink during a vehicle self check until the engine starts.

Go within the range, and try again.

Green LED: Comes on while the engine is running.

Red LED: Blinks when the remote is out of the keyless access system range.

Continued 325* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine

326

D rivin

g

1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback*

The engine oil pressure is low. The engine coolant temperature is extremely high. The telematics unit malfunctions. The security system alarm is not set.

Before starting the engine, make sure to check the door lock status using the remote. When you press the button, wait for the green LED to blink. If the red LED turns on, the doors and trunk did not lock, and the engine does not start.

While the engine is running, the vehicle will automatically precondition inside the vehicle. When it is warm outside: The air conditioning is activated in recirculation

mode. The seat ventilation is activated*. When it is cold outside: The defroster is activated at a moderately warm

temperature. The rear defogger and door mirror heaters are

activated. The seat and heated steering wheel are activated*.

2 Heated Steering Wheel* P. 196 2 Front Seat Heaters and Seat

Ventilation* P. 197

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 326

To stop the engine

Press and hold the button for one second.

Go within the range, and try again.

Amber LED: Blinks when any button is pressed.

Red LED: Comes on for one second to let you

know that the engine has stopped.

Blinks when the remote is out of the keyless access system range. The engine will not stop.

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine D

rivin g

1Starting to Drive

You can also release the parking brake by pressing the electric parking brake switch while depressing the brake pedal. When facing downhill, you can start your vehicle more smoothly by manually releasing it with the electric parking brake switch than by releasing it with the accelerator pedal.

The engine stops when the gear position is changed from (P before the ENGINE START/STOP button is pressed. Follow the step 1 when starting to drive.

When the engine was started using the two-way keyless access remote*

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 327

1. While depressing the brake pedal, press the ENGINE START/STOP button.

2. Change the gear position to (D . Select (R when reversing. 3. With the parking brake applied, release the brake pedal and gently depress the

accelerator pedal. u Make sure the electric parking brake indicator goes off.

4. Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal to pull away.

Starting to Drive When the engine was started using the two-way keyless access remote*

When the engine was started in any case

Continued 327* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine

328

D rivin

g

1Hill Start Assist System

Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and does not operate on small inclines.

Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking brake.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 328

Hill Start Assist System Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator.

Change the gear position to (D when facing uphill, or (R when facing downhill, then release the brake pedal.

uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving D

rivin g

1Precautions While Driving

NOTICE Do not change the gear position while pressing the accelerator pedal. You could damage the transmission.

NOTICE The following can damage the under spoiler: Parking the vehicle by a parking block Parallel parking along the road shoulder Driving toward the bottom of a hill Driving up or down to a different surface level

(such as a road shoulder) Driving on a rutted or bumpy road Driving on a road with potholes.

NOTICE If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel on the full left or right position for a while, the electric power steering (EPS) system heats up. The system goes into a protective mode, and limits its performance. The steering wheel becomes harder and harder to operate. Once the system cools down, the EPS system is restored. Repeated operation under these conditions can eventually damage the system.

If the power mode is set to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) while driving, the engine will shut down and all steering and brake power assist functions will stop, making it difficult to control the vehicle.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 329

Precautions While Driving

Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the engine, driveline, or cause electrical component failure.

In Rain

329Continued

uuWhen DrivinguAutomatic Transmission*

330

D rivin

g

1Precautions While Driving

Do not change the gear position to (N, as you will lose engine braking (and acceleration) performance.

During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation, avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so as to not damage the engine or powertrain.

Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km). You should also follow this when the brake pads are replaced.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 330

If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location. Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks.

Automatic Transmission*

The engine runs at a higher idle speed and creeping increases. Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.

Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the transmission to drop to a lower gear, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. Depress the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves.

Dual Clutch Transmission*

As with a conventional automatic transmission, this vehicle will creep. Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.

Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the transmission to drop to a lower gear, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. Depress the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves.

Other Precautions

Creeping

Kickdown

Creeping

Kickdown

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguShifting D

rivin g

1Shifting

To prevent malfunction and unintended engagement: Do not spill any liquids on or around shift buttons. Do not place or drop any objects on or around shift

buttons. Do not let passengers or children operate the shift

buttons.

The beeper sounds when you depress the accelerator pedal with the gear position in (N. Change the gear position to (D or (R with the brake pedal depressed.

When shifting gears in extremely low temperatures (22F/30C), there may be a short delay before the shift is indicated in the display. Always confirm you are in the correct gear before driving.

3WARNING The vehicle can roll away if left unattended without confirming that Park is engaged. Always keep your foot on the brake pedal until you have confirmed that (P is shown on the gear position Indicator.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 331

Shifting Change the gear position in accordance with your driving needs.

Shift button positions

(P (park) button Park your vehicle in a safe place with the power mode in ON, then apply the brakes and press the (P button to put the transmission in Park. The indicators on the sides of the (P button come on.

Models with electronic gear selector

Park Used when parking or starting the engine

Reverse Used when reversing

Neutral Used when idling

Drive Used for: Normal driving (gears change between 1st

and 9th automatically) Temporarily driving in the sequential

mode Driving in the sequential mode (when

driving in Sport+ mode)

(P Button

331Continued

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

332

D rivin

g

1Shift Operation

NOTICE When you change (D to (R and visa versa, depress the brake pedal to come to a complete stop, then select the intended gear position while maintaining brake pressure.

Use the gear position indicator and the shift button indicator to check the gear position before selecting a shift button.

If the indicator of the currently selected gear position, or all the gear position indicators are blinking simultaneously, there is a problem with the transmission. Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission checked by a dealer as soon as possible.

The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine speeds in or over the tachometers red zone (engine speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a slight jolt.

When the engine speed is increased while the transmission is in (N, (P or (R, the fuel supply may be cut off even without the engine speed entering the tachometers red zone.

The beeper sounds once when you change to (R.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 332

Shift Operation

Gear Position Indicator

Tachometers red zone

Press the (P button.

Pull back the (R button.

Press the (N button.

Press the (D button.

Shift Button Indicator

M (sequential mode) Indicator

Sequential Mode Gear Selection Indicator

Models without full color display

uuWhen DrivinguShifting D

rivin g

1When opening the drivers door

You should always select (P before opening the drivers door. Make sure to park the vehicle in a safe place.

2 When Stopped P. 411

If you want to drive the vehicle after the gear position has automatically changed to (P under the described conditions, close the door, fasten the seat belt, depress the brake pedal, then change the gear position.

If you leave the vehicle, turn off the engine and lock the doors.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 333

In freezing or sub-freezing conditions, the electronic gear selector response may be slow. Always depress the brake pedal before changing the gear position to (P , and confirm that (P is shown on the gear position indicator before releasing the brake.

When opening the drivers door If you open the drivers door under the following conditions, the gear position automatically changes to (P . The vehicle is stationary with the engine running, or moving at 1 mph (2 km/h) or

slower. The transmission is in other than (P . You have unfastened the driver side seat belt.

u If you manually change the gear position from (P with the brake pedal depressed, the gear position will automatically return to (P once you release the brake pedal.

When turning off the power mode If you turn the engine off while the vehicle is stationary, and the transmission is in other than (P, the gear position automatically changes to (P.

Continued 333

334

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

D rivin

g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 334

If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode] With the engine running: 1. Press and hold the brake pedal. 2. Select (N . 3. With in five seconds, press the ENGINE START/STOP button.

The power mode changes to ACCESSORY. u This puts the vehicle in car wash mode which must be used when your vehicle

is pulled through a conveyor type automatic car wash where you or an attendant do not remain in the vehicle.

u The gear position remains in (N with the power mode in ACCESSORY for 15 minutes, then, it automatically changes to (P and the power mode changes to OFF.

Manually changing to (P cancels ACCESSORY mode. The (P indicator comes on and the power mode changes to OFF.

uuWhen DrivinguShifting D

rivin g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 335

Restriction on selecting a gear position You cannot select a gear position under certain circumstances that may lead to unexpected crashes or damage.

1. When the transmission is in:

1. Under the circumstances of that:

2. You cannot select: 3. The gear position remains in/changes to:

How to change the gear position

(P

The brake pedal is not depressed.

Other gear position

(P

Release the accelerator pedal and depress the brake pedal.

The accelerator pedal is depressed.

(N

The vehicle is moving at low speed without the brake pedal depressed.

(N

The vehicle is moving at low speed with the accelerator pedal depressed.

(N or (D The vehicle is moving forward. (R Stop your vehicle in a safe place, depress the brake pedal, and select the appropriate gear position.

(R or (N The vehicle is moving backward. (D

(R , (N, or (D The vehicle is moving. You cannot press the (P button.

335Continued

336

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

D rivin

g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 336

Use the paddle shifters to change between 1st and 9th gears without removing your hands from the steering wheel. The transmission will switch to the sequential mode.

When the transmission is in (D : The vehicle will go into the sequential mode momentarily, and the sequential mode gear selection indicator will come on. Once you start traveling at a constant speed, the sequential mode will automatically switch off, and the sequential mode gear selection indicator will go off.

Hold the (+ paddle shifter for two seconds or push (D button to return to normal drive.

When the transmission is in (D with Sport+ mode: The vehicle will go into the sequential mode, and the M (sequential mode) indicator and sequential mode gear selection indicator will come on. If the vehicle speed increases and the engine speed reaches near the tachometers red zone, the transmission automatically shifts up to the next gear. You can cancel this mode by pressing IDS button to select other than Sport+ mode or push (D button to return to normal drive Sport+ mode. When the sequential mode is canceled, the sequential mode indicator and sequential mode gear selection indicator go off.

Sequential Mode

uuWhen DrivinguShifting D

rivin g

1Sequential Mode Operation

Each paddle shift operation makes a single gear change. To change gears continuously, release the paddle shifter before pulling it again for the next gear.

Recommended Shift Points Use this table as a guideline for efficient fuel economy and effective emission control.

If the sequential mode gear selection indicator blinks when you try to shift up or down, this means your vehicle speed is not in its allowable gear range. Slightly accelerate to shift up and decelerate to shift down while the indicator is blinking.

Shift Up Normal Acceleration 1st to 2nd 15 mph (24 km/h) 2nd to 3rd 25 mph (40 km/h) 3rd to 4th 40 mph (64 km/h) 4th to 5th 45 mph (72 km/h) 5th to 6th 50 mph (80 km/h) 6th to 7th 55 mph (89 km/h) 7th to 8th 60 mph (97 km/h) 8th to 9th 65 mph (105 km/h)

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 337

Sequential Mode Operation

Downshifting when pulling the paddle shifter. (Changes to a lower gear)

Upshifting when pulling the paddle shifter. (Changes to a higher gear)

Paddle Shifter (Shift down)

Paddle Shifter (Shift up)

337

338

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

D rivin

g

1Shifting

You cannot change the power mode from ON to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) unless the shift lever is in (P.

The vehicle may move forward very slightly even in (N while the engine is cold. Depress the brake pedal firmly and, when necessary, apply the parking brake.

When shifting gears in extremely low temperatures (-22F/-30C), there may be a short delay before the shift is indicated in the display. Always confirm you are in the correct gear before driving.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 338

Shifting Change the shift position in accordance with your driving needs.

Shift lever positions

Models with shift lever

Park Used when parking or starting the engine

Reverse Used when reversing

Neutral Used when idling

Drive Used for: Normal driving (gears change between 1st

and 8th automatically) Temporarily driving in the sequential shift

mode Driving in the sequential shift mode (when

driving in Sport+ mode)

Release Button

uuWhen DrivinguShifting D

rivin g

1Shift Lever Operation

NOTICE When you change the shift lever from (D to (R and vice versa, come to a complete stop and keep the brake pedal depressed. Operating the shift lever before the vehicle has come to a complete standstill can damage the transmission.

Use the shift lever position indicator to check the lever position before pulling away.

Whichever position the shift lever is in when driving, a blinking transmission indicator indicates a transmission problem. Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission checked by a dealer as soon as possible.

The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine speeds in or over the tachometers red zone (engine speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a slight jolt.

When the engine speed is increased while the shift lever is in (N, (P or (R, the fuel supply may be cut off even without the engine speed entering the tachometers red zone.

It may not be possible to operate the shift lever if the brake pedal is applied while the shift lever release button is held down. Depress the brake pedal first.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 339

Shift Lever Operation

Shift Lever Position Indicator

Depress the brake pedal and press the shift lever release button to shift.

Shift without pressing the shift lever release button.

Press the shift lever release button and shift.

Tachometers red zone

M (sequential mode) Indicator

Sequential Mode Gear Selection Indicator

Models without full color display

Continued 339

340

uuWhen DrivinguShifting

D rivin

g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 340

Use the paddle shifters to change between 1st and 8th gears without removing your hands from the steering wheel. The transmission will switch to the sequential shift mode.

When the shift lever is in (D: The vehicle will go into the sequential shift mode momentarily, and the gear position indicator will come on. Once you start traveling at a constant speed, the sequential shift mode will automatically switch off, and the gear position indicator will go off.

Hold the (+ paddle shifter for two seconds to return to normal drive.

When the shift lever is in (D with Sport+ mode: The vehicle goes into sequential sift mode and the M (sequential shift) indicator comes on. At speeds of 2 mph (4 km/h) or less, the vehicle automatically shifts down into 1st gear. If you are in 1st through 6th gears and do not operate the paddle shifters as engine speed increases approaches the tachometer red zone, the transmission automatically shifts up to the next gear. You can cancel Sport+ mode by either: Pressing the IDS button. Or holding the (+ paddle shifter for two seconds. When the mode is canceled the sequential mode and sequential mode gear indicators go off.

Sequential Shift Mode

uuWhen DrivinguShifting D

rivin g

1Sequential Shift Mode Operation

Each paddle shift operation makes a single gear change. To change gears continuously, release the paddle shifter before pulling it again for the next gear.

Recommended Shift Points Use this table as a guideline for efficient fuel economy and effective emission control.

If the gear position indicator blinks when you try to shift up or down, this means your vehicle speed is not in its allowable gear range. Slightly accelerate to shift up and decelerate to shift down while the indicator is blinking.

Shift Up Normal Acceleration 1st to 2nd 15 mph (24 km/h) 2nd to 3rd 25 mph (40 km/h) 3rd to 4th 40 mph (64 km/h) 4th to 5th 45 mph (72 km/h) 5th to 6th 50 mph (80 km/h) 6th to 7th 55 mph (89 km/h) 7th to 8th 60 mph (97 km/h)

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 341

Second gear lock mode If you pull the (+ paddle shifter while stopped or driving at 6 mph (10 km/h) or less, the gear position will be locked in 2nd gear. This makes it easier to pull away on slippery surfaces such as snow covered roads.

To cancel the 2nd gear lock mode, pull the (- paddle shifter.

Sequential Shift Mode Operation

Downshifting when pulling the paddle shifter. (Changes to a lower gear)

Upshifting when pulling the paddle shifter. (Changes to a higher gear)

Paddle Shifter (Shift down)

Paddle Shifter (Shift up)

341

342

uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop*

D rivin

g

1Auto Idle Stop*

The 12-volt battery installed in this vehicle is specifically designed for a model with Auto Idle Stop. Using a 12-volt battery other than this specified type may shorten the battery life, and prevent Auto Idle Stop from activating. If you need to replace the battery, make sure to select the specified type. Ask a dealer for more details.

The duration of the Auto Idle Stop operation: Increases in the ECON mode, compared to when

the ECON mode is off, with climate control in use.

Auto Idle Stop may activate less frequently in such conditions as a traffic jam.

1Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF

Press the Auto Idle Stop OFF button to restart the engine from the idling stop.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 342

Auto Idle Stop*

To help maximize fuel economy, the engine automatically stops when the vehicle comes to a stop, depending on environmental and vehicle operating conditions. The indicator comes on.

The engine then restarts once the vehicle is about to move again, and the indicator goes off.

A message associated with Auto Idle Stop appears on the multi-information display.

2 Indicators P. 92 2 Customized Features P. 130, 268

If the drivers door is opened while the indicator is comes on, a buzzer sounds to notify you that the Auto Idle Stop function is in operation.

To turn the Auto Idle Stop system off, press this button. The Auto Idle Stop system stops. u The Auto Idle Stop system will stop and

the Indicator (Amber) will come on.

Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop* D

rivin g

1Auto Idle Stop Activates When:

When ACC with LSF is in operation, the vehicle stops without depressing the brake pedal and Auto Idle Stop may activate.

Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop function is activated. If the hood is opened, the engine will not restart automatically.

In this case, restart the engine with the ENGINE START/STOP button.

2 Starting the Engine P. 322

Pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button changes the power mode to ACCESSORY even while Auto Idle Stop is in operation. Once in ACCESSORY, the engine no longer restarts automatically. Follow the standard procedure to start the engine.

2 Starting the Engine P. 322

Models with ACC with LSF

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 343

The vehicle stops with the gear position in (D and the brake pedal depressed.

Auto idle stop does not activate when: The drivers seat belt is not fastened. The engine coolant temperature is low or high. The transmission fluid temperature is low or high. The vehicle comes to a stop again before the vehicle speed reaches 5 km/h after

the engine starts. Stopped on a steep incline. A gear position other than (D or in Sport+. The engine is started with the hood open. u Turn off the engine. Close the hood before you restart the engine to activate

Auto Idle Stop. The battery charge is low. The internal temperature of the battery is 14F (10C). or less. The climate control system is in use, and the outside temperature is below 4F

(20C) or over 104F (40C). The climate control system temperature is set to the Hi or Lo. is ON (indicator on).

Auto Idle Stop Activates When:

Continued 343

uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop*

344

D rivin

g

1The Engine Automatically Restarts When:

If you are using an electronic device during Auto Idle Stop, the device may temporarily be turned off when the engine restarts.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 344

Auto idle stop may not activate when: The vehicle is stopped by braking suddenly. The steering wheel is operated. The fan speed is high. Altitude is high. The vehicle is repeatedly accelerated and decelerated at a low speed. The climate control system is in use, and there is a significant difference between

the set temperature and the actual interior temperature. Humidity in the interior is high.

The brake pedal is released and the automatic brake hold system is off.

The engine restarts even if the brake pedal is depressed or the automatic brake hold system is activated when:

The Auto Idle Stop OFF button is pressed. When a steering wheel is operated. The gear position is in a position other than (D or in Sport+. The pressure on the brake pedal is reduced and the vehicle starts moving while

stopped on an incline. The pressure on the brake pedal is repeatedly applied and released slightly during

a stop. The battery charge becomes low. The accelerator pedal is depressed. The drivers seat belt is unlatched. is ON (indicator on). The climate control system is in use, and the difference between the set

temperature and actual interior temperature becomes significant. The climate control system is being used to dehumidify the interior.

The Engine Automatically Restarts When:

uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop* D

rivin g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 345

Briefly keeps the brakes applied after releasing the brake pedal to restart the engine. This can keep your vehicle from unexpectedly moving while on an incline.

Starting Assist Brake Function

345

346

uuWhen Drivingu Integrated Dynamics System (IDS)

D rivin

g

.

of fuel economy and sportiness for

e and feel with decreased steering ttle response and SH-AWD* control.

llow for increase performance when paddle shifters.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 346

Integrated Dynamics System (IDS) Modifies the dynamic character of the vehicle. There are four IDS modes to select from: Econ, Normal, Sport, and Sport+. Press the IDS button to select a mode. The mode you have selected appears on the multi-information display. You can customize the IDS mode default setting using the multi-information display.

2 Customized Features P. 126, 259

IDS Button

Models with full color display

Econ (Econ mode) Maximizes fuel economy

Normal (Normal mode) Provides the best balance everyday driving.

Sport (Sport mode) Enhances vehicle respons assist. Also increases thro

Sport+ (Sport+ mode) Adds to Sport mode to a using the steering wheel

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguIntegrated Dynamics System (IDS) D

rivin g

.

of fuel economy and sportiness for

e and feel with decreased steering ttle response.

low for increase performance when paddle shifters.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 347

IDS Button

Models without full color display

ECON (Econ mode) Maximizes fuel economy

NORMAL (Normal mode) Provides the best balance everyday driving.

SPORT (Sport mode) Enhances vehicle respons assist. Also increases thro

SPORT+ (Sport+ mode) Adds to Sport mode to al using the steering wheel

347

348

uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control*

D rivin

g

1Cruise Control*

It may not be possible to maintain a constant speed when driving uphill or downhill.

When not using cruise control: Turn off cruise control by pressing the CRUISE*/ MAIN* button.

While in the Econ mode, it may take relatively more time to accelerate to maintain the set speed.

3WARNING Improper use of the cruise control can lead to a crash.

Use the cruise control only when traveling on open highways in good weather.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 348

Cruise Control*

Maintains a constant vehicle speed without having to keep your foot on the accelerator. Use cruise control on freeways or open roads where you can travel at a constant speed with little acceleration or deceleration.

When to use

Gear position for cruise control: In (D

Always keep sufficient distance between you and the vehicle in front of you.

Vehicle speed for cruise control: Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~

How to use

CRUISE MAIN is on in the instrument panel. Cruise control is ready to use.Press the CRUISE*/MAIN*

button on the steering wheel. Models without

full color display

Models with full color display

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control* D

rivin g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 349

Take your foot off the pedal and press the RES/+/SET/ switch down when you reach the desired speed.

The moment you release the RES/+/SET/ switch, the set speed is fixed, and cruise control begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.

To Set the Vehicle Speed

On when cruise control begins

RES/+/SET/ Switch

Press down and release

On On

Models with full color display

Models with full color display

Models without full color display

Models without full color display

349Continued

uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control*

350

D rivin

g

1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

You can set the vehicle speed pressing the RES/+/ SET/ switch down on the steering wheel when adjusting the speed with the accelerator and brake pedals.

1To Cancel

Resuming the prior set speed: After cruise control has been canceled, you can still resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/+/ SET/ switch up while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40 km/h) or more.

You cannot set or resume in the following situations: When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h) When the CRUISE*/MAIN* button is turned off

At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise control is canceled automatically.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 350

Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+/SET/ switch on the steering wheel.

Each time you press the switch up or down, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).

If you keep the switch pressed up or down, the vehicle speed increases or decreases until you release it. This speed is then set.

To cancel cruise control, do any of the following: Press the CANCEL button. Press the CRUISE*/MAIN* button. Depress the brake pedal. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.

To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

To Cancel

To decrease speed

To increase speed

CRUISE*/MAIN* Button

CANCEL Button

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera* D

rivin g

1Front Sensor Camera*

Never apply a film or attach any objects to the windshield that could obstruct the cameras field of vision. Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield within the cameras field of vision can cause the system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we recommend that you replace the windshield with a genuine Acura replacement windshield. Making even minor repairs within the cameras field of vision or installing an aftermarket replacement windshield may also cause the system to operate abnormally. After replacing the windshield, have a dealer recalibrate the camera. Proper calibration of the camera is necessary for the system to operate properly.

Do not place an object on the top of the instrument panel. It may reflect onto the windshield and prevent the system from detecting lane lines properly.

If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message appears: Use the climate control system to cool down the

interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode with the air flow directed towards the camera.

Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield temperature, which cools down the area around the camera.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 351

Front Sensor Camera*

The camera, used in systems such as LDW, FCW with Pedestrian Detection, LKAS, RDM, ACC with LSF, and CMBSTM, is designed to detect an object that triggers any of the systems to operate its functions.

This camera is located behind the rearview mirror.

To help reduce the likelihood that high interior temperatures will cause the cameras sensing system to shut off, when parking, find a shady area or face the front of the vehicle away from the sun. If you use a reflective sun shade, do not allow it to cover the camera housing. Covering the camera can concentrate heat on it.

Camera Location and Handling Tips

Front Sensor Camera

351* Not available on all models

352

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)*

D rivin

g

1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)*

3WARNING Improper use of ACC with LSF can lead to a crash.

Use ACC with LSF only when driving on expressways or freeways and in good weather conditions.

3WARNING ACC with LSF has limited braking capability and may not stop your vehicle in time to avoid a collision with a vehicle that quickly stops in front of you.

Always be prepared to apply the brake pedal if the conditions require.

3WARNING Exiting a vehicle that has been stopped while the ACC with LSF system is operating can result in the vehicle moving without operator control.

A vehicle that moves without operator control can cause a crash, resulting in serious injury or death.

Never exit a vehicle when the vehicle is stopped by ACC with LSF.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 352

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)*

Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following-distance behind a vehicle detected ahead of yours and, if the detected vehicle slows to a stop, decelerates and stops your vehicle, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the accelerator.

When to use

Vehicle speed for ACC with LSF: A vehicle is detected ahead within ACC with LSF range ACC with LSF operates at speeds up to 90 mph (145 km/h). No vehicle is detected within ACC with LSF range ACC with LSF operates at the speed of about 25 mph (40 km/h) or above.

Gear position for ACC with LSF: In (D.

The radar sensor is in the front grille.

The camera is located behind the rearview mirror.

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)* D

rivin g

1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)*

Important Reminder As with any system, there are limits to ACC with LSF. Use the brake pedal whenever necessary, and always keep a safe distance between your vehicle and other vehicles.

The radar sensor for ACC with LSF is shared with the Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM).

2 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)* P. 404

You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.

2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 351

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 353

How to activate the system

Press the MAIN button on the steering wheel.

ACC (green) is on in the instrument panel. ACC with LSF is ready to use.

Continued 353* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)*

354

D rivin

g

1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)*

When the MAIN button is pressed, ACC with LSF and Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) are both turned on or off.

ACC with LSF may not work properly under certain conditions.

2 ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations P. 357

When not using ACC with LSF: Turn off adaptive cruise by pressing the MAIN button. This also will turn off the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS).

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 354

When driving at about 25 mph (40 km/h) or above: Take your foot off the pedal and press down the RES/+/SET/ switch when you reach the desired speed. The moment you release the switch, the set speed is fixed, and ACC with LSF begins. When driving at slower than about 25 mph (40 km/h): If the vehicle is moving and the brake pedal is not depressed, pressing the switch fixes the set speed to about 25 mph (40 km/h) regardless of current vehicle speed. If the vehicle is stationary, you can set the vehicle speed even with the brake pedal depressed.

When ACC with LSF starts operating, the vehicle icon, distance bars and set speed appear on the multi-information display.

To Set the Vehicle Speed

On when ACC with LSF begins Press down and release

RES/+/SET/ Switch

Set Vehicle Speed

Set Vehicle Distance

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)* D

rivin g

1When in Operation

If the vehicle detected ahead of you slows down abruptly, or if another vehicle is detected cutting in front of you, the beeper sounds and a message appears on the multi-information display. Depress the brake pedal, and keep an appropriate distance from the vehicle ahead.

Even if the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle detected ahead is short, ACC with LSF may start accelerating your vehicle under the following circumstances: The vehicle ahead of you is going at almost the

same speed as, or faster than, your vehicle. A vehicle that cuts in front of you is going faster

than your vehicle, gradually increasing the distance between the vehicles.

You can also set the system to beep when a vehicle detected in front of you comes in and goes out of the ACC with LSF detecting range. Change the ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep* setting.

2 Customized Features P. 126, 259

Beep

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 355

There is a vehicle ahead ACC with LSF monitors if a vehicle ahead of you enters the ACC with LSF range. If a vehicle is detected doing so, the ACC with LSF system maintains or decelerates your vehicles set speed in order to keep the vehicles set following-distance from the vehicle ahead.

2 To Set or Change Following-distance P. 360

When a vehicle whose speed is slower than your set speed comes in or cuts in front of you and is detected by the radar and the camera, your vehicle starts to slow down.

When in Operation

ACC with LSF Range: 394 ft. (120 m)

A vehicle icon appears on the multi-information display

Continued 355* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)*

356

D rivin

g

1When in Operation

Limitations You may need to use the brake to maintain a safe distance when using ACC with LSF. Additionally, ACC with LSF may not work properly under certain conditions.

2 ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations P. 357

When your vehicle stops automatically because a vehicle detected ahead of you has stopped, the distance between the two vehicles will vary based on the ACC with LSF following-distance setting, as follows: Short: 8.2 ft (2.5 m) Middle: 9.8 ft (3.0 m) Long: 13.1 ft (4.0 m) Extra Long: 16.4 ft (5.0 m)

2 To Set or Change Following-distance P. 360

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 356

There is no vehicle ahead Your vehicle maintains the set speed without having to keep your foot on the brake or accelerator pedal. If there previously was a vehicle detected ahead that kept your vehicle from traveling at the set speed, ACC with LSF accelerates your vehicle to the set speed, and then maintains it.

When you depress the accelerator pedal You can temporarily increase the vehicle speed. In this case, there is no audible or visual alert even if a vehicle is in the ACC with LSF range. ACC with LSF stays on unless you cancel it. Once you release the accelerator pedal, the system resumes the set speed.

A vehicle detected ahead is within ACC with LSF range and slows to a stop Your vehicle also stops, automatically. The Stopped message appears on the multi- information display. When the vehicle ahead of you starts again, the vehicle icon on the multi-information display blinks. If you press the RES/+/SET/ switch up or down, or depress the accelerator pedal, ACC with LSF operates again within the previously set speed.

A vehicle icon with dotted-line contour appears on the multi- information display

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)* D

rivin g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 357

The system may automatically shut off and the ACC indicator will come on under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other conditions may reduce some of the ACC functions.

2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 351

Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).

Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,

reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).

Vehicle conditions The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (Wrong sized, varied size or construction,

improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). The camera temperature gets too hot. The parking brake is applied.

ACC with LSF Conditions and Limitations

357Continued* Not available on all models

358

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)*

D rivin

g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 358

Detection limitations A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you. The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is

too short. A vehicle or pedestrian cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes

suddenly. When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you

at high speed. The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small

vehicle. When there are animals in front of your vehicle. When you drive on a curved or winding or undulating road that makes it difficult

for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you. The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is

significantly large. An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you. Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle. When driving through a narrow iron bridge.

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)* D

rivin g

1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

If a vehicle detected ahead is going at a speed slower than your increased set speed, ACC with LSF may not accelerate your vehicle. This is to maintain the set following-distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 359

Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+/SET/ switch on the steering wheel.

Each time you press the switch up or down, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly.

If you keep the switch pressed up or down, the vehicle speed increases or decreases by about 5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly.

To Adjust the Vehicle Speed

To increase speed

To decrease speed

Continued 359

360

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)*

D rivin

g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 360

Press the (distance) button to change the ACC with LSF following-distance. Each time you press the button, the following- distance (the interval behind a vehicle detected ahead of you) setting cycles through short, middle, long, and extra long following- distances.

Determine the most appropriate following- distance setting based on your specific driving conditions. Be sure to adhere to any following-distance requirements set by local regulation.

To Set or Change Following-distance

Distance Button

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)* D

rivin g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 361

The higher your selected set speed is, the longer the short, middle, long or extra long following-distance becomes. See the following examples for your reference.

Following-distance When the Set Speed is:

50 mph (80 km/h) 65 mph (104 km/h)

Short 83 feet

25 meters 1.1 sec

100 feet 31 meters

1.1 sec

Middle 110 feet

33 meters 1.5 sec

137 feet 42 meters

1.5 sec

Long 154 feet

47 meters 2.1 sec

200 feet 61 meters

2.1 sec

Extra Long

204 feet 62 meters

2.8 sec

265 feet 81 meters

2.8 sec

361Continued

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)*

362

D rivin

g

1To Cancel

Resuming the prior set speed: After you have canceled ACC with LSF, you can resume the prior set speed while it is still displayed. Press the RES/+/SET/ switch up.

The set speed cannot be set or resumed when the MAIN button is turned off.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 362

To cancel ACC with LSF, do any of the following: Press the CANCEL button. Press the MAIN button. u ACC with LSF indicator goes off.

Depress the brake pedal. u When the LSF function has stopped the

vehicle, you cannot cancel ACC with LSF by depressing the brake pedal.

To Cancel

CANCEL Button

MAIN Button

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)* D

rivin g

1Automatic cancellation

Even though ACC with LSF has been automatically canceled, you can still resume the prior set speed. Wait until the condition that caused ACC with LSF to cancel improves, then press the RES/+/SET/ switch up.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 363

Automatic cancellation The beeper sounds and a message appears on the multi-information display when ACC with LSF is automatically canceled. Any of these conditions may cause the ACC with LSF to automatically cancel: Bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.) When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty. The vehicle ahead of you cannot be detected. An abnormal tire condition is detected, or the tires are skidding. Driving on a mountainous road, or driving off road for extended periods. Abrupt steering wheel movement. When the ABS, VSA or CMBSTM is activated. When the ABS or VSA system indicator comes on. When the vehicle is stopped on a very steep slope. When you manually apply the parking brake. When the detected vehicle within the ACC with LSF range is too close to your

vehicle. The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including

the windshield, gets dirty. The ACC with LSF automatic cancellation can be also triggered by the following causes. In these cases, the parking brake will be automatically applied. The drivers seat belt is unfastened when the vehicle is stationary. The vehicle stops for more than 10 minutes. The engine is turned off.

Continued 363

uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF)*

364

D rivin

g

1To Switch ACC with LSF to Cruise Control

Always be aware which mode you are in. When you are driving in Cruise mode, the system will not assist you to maintain a following-distance from a vehicle ahead of you.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 364

Press and hold the (distance) button for one second.

Cruise Mode Selected appears on the multi-information display for two seconds, and then the mode switches to Cruise.

To switch back to ACC with LSF, press and hold the button again for one second.

To Switch ACC with LSF to Cruise Control

ACC with LSF ON

Cruise Control ON

Distance Button

uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection* D

rivin g

1Forward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection*

Important Safety Reminder FCW with Pedestrian Detection cannot detect all objects ahead and may not detect a given object; accuracy of the system will vary based on weather, speed and other factors. FCW with Pedestrian Detection does not include a braking function. It is always your responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid collisions.

You can change the Forward Collision Warning Distance setting or turn the system on and off.

2 Customized Features P. 126, 259

You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.

2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 351

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 365

Forward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection*

Alerts you when it determines the possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or pedestrian detected in front of you.

If the system determines a collision is possible, it gives visual and audible alerts. u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change lanes,

etc.).

How the system works For a possible collision with a vehicle: Warnings may be given when your vehicle speed is about 10 mph (15 km/h) and above. For a possible collision with a pedestrian: Warnings may be given when your vehicle speed is between about 10 and 62 mph (15 and 100 km/h).

Long

Normal

Short

Your Vehicle Vehicle Ahead

You can set Long, Normal or Short for when warnings start:

365Continued* Not available on all models

366

uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection*

D rivin

g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 366

The camera is located behind the rearview mirror.

The beeper sounds and the BRAKE message appears in the multi- information display until a possible collision is avoided.

Beep

Audible Alert

Visual Alerts

uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection* D

rivin g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 367

Automatic shutoff FCW with Pedestrian Detection may automatically shut itself off and the FCW with Pedestrian Detection indicator comes and stays on when: The temperature inside the system is high. You drive off-road or on a mountain road, or curved and winding road for an

extended period. An abnormal tire condition is detected (wrong tire size, flat tire, etc.). The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including

the windshield, gets dirty. Once the conditions that caused FCW with Pedestrian Detection to shut off improve or are addressed (e.g., cleaning), the system comes back on.

367Continued

368

uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection*

D rivin

g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 368

In certain conditions FCW with pedestrian Detection may: Not activate, or may not detect a vehicle or pedestrian in front of your vehicle. Activate even when you are aware of a vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you, or

when there is no vehicle or pedestrian ahead. Some examples of these conditions are listed below.

Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between objects and the background. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles or pedestrians. Reflections on the interior of the front windshield. The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. Driving over bumps.

FCW with Pedestrian Detection Conditions and Limitations

uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection* D

rivin g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 369

Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,

reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).

Vehicle conditions Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. The inside of the windshield is fogged. The camera temperature gets too hot. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,

improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.

369Continued* Not available on all models

370

uuWhen DrivinguForward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection*

D rivin

g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 370

Detection limitations A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you. The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is

too short. A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly. When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you

at high speed. The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small

vehicle. When there are animals in front of your vehicle. When you drive on a curved winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for

the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you. The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is

significantly large.

When there is a group of people in front of your vehicle walking together side by side.

Surrounding conditions or belongings of the pedestrian alter the pedestrians shape, preventing the system from recognizing that the person is a pedestrian.

When the pedestrian is squatting. When the pedestrian is shorter than about 3.3 feet (1 meter) or taller than about

6.6 feet (2 meters) in height.

Limitations applicable to pedestrian detection only

uuWhen DrivinguLane Departure Warning (LDW)* D

rivin g

1Lane Departure Warning (LDW)*

Important Safety Reminder Like all assistance systems, LDW has limitations. Over-reliance on LDW may result in a collision. It is always your responsibility to keep the vehicle within your driving lane.

LDW only alerts you when lane drift is detected without a turn signal in use. LDW may not detect all lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will vary based on weather, speed and lane marker condition. It is always your responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid collisions.

You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.

2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 351

1How the System Activates

LDW may automatically shut off and the LDW indicator comes and stays on.

2 Indicators P. 86

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 371

Lane Departure Warning (LDW)*

Alerts you when the system determines a possibility of your vehicle unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings.

If your vehicle is getting too close to detected left or right side lane markings without a turn signal activated, LDW will give audible and visual alerts.

The beeper sounds and the Lane Departure message appears on the multi-information display, letting you know that you need to take appropriate action.

The system begins to search for lane markings when all the following conditions are met: The vehicle is traveling between 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h). The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road. The turn signals are off. The brake pedal is not depressed. The wipers are not in continuous operation.

How the System Works

How the System Activates

371Continued* Not available on all models

372

uuWhen DrivinguLane Departure Warning (LDW)*

D rivin

g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 372

Press the LDW button to turn the system on and off. u The indicator in the button comes on

when the system is on.

LDW On and Off

LDW Button

Indicator

uuWhen DrivinguLane Departure Warning (LDW)* D

rivin g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 373

LDW may not activate or may not recognize lanes, and may activate even when keeping in the middle of a lane, under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below.

Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers. Reflections on the interior of the front windshield.

Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,

reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). Driving on a road with temporary lane markings. Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road

repairs or old lane markings. The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection

or crosswalk). The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing. The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines. The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. Driving over bumps.

LDW Conditions and Limitations

373Continued

374

uuWhen DrivinguLane Departure Warning (LDW)*

D rivin

g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 374

Vehicle conditions Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. The inside of the windshield is fogged. The camera temperature gets too hot. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,

improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System* D

rivin g

1Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System*

Important Safety Reminder Like all assistance systems, the RDM system has limitations. Over-reliance on the RDM system may result in a collision. It is always your responsibility to keep the vehicle within your driving lane.

The RDM system only alerts you when lane drift is detected without a turn signal in use. The RDM system may not detect all lane markings or lane or roadway departures; accuracy will vary based on weather, speed and lane marker condition. It is always your responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid collisions.

You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.

2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 351

The RDM system may not work properly or may work improperly under the certain conditions:

2 RDM Conditions and Limitations P. 378

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 375

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System*

Alerts and helps to assist you when the system determines a possibility of your vehicle unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings.

The front camera behind the rearview mirror monitors left and right lane markings (in white or yellow). If your vehicle is getting too close to detected lane markings without a turn signal activated, the system, in addition to a visual alert, steers the vehicle with rapid vibrations on the steering wheel, to help you remain within your driving lane.

As a visual alert, the Lane Departure message appears on the multi-information display.

If the system determines that its steering input is insufficient to keep your vehicle on the roadway, it may apply braking. u Braking is applied only when the lane

markings are solid continuous lines. The system cancels assisting operations when you turn the steering wheel to avoid crossing over detected lane markings.

If the system operates several times without detecting driver response, the system beeps to alert you.

How the System Works

375Continued* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System*

376

D rivin

g

1How the System Activates

The RDM system may automatically shut off and the indicator comes and stays on. 2 Indicators P. 87

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 376

The system becomes ready to start searching for lane markings when all the following conditions are met: The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h). The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road. The turn signals are off. The brake pedal is not depressed. The wipers are not in continuous operation. The vehicle is not accelerating or braking, and the steering wheel is not being

turned. The system makes a determination that the driver is not actively accelerating,

braking or steering.

How the System Activates

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System* D

rivin g

1RDM On and Off

When you have selected Warning Only from the customized options using the multi-information display, the system does not operate the steering wheel and braking.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 377

Press the RDM button to turn the system on and off. u The indicator in the button comes on and

the message appears on the multi- information display when the system is on.

RDM On and Off

RDM Button

Indicator

Continued 377

378

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System*

D rivin

g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 378

The system may not properly detect lane markings and the position of your vehicle under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below.

Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers. Reflections on the interior of the front windshield.

Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,

reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). Driving on a road with temporary lane markings. Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road

repairs or old lane markings. The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection

or crosswalk). The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing. The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines. The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. Driving over bumps.

RDM Conditions and Limitations

uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System* D

rivin g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 379

Vehicle conditions Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. The inside of the windshield is fogged. The camera temperature gets too hot. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,

improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.

379* Not available on all models

380

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*

D rivin

g

1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*

Important Safety Reminders The LKAS is for your convenience only. It is not a substitute for your vehicle control. The system does not work if you take your hands off the steering wheel or fail to steer the vehicle.

2 Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages P. 113

LKAS only alerts you when lane drift is detected without a turn signal in use. LKAS may not detect all lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will vary based on weather, speed, and lane marker condition. It is always your responsibility to safely operate the vehicle and avoid collisions.

The LKAS is convenient when it is used on freeways.

The LKAS may not work properly or may work improperly under the certain conditions:

2 LKAS Conditions and Limitations P. 384

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 380

Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*

Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and provides audible and visual alerts if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.

Normal or Wide selected. Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel and a warning display alert you that the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.

Models with RDM

Warning Only selected. Beeps and a warning display alert you that the vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.

Models with LDW Models with RDM

When you operate the turn signals to change lanes, the system is suspended, and resumes after the signals are off. If you make a lane change without operating the turn signals, the LKAS alerts activate, and torque is applied to the steering.

LKAS camera Monitors the lane lines

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)* D

rivin g

1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*

You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.

2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 351

If the vehicle drifts toward either left or right lane line due to the system applying torque, turn off the LKAS and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 381

The system can be used when the following conditions are met. The lane in which you are driving has detectable lane markers on both sides, and

your vehicle is in the center of the lane. The vehicle speed is between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h). You are driving on a straight or slightly curved road. The turn signals are off. The brake pedal is not depressed. The wipers are not in continuous operation.

How to activate the system 1. Press the MAIN button. u The LKAS is on in the multi-information

display. The system is ready to use.

2. Press the LKAS button. u Lane outlines appear on the multi-

information display. The system is activated.

When the System can be Used

MAIN Button

LKAS Button

Continued 381* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*

382

D rivin

g

1When the System can be Used

The LKAS temporarily deactivates when it fails to detect lane lines. When the system detects the lines again, it comes back on automatically.

1To cancel

Pressing the MAIN button also turns ACC with LSF on and off.

Pressing the MAIN button also turns cruise control on and off.

Models with ACC

Models without ACC

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 382

3. Keep your vehicle near the center of the lane while driving. u The dotted outer lines change to solid

ones once the system starts operating after detecting the left and right lane markings.

To cancel the LKAS: Press the MAIN or LKAS button.

The LKAS is turned off every time you stop the engine, even if you turned it on the last time you drove the vehicle.

Models with ACC is shown.

To cancel

MAIN Button

LKAS Button

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)* D

rivin g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 383

The system operation is suspended if you:

Set the wipers to continuous operation. u Turning the wipers off resumes the

LKAS. Decrease the vehicle speed to about 40

mph (64 km/h) or less. u Increasing the vehicle speed to about 45

mph (72 km/h) or more resumes the LKAS.

Depress the brake pedal. u The LKAS resumes and starts detecting

the lane lines again once you release the brake pedal.

The LKAS may automatically be suspended when: The system fails to detect lane lines. The steering wheel is quickly turned. You fail to steer the vehicle. The vehicle runs on a curved road over the speed limit.

Once these conditions no longer exist, the LKAS automatically resumes.

The LKAS may automatically be canceled when: The camera temperature gets too high. The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including

the windshield, gets dirty.

When the LKAS is suspended, the lane lines on the multi- information display change to contour lines, and the beeper sounds.

383Continued

384

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)*

D rivin

g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 384

The system may not detect lane markings and therefore may not keep the vehicle in the middle of a lane under certain conditions, including the following:

Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers. Reflections on the interior of the front windshield.

Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,

reflected lights, road spray, high contrast). Driving on a road with temporary lane markings. Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road

repairs or old lane markings. The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection

or crosswalk). The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing. The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines. The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill. Driving over bumps.

LKAS Conditions and Limitations

uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)* D

rivin g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 385

Vehicle conditions Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. The inside of the windshield is fogged. The camera temperature gets too hot. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,

improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.

385* Not available on all models

386

uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System

D rivin

g

1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System

The VSA may not function properly if tire type and size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and type of tire, and the air pressures as specified.

When the VSA system indicator comes on and stays on while driving, there may be a problem with the system. While this may not interfere with normal driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.

VSA cannot enhance stability in all driving situations and does not control the entire braking system. You still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and always leave a sufficient margin of safety.

The main function of the VSA system is generally known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The system also includes a traction control function.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 386

Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System VSA helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces. It does so by regulating engine output and selectively applying the brakes.

When the VSA system indicator comes on and stays on while driving, there may be a problem with the system. While this may not interfere with normal driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.

VSA Operation

VSA System Indicator

uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System D

rivin g

1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System

With the button pressed, your vehicle will have normal braking and cornering ability, but VSA traction and stability enhancement becomes less effective.

In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier to free it with the button pressed.

When the button is pressed, the traction control function becomes less effective. This allows for the wheels to spin more freely at low speed. You should only attempt to free your vehicle with the button pressed if you are not able to free it without.

Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to press the button again. We do not recommend driving your vehicle with the button pressed (indicator on).

You may hear a motor sound coming from the engine compartment while system checks are being performed immediately after starting the engine or while driving. This is normal.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 387

This button is on the driver side control panel. To partially turn the VSA features on and off, press and hold it until you hear a beep.

The traction control stops fully functioning, allowing the wheels to spin more freely at low speed. The VSA OFF indicator will also come on.

To turn it on again, press the (VSA OFF) button until you hear a beep.

VSA is turned on every time you start the engine, even if you turned it off the last time you drove the vehicle.

VSA OFF Button

VSA OFF Indicator

387

388

uuWhen DrivinguAgile Handling Assist System

D rivin

g

1Agile Handling Assist System

The agile handling assist system cannot enhance stability in all driving situations. You still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and always leave a sufficient margin of safety.

When the VSA system indicator comes on and stays on while driving, the agile handling assist system does not activate.

You may hear a sound coming from the engine compartment while the system is activated. This is normal.

1Precision All-Wheel SteerTM (P-AWS) System*

The Precision All-Wheel SteerTM (P-AWS) system cannot enhance vehicle control and stability in all driving situations. You still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and always leave a sufficient margin of safety.

The toe setting of the rear wheels may get stuck in a non-centered setting if the system malfunctions while driving. This can cause the vehicle to pull to a side even as you keep the steering wheel in the center position. If this occurs, the system automatically limits the vehicle speed to a maximum of 50 mph (80 km/h). Reduce your speed and be extra cautious, as handling may be difficult. Go to a dealer immediately.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 388

Agile Handling Assist System Lightly brakes each of the front and rear wheels, as needed, when you turn the steering wheel, and helps support the vehicles stability and performance during cornering.

Precision All-Wheel SteerTM (P-AWS) System*

Monitors road conditions while you are driving. In response to current driving conditions, the system automatically makes slight adjustment to the relative rear wheel toe settings to help enhance vehicle control and stability.

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguBlind Spot Information (BSI) System* D

rivin g

1Blind Spot Information (BSI) System*

Important Safety Reminder Like all assistance systems, BSI has limitations. Over reliance on BSI may result in a collision.

The system is for your convenience only. Even if an object is within the alert zone, the following situations may occur. The BSI alert indicator may not come on due to

obstruction (splashes, etc.) even without the Blind Spot Not Available multi-information display appearing.

The BSI alert indicator may come on even with the message appearing.

The BSI alert indicator may not come on under the following conditions: A vehicle does not stay in the alert zone for more

than two seconds. A vehicle is parked in a side lane. The speed difference between your vehicle and the

vehicle you are passing is greater than 6 mph (10 km/h).

An object not detected by the radar sensors approaches or passes your vehicle.

3WARNING Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to change lanes before doing so may result in a crash and serious injury or death. Do not rely only on the blind spot information system when changing lanes.

Always look in your mirrors, to either side of your vehicle, and behind you for other vehicles before changing lanes.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 389

Blind Spot Information (BSI) System*

Is designed to detect vehicles in specified alert zones adjacent to your vehicle, particularly in harder to see areas commonly known as blind spots.

When the system detects vehicles approaching from behind in adjacent lanes, the appropriate indicator comes on for a few seconds, providing assistance when you change lanes.

How the system works

The transmission is in (D. Your vehicle speed is

between 20 mph (32 km/h) and 100 mph (160 km/h)

Alert zone range A: Approx. 1.6 ft. (0.5 m) B: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m) C: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m)

Radar Sensors: underneath the rear bumper corners

Alert Zone A

B

C

389Continued* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguBlind Spot Information (BSI) System*

390

D rivin

g

1Blind Spot Information (BSI) System*

You can change the setting for BSI. 2 Customized Features P. 126, 259

BSI may be adversely affected when: Objects (guard rails, poles, trees, etc,.) are

detected. An object that does not reflect radio waves well,

such as a motorcycle, is in the alert zone. Driving on a curved road. A vehicle is moving from a far lane to the adjacent

lane. The system picks up external electrical interference. The rear bumper or the sensors have been improperly

repaired or the rear bumper has been deformed. The orientation of the sensors has been changed. In bad weather (Heavy rain, snow, and fog).

For a proper BSI use: Always keep the rear bumper corner area clean. Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with

labels or stickers of any kind. Take your vehicle to a dealer if you need the rear

bumper corner area or the radar sensors to be repaired, or the rear bumper corner area is strongly impacted.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 390

When the system detects a vehicle

Comes on when: A vehicle enters the alert zone from behind

to overtake you with a speed difference of no more than 31 mph (50 km/h) from your vehicle.

You pass a vehicle with a speed difference of no more than 12 mph (20 km/h).

BSI Alert Indicator: Located near the outside rearview mirror on both sides.

Blinks and a beeper sounds when: You move the turn signal lever in the direction of the detected vehicle. The beeper sounds three times.

Comes On

Blinks

* Not available on all models

uuWhen DrivinguSuper Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD)* D

rivin g

1Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD)*

The SH-AWD system may not function properly if tire type and size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and type of tire, and the air pressures as specified.

2 Tire and Wheel Replacement P. 462

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 391

Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD)*

The system controls and transfers varying amounts of engine torque to each wheel in accordance with the driving conditions.

SH-AWD helps to enhance driving stability, and lets you handle situations like slippery surfaces, such as on wet, icy, or snowy roads, better than when driving with two wheel drive. However, the system does not help to enhance braking. Be precautious about the following: It is still your responsibility to drive safely when you steer, accelerate, and apply

brakes. Leave a sufficient margin when braking on slippery surfaces.

391* Not available on all models

392

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

D rivin

g

1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

Conditions such as low ambient temperature and altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come on.

2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks P. 508

Tire pressure checked and inflated in: Warm weather can become under-inflated in

colder weather. Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer

weather. The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will not come on as a result of over inflation.

The TPMS audibly and visually informs you of changes in tire pressure of the individual tire that you are adjusting using audible and visual indications.

2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks P. 508

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 392

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Monitors the tire pressure while you are driving. If your vehicles tire pressure becomes significantly low, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on and a message appears on the multi-information display.

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) D

rivin g

1Tire Pressure Monitor

The pressure displayed on the multi-information display can be slightly different from the actual pressure as measured by a gauge. If there is a significant difference between the two values, or if the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator and the message on the multi-information display do not go off after you have inflated the tire to the specified pressure, have the system checked by a dealer.

Tire Pressure Monitor Problem/CHECK TPMS SYSTEM may appear if you drive with the compact spare tire*, or there is a problem with the TPMS.

If a change in tire pressure has been significant the beeper and hazard warning lights may do lay in sounding and flashing when the specific tire pressure is reached.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 393

To select the tire pressure monitor, set the power mode to ON, and roll the right selector wheel until you see the tire pressure screen.

The pressure for each tire is displayed in PSI (U.S.) or kPa (Canada).

Tire Pressures Low/CHECK TIRE PRESSURE is displayed when a tire has significantly low pressure. The specific tire is displayed on the screen.

Tire Pressure Monitor

Models without full color display

Models with full color display

Models without full color display

Models with full color display

393* Not available on all models

394

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation

D rivin

g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 394

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label.

(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale

when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure.

Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicles handling and stopping ability.

uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation D

rivin g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 395

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the drivers responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.

TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.

Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.

395

396

D rivin

g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 396

Braking

1Parking Brake

You may hear the electric parking brake system motor operating from the rear wheel area when you apply or release the parking brake, or set the power mode to OFF. This is normal.

The brake pedal may slightly move due to the electric parking brake system operation when you apply or release the parking brake. This is normal.

You cannot apply or release the parking brake if the battery goes dead.

2 Jump Starting P. 498

If you pull up the electric parking brake switch while driving, all four brakes get applied, not the parking brake.

In the following situations, the parking brake automatically operates. When the vehicle stops more than 10 minutes

while ACC with LSF* is activated. When the drivers seat belt is unfastened while your

vehicle is stopped automatically by ACC with LSF*. When the engine is turned off while ACC with LSF*

is activated. When the vehicle stops with the automatic brake

hold system activated for more than 10 minutes. When the drivers seat belt is unfastened while

your vehicle is stopped and brake hold is applied. When the engine is turned off while brake hold is

applied. When there is a problem with the Brake Hold

System.

Brake System

Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parked. You can manually apply and release, or automatically release it.

Manual operations Use the electric parking brake switch to apply or release the brake. Manually releasing the parking brake using the switch helps your vehicle start slowly and smoothly when facing down hill on steep hills.

To apply manually Pull the electric parking brake switch up gently and securely. u The electric parking brake indicator

comes on.

Parking Brake

Electric Parking Brake Switch

Models with electronic gear selector

Electric Parking Brake Switch

Models with shift lever

* Not available on all models

uuBrakinguBrake System D

rivin g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 397

To release manually 1. Depress the brake pedal. 2. Press the electric parking brake switch. u The electric parking brake indicator goes

off.

Electric Parking Brake Switch

Models with electronic gear selector

Models with shift lever

Electric Parking Brake Switch

397Continued

uuBrakinguBrake System

398

D rivin

g

1Parking Brake

If the parking brake cannot be released automatically, release it manually.

The parking brake cannot be released automatically while the following indicators are on: Malfunction indicator lamp Transmission indicator

The parking brake may not be released automatically while the following indicators are on: Electric parking brake system indicator VSA system indicator ABS indicator Supplemental restraint system indicator

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 398

To release automatically Depressing the accelerator pedal releases the parking brake. Use the accelerator pedal to release the brake when you are starting the vehicle facing uphill, or in a traffic jam.

Gently depress the accelerator pedal. When on a hill, it may require more accelerator input to release. u The electric parking brake indicator goes

off.

You can release the parking brake automatically when: You are wearing the drivers seat belt. The engine is running. The transmission is not in (P or (N .

Accelerator Pedal

uuBrakinguBrake System D

rivin g

1Foot Brake

Check the brakes after driving through deep water, or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the pedal several times.

If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when applying the brakes, the brake pads need to be replaced. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake effectiveness. Apply engine braking by taking your foot off the accelerator pedal and downshifting to a lower gear.

Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad life. It will also confuse drivers behind you.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 399

Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. The brake assist system increases the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an emergency situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering control when braking very hard.

2 Brake Assist System P. 403 2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 402

Foot Brake

Continued 399

uuBrakinguBrake System

400

D rivin

g

1Automatic Brake Hold

3WARNING Activating the automatic brake hold system on steep hills or slippery roads may still allow the vehicle to move if you remove your foot from the brake pedal.

If a vehicle unexpectedly moves, it may cause a crash resulting in serious injury or death.

Never activate the automatic brake hold system or rely on it to keep a vehicle from moving when stopped on a steep hill or slippery roads.

3WARNING Using the automatic brake hold system to park the vehicle may result in the vehicle unexpectedly moving.

If a vehicle moves unexpectedly, it may cause a crash, resulting in serious injury or death.

Never leave the vehicle when braking is temporarily kept by automatic brake hold and always park the vehicle by putting the transmission in (P and applying the parking brake.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 400

Keeps the brake applied after releasing the brake pedal until the accelerator pedal is pressed. You can use this system while the vehicle is temporarily stopped, such as when you stop at a traffic light.

Automatic Brake Hold

Turning on the system

Fasten your seat belt properly, then start the engine. Press the automatic brake hold button. The automatic brake

hold system indicator comes on. The system is turned on.

Activating the system

Depress the brake pedal to come to a complete stop. The transmission must be in (D or (N. The automatic brake

hold indicator comes on. Braking is kept for up to 10 minutes.

Release the brake pedal after the automatic brake hold indicator comes on.

Canceling the system

Depress the accelerator pedal while the transmission is in (D or (R. The system is canceled and the vehicle starts to move. The automatic brake

hold indicator goes off. The system continues to be on.

Accelerator PedalBrake PedalAutomatic Brake Hold Button

Goes Off

On On On

On

On

U.S.

Canada

uuBrakinguBrake System D

rivin g

1Automatic Brake Hold

While the system is activated, you can turn off the engine or park the vehicle through the same procedure as you normally do.

2 When Stopped P. 411

Whether the system is on, or the system is activated, the automatic brake hold turns off once the engine is off.

1Turning on the system

Make sure to turn off the automatic brake hold system before using an automated car wash.

You may hear an operating noise if the vehicle moves while the automatic brake hold system is in operation. The system generates sound while holding the vehicle and it moves.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 401

The system automatically cancels when: You depress the brake pedal and change to (P or (R . You engage the parking brake.

Under the following conditions, the system automatically cancels, and the parking brake is applied: Braking is kept for more than 10 minutes. The drivers seat belt is unfastened. The engine is turned off. Brake Hold System Problem appears on the multi-information display.

Turning off the automatic brake hold system While the system is on, press the automatic brake hold button again. u The automatic brake hold system

indicator goes off.

If you want to turn off automatic brake hold while the system is in operation, press the automatic brake hold button with the brake pedal depressed.

Automatic Brake Hold Button

Goes Off

401

402

uuBrakinguAnti-lock Brake System (ABS)

D rivin

g

1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)

NOTICE The ABS may not function correctly if you use an incorrect tire type and size.

When the ABS indicator comes on while driving, there may be a problem with the system. While normal braking is not affected, there is a possibility of the ABS not operating. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.

The ABS does not reduce the time or distance it takes to stop the vehicle. It only helps with steering control during hard braking.

In the following cases, your vehicle may need more stopping distance than a vehicle without the ABS: When driving on rough road surfaces, including

when driving on uneven surfaces, such as gravel or snow.

When tire chains are installed.

You may hear a motor sound coming from the engine compartment while system checks are being performed immediately after starting the engine or while driving. This is normal.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 402

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)

Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you.

The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading.

You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as stomp and steer.

ABS operation The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Keep holding the pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you will need to press on the brake pedal very hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel the ABS activate immediately if you are trying to stop on snow or ice.

When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops.

ABS

uuBrakinguBrake Assist System D

rivin g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 403

Brake Assist System

Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress the brake pedal hard during emergency braking.

Brake assist system operation Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking.

When brake assist operates, the pedal may wiggle slightly and an operating noise may be heard. This is normal. Keep holding the brake pedal firmly down.

Brake Assist System

403

404

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)*

D rivin

g

1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)*

Important Safety Reminder The CMBSTM is designed to reduce the severity of an unavoidable collision. It does not prevent collision nor stop the vehicle automatically. It is still your responsibility to operate the brake pedal and steering wheel appropriately according to the driving conditions.

The CMBSTM may not activate or may not detect a vehicle in front of your vehicle under certain conditions:

2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 408

You can read about handling information for the camera equipped with this system.

2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 351

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 404

Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)*

Can assist you when there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a pedestrian detected in front of yours. The CMBSTM is designed to alert you when a potential collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help minimize collision severity when a collision is deemed unavoidable.

How the system works

The system starts monitoring the roadway ahead when your vehicle speed is about 3 mph (5 km/h) and there is a vehicle in front of you.

The radar sensor is in the front grille.

The CMBSTM activates when: The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian

detected in front of you becomes about 3 mph (5 km/h) and over with a chance of a collision.

Your vehicle speed is about 62 mph (100 km/h) or less and there is a chance of a collision with an oncoming detected vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you.

The camera is located behind the rearview mirror.

When to use

* Not available on all models

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)* D

rivin g

1When the system activates

The camera in the CMBSTM is also designed to detect pedestrians. However, this pedestrian detection feature may not activate or may not detect a pedestrian in front of your vehicle under certain conditions. Refer to the ones indicating the pedestrian detection limitations from the list.

2 FCW with Pedestrian Detection Conditions and Limitations P. 368

The head-up warning uses a lens located at the front end of the dashboard. Do not cover the lens or spill any liquid on it.

Lens

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 405

When the system activates

At systems earliest collision alert stage, you can change the distance (Long/ Normal/Short) between vehicles at which alerts will come on through multi- information display setting options.

2 List of customizable options P. 129, 267

The system provides visual and audible alerts of a possible collision, and stops if the collision is avoided. u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change

lanes, etc.)

Beep

Head-up Warning Lights

Visual Alerts

Audible Alert

Continued 405

406

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)*

D rivin

g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 406

The system has three alert stages for a possible collision. However, depending on circumstances, the CMBSTM may not go through all of the stages before initiating the last stage.

Collision Alert Stages

Distance between vehicles

CMBSTM

The radar sensor detects a vehicle

E-pretensioner Audible & Visual WARNINGS Braking

Stage one

There is a risk of a collision with the vehicle ahead of you.

When in Long, visual and audible alerts come on at a longer distance from a vehicle ahead than in Normal setting, and in Short, at a shorter distance than in Normal.

Stage two

The risk of a collision has increased, time to respond is reduced.

Retracts the drivers seat belt gently a few times, providing a physical warning.

Visual and audible alerts.

Lightly applied

Stage three

The CMBSTM determines that a collision is unavoidable.

Forcefully tightens driver and front passenger seat belts. Forcefully

applied

Your Vehicle

Vehicle Ahead

Normal ShortLong

Your Vehicle

Vehicle Ahead

Your Vehicle

Vehicle Ahead

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)* D

rivin g

1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)*

The CMBSTM may automatically shut off, and the CMBSTM indicator will come and stay on under certain conditions:

2 CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations P. 408

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 407

Press this button for about one second to turn the system on and off.

When the CMBSTM is off: The beeper sounds. The CMBSTM indicator in the instrument

panel comes on. A message on the multi-information display

reminds you that the system is off.

The CMBSTM is in the previously selected ON or OFF setting each time you start the engine.

CMBSTM On and Off

Continued 407* Not available on all models

408

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)*

D rivin

g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 408

The system may automatically shut off and the CMBSTM indicator will come on under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other conditions may reduce some of the CMBSTM functions.

2 Front Sensor Camera* P. 351

Environmental conditions Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel. There is little contrast between objects and the background. Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk). Strong light is reflected onto the roadway. Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc. Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles and pedestrians. Reflections on the interior of the front windshield.

Roadway conditions Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,

reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).

CMBSTM Conditions and Limitations

* Not available on all models

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)* D

rivin g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 409

Vehicle conditions Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted. The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc. The inside of the windshield is fogged. An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,

improperly inflated, compact spare tire*, etc.). The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications. The camera temperature gets too hot. Driving with the parking brake applied. When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty.

Detection limitations A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you. The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is

too short. A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly. When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you

at high speed. The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small

vehicle. When there are animals in front of your vehicle. When you drive on a curved, winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for

the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you. The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is

significantly large. An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you. You vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle. When driving through a narrow iron bridge.

409Continued* Not available on all models

uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)*

410

D rivin

g

1Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM)*

For the CMBSTM to work properly:

Always keep the radar sensor cover clean.

Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder for cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a mild detergent.

Do not put a sticker on the emblem or replace the emblem.

If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly impacted, turn off the system by pressing the CMBSTM off button and take your vehicle to a dealer.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 410

The CMBSTM may activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead of you, or when there is no vehicle ahead. Some examples of this are:

When Passing Your vehicle approaches another vehicle ahead of you and you change lanes to pass.

At an intersection Your vehicle approaches or passes another vehicle that is making a left or right turn.

On a curve When driving through curves, your vehicle comes to a point where an oncoming vehicle is right in front of you.

Through a low bridge at high speed You drive under a low or narrow bridge at high speed.

Speed bumps, road work sites, train tracks, roadside objects, etc. You drive over speed bumps, steel road plates, etc., or your vehicle approaches train tracks or roadside objects [such as a traffic sign and guard rail] on a curve or, when parking, stationary vehicles and walls.

With Little Chance of a Collision

* Not available on all models

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 411

Parking Your Vehicle

D

rivin g

1Parking Your Vehicle

Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects, such as dry grass, oil, or timber. Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire.

1When Stopped

NOTICE The following can damage the transmission: Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals

simultaneously. Changing into (P before the vehicle stops

completely.

When facing uphill, do not hold the vehicle by depressing the accelerator pedal. Doing so may cause the items to malfunction or a fire inside the vehicle.

Raise the wiper arms when snow is expected.

3WARNING The vehicle can roll away if left unattended without confirming that Park is engaged.

Always keep your foot on the brake pedal until you have confirmed that (P is shown on the gear position Indicator.

When Stopped 1. Depress the brake pedal firmly. 2. With the brake pedal depressed, pull up the electric parking brake switch slowly,

but fully. 3. Change the gear position to (P . 4. Turn off the engine. u The electric parking brake indicator goes off in about 15 seconds.

Always confirm the electric parking brake is set, particularly if you are parked on an incline.

411

412

uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System*

D rivin

g

1Parking Sensor System*

Even when the system is on, always confirm if there is no obstacle near your vehicle before parking.

The system may not work properly when: The sensors are covered with snow, ice, mud or

dirt. The vehicle is on uneven surface, such as grass,

bumps, or a hill. The vehicle has been out in hot or cold weather. The system is affected by some electronic devices

that generate ultrasonic wave. Driving in bad weather.

The system may not sense: Thin or low objects. Sonic-absorptive materials, such as snow, cotton,

or sponge. Objects directly under the bumper.

Do not put any accessories on or around the sensors.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 412

Parking Sensor System*

The corner and center sensors monitor obstacles around your vehicle. The beeper and audio/information screen lets you know the approximate distance between your vehicle and the obstacle.

The sensor location and range

Within about 24 in (60 cm) or less

Front Corner Sensors Rear Corner Sensors

Rear Center Sensors

Within about 43 in (110 cm) or less

* Not available on all models

uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System* D

rivin g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 413

Parking sensor system on and off With the power mode in ON, press the parking sensor system button to turn the system on or off. The indicator in the button comes on and the beeper sounds when the system is on.

The rear center and corner sensors start to detect an obstacle when the transmission is in (R, and the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8 km/h).

The front corner sensors start to detect an obstacle when the transmission is not in (P, and the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8 km/h).

413Continued

414

uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System*

D rivin

g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 414

When the distance between your vehicle and obstacles behind becomes shorter

*1: At this stage, only the center sensors detect obstacles.

Length of the intermittent beep

Distance between the Bumper and Obstacle Indicator Audio/information screen

Corner Sensors Center Sensors

Moderate Rear: About 43-24 in

(110-60 cm) Blinks in Yellow*1

Short About 24-18 in

(60-45 cm) About 24-18 in

(60-45 cm) Blinks in Amber

Very short About 18-14 in

(45-35 cm) About 18-14 in

(45-35 cm)

Continuous About 14 in

(35 cm) or less About 14 in

(35 cm) or less Blinks in Red

Indicators light where the sensor detects an obstacle.

uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System* D

rivin g

1Turning off All Rear Sensors

When you set the gear position to (R, the indicator in the parking sensor system button blinks as a reminder that the rear sensors have been turned off.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 415

1. Make sure that the parking sensor system is not activated. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).

2. Press and hold the parking sensor system button, and set the power mode to ON. 3. Keep pressing the button for 10 seconds. Release the button when the indicator

in the button flashes. 4. Press the button again. The indicator in the button goes off. u The beeper sounds twice. The rear sensors are now turned off.

To turn the rear sensors on again, follow the above procedure. The beeper sounds three times when the rear sensors come back on.

Turning off All Rear Sensors

415

416

uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor*

D rivin

g

1Cross Traffic Monitor*

3CAUTION Cross Traffic Monitor cannot detect all approaching vehicles and may not detect an approaching vehicle at all.

Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to back up the vehicle before doing so may result in a collision.

Do not solely rely on the system when reversing; always also use your mirrors, and look behind and to the sides of your vehicle before reversing.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 416

Cross Traffic Monitor*

Monitors the rear corner areas using the radar sensors when reversing, and alerts you if a vehicle approaching from a rear corner is detected.

The system is convenient when you are backing out of a parking space.

* Not available on all models

uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor* D

rivin g

1Cross Traffic Monitor*

Cross Traffic Monitor may not detect an approaching vehicle, or may delay alerting you under the following conditions: A vehicle, which is parked adjacent to your vehicle,

is blocking the radar sensors scope. Your vehicle is moving at the speed of about 3 mph

(5 km/h) or higher. A vehicle is approaching at the speed other than

between about 6 and 16 mph (10 and 25 km/h). The system picks up external interference such as

other radar sensors from another vehicle or strong radio wave transmitted from a facility nearby.

Either corner of the rear bumper is covered with snow, ice, mud or dirt.

When there is bad weather. Your vehicle is on an incline. Your vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load in the rear. The rear bumper or the sensors have been

improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been deformed. Have a vehicle checked by a dealer.

For proper operation, always keep the rear bumper corner area clean. Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with labels or stickers of any kind.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 417

The system activates when: The power mode is in ON. The Cross Traffic Monitor system is turned

on. 2 Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off P. 418 2 Customized Features P. 259

The transmission is in (R . Your vehicle is moving at 3 mph (5 km/h) or

lower.

When a vehicle is detected approaching from a rear corner, Cross Traffic Monitor alerts you with a buzzer and a displayed warning.

The system will not detect a vehicle that approaches from directly behind your vehicle, nor will it provide alerts about a detected vehicle when it moves directly behind your vehicle.

The system does not detect or provide alerts for a vehicle that is moving away from your vehicle, and it may not detect or alert for pedestrians, bicycles, or stationary objects.

How the System Works

Radar sensors: Underneath the rear bumper corners

Continued 417* Not available on all models

uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor*

418

D rivin

g

1When the System Detects a Vehicle

If the on the lower right changes to when the transmission is in (R, mud snow or ice may have accumulated in the vicinity of the sensor. Check the bumper corners for any obstructions, and thoroughly clean the area if necessary.

If the comes on when the transmission is in (R, there may be a problem with the Cross Traffic Monitor system. Do not use the system and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 418

An arrow icon appears on the side a vehicle is approaching on the audio/information screen.

You can switch on and off the system using the audio/information screen.

2 Customized Features P. 259

When the System Detects a Vehicle

Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off

Rear Wide View Rear Normal View

Arrow Icon

Icon

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 419

Multi-View Rear Camera

D

rivin g

1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera

The rear camera view is restricted. You cannot see the corner ends of the bumper or what is underneath the bumper. Its unique lens also makes objects appear closer or farther than they actually are.

Visually confirm that it is safe to drive before backing up. Certain conditions (such as weather, lighting, and high temperatures) may also restrict the rear view. Do not rely on the rearview display which does not give you all information about conditions at the back of your vehicle.

If the camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture, use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free of debris.

You can change the Fixed Guideline and Dynamic Guideline settings.

2 Customized Features P. 259

Fixed Guideline On: Guidelines appear when you change the gear position to (R. Off: Guidelines do not appear. Dynamic Guideline On: Guidelines move according to the steering wheel direction. Off: Guidelines do not move.

About Your Multi-View Rear Camera The audio/information screen can display your vehicles rear view. The display automatically changes to the rear view when the gear position is changed to (R .

You can view three different camera angles on the rearview display. Press the interface dial to switch the angle.

If Top View is last used before you turn the power mode to OFF, Wide mode is selected next time you turn the power mode to ON and change to (R .

Multi-View Rear Camera Display Area

Top Down View Mode

Normal View Mode

Wide View Mode

Guidelines

Bumper

Camera

Approx. 118 inches (3 m)

Approx. 79 inches (2 m)

Approx. 39 inches (1 m)

Approx. 20 inches (50 cm)

419

420

D rivin

g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 420

Refueling

1Fuel Information

NOTICE We recommend quality gasoline containing detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain good performance, fuel economy, and emissions control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is available.

Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely affect performance, and cause the malfunction indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on. If this happens, contact a dealer for service. Some gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such as ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on oxygenated gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol. If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try another service station or switch to another brand of gasoline.

Fuel Information Fuel recommendation

Use of lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the engine and will result in decreased engine performance. Use of gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to engine damage.

Top tier detergent gasoline Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Acura endorses the use of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline where available to help maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive manufacturers to meet the needs of todays advanced engines.

Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline standards at the retail location. This fuel is guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic additives in gasoline, help avoid build-up of deposits in your engine and emission control system.

For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit Acura Owners at owners.acura.com. In Canada, visit www.acura.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more information on top tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com.

Fuel tank capacity: 17.2 US gal (65 liters)

Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or higher

uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel D

rivin g

1How to Refuel

Only a service station filler nozzle can be used.

The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result of changes in air temperature.

If the fuel nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is not full, there may be a problem with the pumps fuel vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump. If this does not fix the problem, consult a dealer.

Do not continue to add fuel after the nozzle has automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed the full tank capacity.

If you have to refuel your vehicle from a portable container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle.

2 Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container P. 518

3WARNING Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive. You can be burned or seriously injured when handling fuel. Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks,

and flame away. Handle fuel only outdoors. Wipe up spills immediately.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 421

How to Refuel Your fuel tank is not equipped with a fuel fill cap. You can insert the filler nozzle directly into the filler pipe. The tank seals itself again when you pull out the filler nozzle.

1. Stop your vehicle with the service station pump on the left side of the vehicle in the rear.

2. Turn off the engine. 3. Press the fuel fill door release button. u The fuel fill door opens.

4. Place the end of the filler nozzle on the lower part of filler opening, then insert it slowly and fully. u Make sure that the end of the filler

nozzle goes down along with the filler pipe.

u Keep the filler nozzle level. u When the tank is full, the filler nozzle will

click off automatically. u After filling, wait about five seconds

before removing the filler nozzle. 5. Shut the fuel fill door by hand.

421

422

D rivin

g

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 422

Fuel Economy

1Improving Fuel Economy

Direct calculation is the recommended method to determine actual fuel consumed while driving.

In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are established following a simulated test. For more information on how this test is performed, please visit http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/

Miles driven Gallons of fuel

Miles per Gallon

100 L per 100 kmLiters of fuel

Kilometers driven

Improving Fuel Economy Fuel economy depends on several conditions, including driving conditions, your driving habits, the condition of your vehicle, and loading. Depending on these and other conditions, you may or may not achieve the rated fuel economy of this vehicle.

You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle. Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the multi-information display. Use the recommended viscosity engine oil, displaying the API Certification Seal. Maintain the specified tire pressure. Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo. Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicles underside

adds weight and increases wind resistance.

Maintenance and Fuel Economy

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 423

Accessories and Modifications

D

rivin g

1Accessories and Modifications

Acura Genuine accessories are recommended to ensure proper operation on your vehicle.

3WARNING Improper accessories or modifications can affect your vehicles handling, stability, and performance, and cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.

Follow all instructions in this owners manual regarding accessories and modifications.

Accessories When installing accessories, check the following: Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and

delay your reaction to driving conditions. Do not install any accessories over areas marked SRS Airbag, on the sides or backs

of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows. Accessories installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the vehicles airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags deploy.

Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with proper operation of your vehicle.

2 Fuses P. 510

Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for assistance. If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation.

Modifications Do not modify your vehicle or use non-Acura components that can affect its handling, stability, and reliability.

Overall vehicle performance can be affected. Always make sure all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and that it meets federal, state, province, territory, and local regulations.

423

424

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 424

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 425

Maintenance

This chapter discusses basic maintenance.

Before Performing Maintenance Inspection and Maintenance ............ 426 Safety When Performing Maintenance..... 427 Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service ........................................... 428

Maintenance MinderTM ..................... 429 Maintenance Under the Hood

Maintenance Items Under the Hood..... 434 Opening the Hood ........................... 436 Recommended Engine Oil ................ 437 Oil Check......................................... 438 Adding Engine Oil ............................ 440 Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter .. 441

Engine Coolant ................................ 443 Transmission Fluid............................ 445 Brake Fluid....................................... 446 Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 446

Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 447 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades .......................................... 454

Checking and Maintaining Tires Checking Tires ................................. 456 Tire and Loading Information Label ...... 457 Tire Labeling .................................... 457 DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles) .. 459 Wear Indicators................................ 461

Tire Service Life................................ 461 Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 462 Tire Rotation.................................... 463 Winter Tires ..................................... 464

Battery............................................... 465 Remote Transmitter Care

Replacing the Button Battery ........... 467 Climate Control System Maintenance ....469 Cleaning

Interior Care .................................... 470 Exterior Care.................................... 472

425

426

M ain

ten an

ce

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 426

Before Performing Maintenance

1Inspection and Maintenance

Maintenance, replacement, or repair of emissions control devices and systems may be done by any automotive repair establishment or individuals using parts that are certified to EPA standards.

According to state and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on the maintenance main items marked with # will not void your emissions warranties. However, all maintenance services should be performed in accordance with the intervals indicated by the multi-information display.

2 Maintenance Service Items P. 432

If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a subscription to the Service Express website at www.techinfo.honda.com.

2 Authorized Manuals P. 531

If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first. After performing maintenance, update the records in the separate maintenance booklet.

U.S. models

Inspection and Maintenance For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. (Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in effect.) Refer to the separate maintenance booklet for detailed maintenance and inspection information.

Daily inspections Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when refueling.

Periodic inspections Check the brake fluid level monthly.

2 Brake Fluid P. 446

Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects. 2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 456

Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly. 2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 447

Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months. 2 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 454

Types of Inspection and Maintenance

uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance M

ain ten

an ce

1Safety When Performing Maintenance

3WARNING Improperly maintaining this vehicle or failing to correct a problem before driving can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.

Always follow the inspection and maintenance recommendations according to the schedules in this owners manual.

3WARNING Failure to properly follow maintenance instructions and precautions can cause you to be seriously hurt or killed.

Always follow the procedures and precautions in this owners manual.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 427

Safety When Performing Maintenance Some of the most important safety precautions are given here. However, we cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in performing maintenance. Only you can decide whether or not you should perform a given task.

To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames away from the battery and all fuel related parts.

Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood. u Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them causing a fire.

To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not gasoline.

Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the battery or compressed air.

Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you. u Operate the engine only when there is sufficient ventilation.

The vehicle must be in a stationary condition. u Make sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and

the engine is off. Be aware that hot parts can burn you. u Make sure to let the engine and exhaust system cool thoroughly before

touching vehicle parts. Be aware that moving parts can injure you. u Do not start the engine unless instructed, and keep your hands and limbs away

from moving parts. u Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop function* is activated.

Maintenance Safety

Vehicle Safety

427* Not available on all models

428

uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service

M ain

ten an

ce

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 428

Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service The use of Acura genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and servicing your vehicle. Acura genuine parts are manufactured according to the same high quality standards used in Acura vehicles.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 429

Maintenance MinderTM

M

ain ten

an ce

If the engine oil life is less than 15%, you will see the Maintenance Minder messages appear the multi-information display every time you set the power mode to ON. The messages notify you when to change the engine oil, or when to bring your vehicle to a dealer for indicated maintenance services.

429

430

uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

M ain

ten an

ce

1Displaying the Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items

Based on the engine operating conditions, the remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed as a percentage.

There is a list of maintenance main and sub items you can view on the multi-information display.

2 Maintenance Service Items P. 432

Displayed Engine Oil Life (%)

Calculated Engine Oil Life (%)

100 100 to 91 90 90 to 81 80 80 to 71 70 70 to 61 60 60 to 51 50 50 to 41 40 40 to 31 30 30 to 21 20 20 to 16 15 15 to 11 10 10 to 6 5 5 to 1 0 0

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 430

To Use Maintenance MinderTM

Maintenance items, which should be serviced at the same time that you replace the engine oil, appear on the multi-information display. You can view them on the engine oil life screen at any time. 1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. Roll the right selector wheel until the engine oil life appears on the multi-

information display.

Displaying the Engine Oil Life and Maintenance Items

Remaining Engine Oil Life

Maintenance Service Items

Right Selector Wheel

Models with full color display

Models without full color display

uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM M

ain ten

an ce

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 431

*1:On the left: Models with full color display On the right: Models without full color display

The system message indicator ( ) comes on along with the Maintenance Minder message.

Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-Information Display

Maintenance Message*1 Oil Life Display*1 Explanation Information

Maintenance Due Soon/ SERVICE DUE SOON

15 % The remaining engine oil life is 15 to 6 percent. Once you switch the display by rolling the right selector wheel, this message will go off.

The engine oil is approaching the end of its service life, and the maintenance items should be inspected and serviced soon.

Maintenance Due Now/ SERVICE DUE NOW

5 % The remaining engine oil life is 5 to 1 percent. Roll the right selector wheel to switch to another display.

The engine oil has almost reached the end of its service life, and the maintenance items should be inspected and serviced as soon as possible.

Maintenance Past Due/ SERVICE PAST DUE

Negative Distance The remaining engine oil life has passed its service life, and a negative distance appears after driving over 10 miles (U.S. models) or 10 km (Canadian models). Roll the right selector wheel to switch to another display.

The engine oil life has passed. The maintenance items must be inspected and serviced immediately.

431Continued

432

uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM

M ain

ten an

ce

1Maintenance Service Items

Independent of the Maintenance Minder information, replace the brake fluid every 3 years.

Inspect idle speed every 160,000 miles (256,000 km).

Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if they are noisy.

ous areas at very low vehicle speeds results in higher transmission temperature. ission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the Maintenance rly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission fluid changed

,000 km), then every 30,000 miles (48,000 km). in very high temperatures (over 110F, 43C), in very low temperatures (under ce every 60,000 miles/100,000 km.

ous areas at very low vehicle speeds results in higher level of mechanical (shear) equires differential fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the r. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the differential 00 miles (12,000 km), then every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).

Maintenance Sub Items te tires

lace air cleaner element*2

lace dust and pollen filter*3

ect drive belt lace transmission, transfer fluid*4

lace spark plugs lace timing belt and inspect water pump*5, *6

ect valve clearance lace engine coolant lace rear differential fluid*, *7

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 432

Maintenance Service Items

Maintenance Minder MessageSystem Message Indicator

Main Item

Sub Items

Main Item

Sub Items

*1 *2

*1: Models with full color display *2: Models without full color display

*1: If a message Maintenance Due Now/SERVICE DUE NOW does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, change the engine oil every year.

# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty. *2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km). *3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and

from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).

CODE Maintenance Main Items A Replace engine oil*1

B Replace engine oil*1 and oil filter Inspect front and rear brakes Inspect tie rod ends, steering gear box, and boots Inspect suspension components Inspect driveshaft boots Inspect brake hoses and lines (Including ABS/VSA) Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids Inspect exhaust system#

Inspect fuel lines and connections#

Check expiration information for Temporary Tire Repair Kit bottle *4: Driving in mountain

This requires transm Minder. If you regula at 40,000 miles (64

*5: If you drive regularly -20F, -29C), repla

*6: 6-cylinder models *7: Driving in mountain

stress to fluid. This r Maintenance Minde fluid changed at 7,5

CODE 1 Rota 2 Rep

Rep Insp

3 Rep 4 Rep

Rep Insp

5 Rep 6 Rep

* Not available on all models

uuMaintenance MinderTMuTo Use Maintenance MinderTM M

ain ten

an ce

1Resetting the Display

NOTICE Failure to reset the engine oil life after a maintenance service results in the system showing incorrect maintenance intervals, which can lead to serious mechanical problems.

The dealer will reset the engine oil life display after completing the required maintenance service. If someone other than a dealer performs maintenance service, reset the engine oil life display yourself.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 433

Reset the engine oil life display if you have performed the maintenance service.

1. Set the power mode to ON. 2. Go to the Maintenance Info. group.

2 Customized Features P. 126, 259

3. Push the right selector wheel. u The oil life reset mode is displayed on the multi-information display.

4. Select Reset with the right selector wheel, then push the right selector wheel. u The displayed maintenance items disappear, and the engine oil life display

returns to 100%. To cancel the oil life reset mode, select Cancel, then push the right selector wheel.

Resetting the Display

Engine Oil Life

Maintenance Item Codes

Right Selector Wheel

Engine Oil Life

Models with full color display

Models without full color display

Maintenance Item Codes

433

434

M ain

ten an

ce

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 434

Maintenance Under the Hood

Maintenance Items Under the Hood

Brake Fluid (Black Cap)

Washer Fluid (Black Cap)

Engine Oil Dipstick (Orange)

Engine Oil Fill Cap

Battery

Engine Coolant Reserve Tank

Radiator Cap

4-cylinder models

uuMaintenance Under the HooduMaintenance Items Under the Hood M

ain ten

an ce

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 435

Brake Fluid (Black Cap)

Washer Fluid (Black Cap)

Engine Oil Dipstick (Orange)

Engine Oil Fill Cap

Battery

Engine Coolant Reserve Tank

Radiator Cap

6-cylinder models

435

436

uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood

M ain

ten an

ce

1Opening the Hood

NOTICE Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are raised. The hood will strike the wipers, and may damage either the hood or the wipers.

When closing the hood, check that the hood is securely latched.

If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated.

Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop function is activated.

Models with Auto Idle Stop

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 436

Opening the Hood 1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set

the parking brake. 2. Pull the hood release handle under the

lower left corner of the dashboard. u The hood will pop up slightly.

3. Slide the hood latch lever in the center of the hood to release the lock mechanism, and open the hood.

4. Lift the hood up most of the way. u The hydraulic supports will lift it up the

rest of the way and hold it up.

When closing, lower it to approximately 12 inches (30 cm), then press down firmly with your hands.

Pull

Hood Release Handle

Lever

uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil M

ain ten

an ce

1Recommended Engine Oil

Engine Oil Additives Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact, they may adversely affect the engine performance and durability.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 437

Recommended Engine Oil

Oil is a major contributor to your engines performance and longevity. If you drive the vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil, the engine may fail or be damaged.

This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving and that it meets the American Petroleum Institutes latest requirements.

Use a Genuine Acura Motor Oil or another commercial engine oil of suitable viscosity for the ambient temperature as shown.

Synthetic oil You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal and is the specified viscosity grade.

Genuine Acura Motor Oil Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on the

container.

Ambient Temperature

437

438

uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check

M ain

ten an

ce

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 438

Oil Check We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel. Park the vehicle on level ground. Wait approximately three minutes after turning the engine off before you check the oil.

1. Remove the dipstick (orange). 2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or

paper towel. 3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its

hole.

4-cylinder models

6-cylinder models

uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check M

ain ten

an ce

1Oil Check

If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly add oil being careful not to overfill.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 439

4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the level. It should be between the upper and lower marks. Add oil if necessary.

4-cylinder models

Upper Mark

Lower Mark

Upper Mark Lower Mark

6-cylinder models

439

440

uuMaintenance Under the HooduAdding Engine Oil

M ain

ten an

ce

1Adding Engine Oil

If any oil spills, wipe it up immediately. Spilled oil may damage the engine compartment components.

NOTICE Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark. Overfilling the engine oil can result in leaks and engine damage.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 440

Adding Engine Oil 1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap. 2. Add oil slowly. 3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten

it securely. 4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the

engine oil dipstick.

Engine Oil Fill Cap

4-cylinder models

6-cylinder models

Engine Oil Fill Cap

uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter M

ain ten

an ce

1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

NOTICE You may damage the environment if you do not dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away into a garbage can or onto the ground.

You will need a special wrench to replace the oil filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer.

When installing the new oil filter, follow the instructions supplied with the oil filter.

Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. The low oil pressure indicator should go off within five seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check your work.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 441

Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the engines lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly.

Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the multi- information display.

1. Run the engine until it reaches normal operating temperature, and then turn the engine off.

2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil fill cap.

3. Remove the drain bolt and washer from the bottom of the engine, and drain the oil into a suitable container.

4. Remove the bolts on the undercarriage by turning to the left and remove the under cover.

5. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the remaining oil.

6. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to the engine contact surface. u If it is stuck, you must detach it.

7. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the contact surface of the engine block, and install a new oil filter. u Apply a light coat of new engine oil to

the oil filter rubber seal.

Drain Bolt

Washer

4-cylinder models Under Cover

Bolt

4-cylinder models

All models

441Continued

442

uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter

M ain

ten an

ce

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 442

8. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then reinstall the drain bolt. u Tightening torque:

30 lbfft (40 Nm, 4.0 kgfm) 9. Pour the recommended engine oil into the

engine. u Engine oil change capacity (including

filter):

4.4 US qt (4.2 L)

4.5 US qt (4.3 L) 10. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and

start the engine. 11. Run the engine for a few minutes, and

then check that there is no leak from the drain bolt or oil filter.

12. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes, and then check the oil level on the dipstick. u If necessary, add more engine oil.

4-cylinder models

Oil Filter 4-cylinder models

6-cylinder models

6-cylinder models

Oil Filter

uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant M

ain ten

an ce

1Engine Coolant

NOTICE If temperatures consistently below -22F (-30C) are expected, the coolant mixture should be changed to a higher concentration. Consult a dealer for more information.

If Acura antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may use another major brand non-silicate coolant as a temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality coolant recommended for aluminum engines. Continued use of any non-Acura coolant can result in corrosion, causing the cooling system to malfunction or fail. Have the cooling system flushed and refilled with Acura antifreeze/coolant as soon as possible.

Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your vehicles coolant system. They may not be compatible with the coolant or with the engine components.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 443

Engine Coolant

This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any straight antifreeze or water.

We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the reserve tank first. If it is completely empty, also check the coolant level in the radiator. Add the engine coolant accordingly.

1. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve tank.

2. If the coolant level is below the MIN mark, add the specified coolant until it reaches the MAX mark.

3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks.

Specified coolant: Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2

Reserve Tank

Reserve Tank

MAX

MIN

443Continued

uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant

444

M ain

ten an

ce

1Radiator

NOTICE Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can damage components in the engine compartment.

3WARNING Removing the radiator cap while the engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray out, seriously scalding you.

Always let the engine and radiator cool down before removing the radiator cap.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 444

1. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool.

2. Turn the radiator cap counterclockwise and relieve any pressure in the coolant system. Do not push the cap down when turning.

3. Push down and turn the radiator cap counterclockwise to remove it.

4. The coolant level should be up to the base of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low.

5. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it fully.

6. Pour coolant into the reserve tank until it reaches the MAX mark. Put the cap back on the reserve tank.

Radiator

4-cylinder models

Radiator Cap

6-cylinder models

Radiator Cap

uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid M

ain ten

an ce

1Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid*

NOTICE Do not mix Acura ATF-TYPE 2.0 with other transmission fluids. Using a transmission fluid other than Acura ATF-TYPE 2.0 may adversely affect the operation and durability of your vehicles transmission, and damage the transmission. Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that is not equivalent to Acura ATF-TYPE 2.0 is not covered by Acuras new vehicle warranty.

1Automatic Transmission Fluid*

NOTICE Do not mix Acura ATF-TYPE 3.0 with other transmission fluids. Using a transmission fluid other than Acura ATF-TYPE 3.0 may adversely affect the operation and durability of your vehicles transmission, and damage the transmission. Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that is not equivalent to Acura ATF-TYPE 3.0 is not covered by Acuras new vehicle warranty.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 445

Transmission Fluid

Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary.

Do not attempt to check or change the automatic transmission fluid yourself.

Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary.

Do not attempt to check or change the automatic transmission fluid yourself.

Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid*

Specified fluid: Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF-TYPE 2.0

Automatic Transmission Fluid*

Specified fluid: Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF-TYPE 3.0

445* Not available on all models

446

uuMaintenance Under the HooduBrake Fluid

M ain

ten an

ce

1Brake Fluid

NOTICE Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your vehicles braking system and can cause extensive damage.

If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed container as a temporary replacement.

Using any non-Acura brake fluid can cause corrosion and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the brake system flushed and refilled with Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible.

If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark, have a dealer inspect for leaks or worn brake pads as soon as possible.

1Refilling Window Washer Fluid

NOTICE Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water solution in the windshield washer reservoir. Antifreeze can damage your vehicles paint. A vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield washer pump.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 446

Brake Fluid

The fluid level should be between the MIN and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir.

Refilling Window Washer Fluid Check the amount of window washer fluid by looking at the reservoir.

If the level is low, fill the washer reservoir.

If the washer fluid is low, a message appears on the multi-information display.

Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not overflow the reservoir.

Specified fluid: Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3

Checking the Brake Fluid

MIN

MAX

Brake Reservoir

Canadian models

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 447

Replacing Light Bulbs

M

ain ten

an ce

1Headlight Bulbs

The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry heavy items in the trunk, have the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified technician.

Headlight Bulbs Headlight bulbs are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

Fog Light Bulbs*

Fog light bulbs are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

Front Side Marker/Parking Light Bulbs Front side marker/parking light bulbs are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Light Bulbs Door mirrors have the side turn lights. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

447* Not available on all models

448

uuReplacing Light BulbsuFront Turn Signal Light Bulbs

M ain

ten an

ce

1Front Turn Signal Light Bulbs

Insert a flat-tip screwdriver, lift and remove the center pin to remove the clip.

Insert the clip with the center pin raised, and push until it is flat.

Holding clip (A-type)

Push until the pin is flat.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 448

Front Turn Signal Light Bulbs When replacing, use the following bulbs.

1. Turn the steering wheel all the way to the opposite side from the light being replaced. Passengers side: Turn the steering wheel to the left. Drivers side: Turn the steering wheel to the right.

2. Remove the holding clips (A) and (B), pull the inner fender back.

3. Turn the cover to the left and remove it.

Front Turn Signal Light: 24 W (PWY 24W Amber/Silver)

Inner Fender Clip (B)

Clip (A)

Cover

uuReplacing Light BulbsuFront Turn Signal Light Bulbs M

ain ten

an ce

1Front Turn Signal Light Bulbs

Insert a flat-tip screwdriver, lift and remove the central pin to remove the clip.

Insert the clip with the central pin raised, and push until it is flat.

Holding clip (B-type)

Central pin

Push until the pin is flat.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 449

4. Push the tab to remove the coupler.

5. Turn the socket to the left and remove it. 6. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.

Tab

Coupler

Bulb

Socket

449

450

uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear Turn Signal Light Bulbs

M ain

ten an

ce

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 450

Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs When replacing, use the following bulbs.

1. Pry on the edge of the cover using a flat-tip screwdriver to remove the covers. u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth

to prevent scratches.

2. Remove the mounting bolts. 3. Pull the light assembly out of the rear pillar.

Rear Turn Signal Light: 21 W

Cover

Bolt

uuReplacing Light BulbsuBrake/Taillight and Rear Side Marker Light Bulbs M

ain ten

an ce

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 451

4. Turn the socket to the left and remove it. Remove the old bulb.

5. Insert a new bulb.

Brake/Taillight and Rear Side Marker Light Bulbs Brake/taillight and rear side marker light bulbs are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

Brake/Taillight Bulbs Brake/taillight bulbs are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

Bulb

Socket

451

452

uuReplacing Light BulbsuBack-Up Light Bulbs

M ain

ten an

ce

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 452

Back-Up Light Bulbs When replacing, use the following bulbs.

1. Remove the holding clip using a flat-tip screwdriver, then pull the lining back.

2. Turn the socket to the left and remove it, then remove the old bulb.

3. Insert a new bulb.

Back-Up Light: 21 W

Clip

Socket

Bulb

uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear License Plate Light Bulbs M

ain ten

an ce

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 453

Rear License Plate Light Bulbs Rear license plate light bulbs are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

High-Mount Brake Light Bulbs High-mount brake light bulbs are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

Puddle Light Bulbs*

Puddle light bulbs are LED type. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.

453* Not available on all models

454

M ain

ten an

ce

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 454

Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades

1Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber

NOTICE Avoid dropping the wiper arm; it may damage the windshield.

Checking Wiper Blades If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the hard surfaces of the blade may scratch the window glass.

Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber 1. Lift the driver side wiper arm first, then the

passenger side.

2. Press and hold the tab, then slide the blade out from the wiper arm.

Tab

uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Wiper Blade Rubber M

ain ten

an ce

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 455

3. Pull the end of the wiper blade to the direction of the arrow in the image until it unfastens from the holders end cap.

4. Pull the wiper blade to the opposite direction to slide it out from its holder.

5. Insert the flat side of the new wiper blade onto the bottom part of the holder. Insert the blade all the way.

6. Install the end of the wiper blade into the cap.

7. Slide the wiper blade onto the wiper arm until it locks.

8. Lower the passenger side wiper arm first, then the driver side.

Wiper Blade

End Cap at the bottom

Holder

Cap

Wiper Blade

Holder

455

456

M ain

ten an

ce

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 456

Checking and Maintaining Tires

1Checking Tires

Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This means the vehicle has been parked for at least three hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If necessary, add or release air until the specified pressure is reached.

If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as 4 6 psi (30 40 kPa, 0.3 0.4 kgf/cm2) higher than if checked when cold.

2 Tire Fill Assist P. 392

Have a dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent vibration while driving. New tires and any that have been removed and reinstalled should be properly balanced.

Measure the spare tire pressure once a month or before long trips.

3WARNING Using tires that are excessively worn or improperly inflated can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.

Follow all instructions in this owners manual regarding tire inflation and maintenance.

Vehicles with optional spare tire

Checking Tires To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated.

Inflation guidelines Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and comfort. Refer to the drivers doorjamb label or specifications page for the specified pressure.

Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and are more likely to fail from overheating.

Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards, and wear unevenly.

Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the others, check the pressure with a tire gauge.

At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in all tires. Even tires in good condition can lose 1 to 2 psi (10 to 20 kPa, 0.1 to 0.2 kgf/cm2) per month.

Inspection guidelines Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems. Look for: Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts,

splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord. Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks. Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment. Excessive tread wear.

2 Wear Indicators P. 461

Cracks or other damage around valve stem.

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label M

ain ten

an ce

1Tire and Loading Information Label

The tire and loading information label attached to the drivers doorjamb contains: a The number of people your vehicle can carry. b The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not

exceed this weight. c The original tire sizes for front, rear, and spare, if

equipped. d The proper cold tire pressure for front, rear, and

spare, if equipped.

1Tire Sizes

Following is an example of tire size with an explanation of what each component means. 225/50R18 95H 225: Tire width in millimeters. 50: Aspect ratio (the tires section height as a percentage of its width). R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial). 18: Rim diameter in inches. 95: Load index (a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry). H: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the maximum speed rating).

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 457

Tire and Loading Information Label The label attached to the drivers doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading information.

Tire Labeling The tires that came on your vehicle have a number of markings. Those you should be aware of are described below.

Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size.

Label Example

Example Tire Size Tire Identification Number (TIN)

Maximum Tire Load

Maximum Tire Pressure

Tire Size

Tire Sizes

457Continued

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Labeling

458

M ain

ten an

ce

1Tire Identification Number (TIN)

DOT B97R FW6X 2209 DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all requirements of the U.S. Department of Transportation. B97R: Manufacturers identification mark. FW6X: Tire type code. 22 09: Date of manufacture.

Year Week

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 458

The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire.

Cold Tire Pressure The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). Load Rating Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure. Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can hold. Maximum Load Rating Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire. Recommended Inflation Pressure The cold tire inflation pressure recommended by the manufacturer. Treadwear Indicators (TWI) Means the projections within the principal grooves designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.

Tire Identification Number (TIN)

Glossary of Tire Terminology

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles) M

ain ten

an ce

1Uniform Tire Quality Grading

For example: Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

All passenger car tires must conform to Federal Safety Requirements in addition to these grades.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 459

DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles) The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction, and temperature performance according to Department of Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these gradings.

Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width.

The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.

Uniform Tire Quality Grading

Treadwear

459Continued

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)

460

M ain

ten an

ce

1Traction

Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.

1Temperature

Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 460

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent the tires ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.

The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tires resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.

Traction

Temperature

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWear Indicators M

ain ten

an ce

1Checking Tires

High speed driving We recommend that you do not drive faster than the posted speed limits and conditions allow. If you drive at sustained high speeds (over 99 mph or 160 km/h), adjust the cold tire pressures as shown below to avoid excessive heat build up and sudden tire failure.

*1: 2WD models *2: AWD models

Tire Size 225/50R18 95H Pressure Front: 33 psi (230 kPa, 2.3 kgf/cm2)*1

Front: 35 psi (241 kPa, 2.5 kgf/cm2)*2

6-cylinder models

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 461

Wear Indicators The groove where the wear indicator is located is 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) shallower than elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire. Worn out tires have poor traction on wet roads.

Tire Service Life The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use).

In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five years old. All tires, including the spare*, should be removed from service after 10 years from the date of manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear.

Example of a Wear Indicator mark

461* Not available on all models

462

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Wheel Replacement

M ain

ten an

ce

1Tire and Wheel Replacement

3WARNING Installing improper tires on your vehicle can affect handling and stability. This can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed.

Always use the size and type of tires recommended in this owners manual.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 462

Tire and Wheel Replacement Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tires sidewall). Using tires of a different size or construction can cause the ABS, vehicle stability assist (VSA), SH-AWD* system to work incorrectly.

It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isnt possible, replace the front or rear tires in pairs.

Make sure that the wheels specifications match those of the original wheels.

If you replace a wheel, only use TPMS specified wheels approved for your vehicle.

* Not available on all models

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation M

ain ten

an ce

1Tire Rotation

Tires with directional tread patterns should only be rotated front to back (not from one side to the other). Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation indication mark facing forward, as shown below.

Front

Direction Mark

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 463

Tire Rotation Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the multi-information display helps to distribute wear more evenly and increase tire life.

Tires without rotation marks Rotate the tires as shown here.

Tires with rotation marks Rotate the tires as shown here.

Front

Front

463

464

uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWinter Tires

M ain

ten an

ce

1Winter Tires

NOTICE Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly installed can damage your vehicles brake lines, suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are hitting any part of the vehicle.

When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain manufacturers instructions regarding vehicle operational limits.

If your vehicle is equipped with summer tires, be aware that these tires are not designed for winter driving conditions. For more information, contact a dealer.

3WARNING Using the wrong chains, or not properly installing chains, can damage the brake lines and cause a crash in which you can be seriously injured or killed.

Follow all instructions in this owners manual regarding the selection and use of tire chains.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 464

Winter Tires If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked M+S tires, snow tires, or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles when driving.

Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent skidding.

Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the law.

When mounting, refer to the following points.

For winter tires: Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires. Mount the tires to all four wheels. For tire chains: Install them on the front tires only. Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the

chains listed below:

Follow the chain manufacturers instruction when installing. Mount them as tightly as you can.

Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension. Drive slowly.

Cable-type: QCC Premium Cobra 1042P with tensioner 0212

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 465

Battery

M

ain ten

an ce

1Battery

WARNING: Battery post, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. Wash your hands after handling.

When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals by applying a baking powder and water solution. Clean terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel dry the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to help prevent future corrosion.

When replacing the battery, the replacement must be of the same specifications. Please consult a dealer for more information.

3WARNING The battery gives off explosive hydrogen gas during normal operation.

A spark or flame can cause the battery to explode with enough force to kill or seriously hurt you.

When conducting any battery maintenance, wear protective clothing and a face shield, or have a skilled technician do it.

Checking the Battery The battery condition is being monitored by the sensor on the negative terminal. If there is a problem with the sensor, the warning message on multi-information display will let you know. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.

If your vehicles battery is disconnected or goes dead: The audio system is disabled.

2 Reactivating the audio system P. 213

The clock resets. 2 Clock P. 138

The navigation system* is disabled. 2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual

Charging the Battery*

Disconnect both battery cables to prevent damaging your vehicles electrical system. Always disconnect the negative () cable first, and reconnect it last.

465* Not available on all models

466

uuBatteryuCharging the AGM Battery*

M ain

ten an

ce

1Battery

The 12-volt battery installed in this vehicle is specifically designed for a model with Auto Idle Stop. Using a 12-volt battery other than this specified type may shorten the battery life, and prevent Auto Idle Stop from activating. If you need to replace the battery, make sure to select the specified type. Ask a dealer for more details.

Models with Auto Idle Stop

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 466

Charging the AGM Battery*

AGM labeled batteries like those installed in your vehicle require a compatible charger to be properly charged. Damage to the battery can result if the battery is charged improperly or with the wrong equipment. For more information on how to charge your vehicles AGM battery, consult a dealer.

* Not available on all models

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 467

Remote Transmitter Care

M

ain ten

an ce

1Replacing the Button Battery

NOTICE An improperly disposed of battery can damage the environment. Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal.

Replacement batteries are commercially available or at a dealer.

Replacing the Button Battery If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.

1. Remove the built-in key.

2. Remove the upper half of the cover by carefully prying on the edge with a coin. u Remove carefully to avoid losing the

buttons. u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent

scratching the keyless access remote. 3. Make sure to replace the battery with the

correct polarity.

Battery type: CR2032

Battery

467Continued

uuRemote Transmitter CareuReplacing the Button Battery

468

M ain

ten an

ce

1Replacing the Button Battery

NOTICE The Remote transmitter is equipped with two batteries: A standard replaceable CR2032 coin button battery and an integral non-replaceable rechargeable battery. To prevent permanent damage to the rechargeable battery, replace the CR2032 battery every three to four years.

Models with remote control engine start system

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 468

If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.

1. Remove the built-in key. u As a convenience, lightly place masking

tape over the remote buttons to hold them in place.

2. Remove the upper half by carefully prying on the edge with a coin. u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent

scratching the transmitter. 3. Press down on the center of the assembly

and remove the battery. u When removing the button battery, be

careful not to touch parts around it. 4. Make sure to replace the battery with the

correct polarity.

Models with remote control engine start system

Battery type: CR2032

Battery

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 469

Climate Control System Maintenance

M

ain ten

an ce

1Dust and Pollen Filter

If the airflow from the climate control system deteriorates noticeably, and the windows fog up easily, the filter may need to be replaced. Please contact a dealer for replacement.

Dust and Pollen Filter The climate control system is equipped with a dust and pollen filter that collects pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The Maintenance MinderTM messages will let you know when to replace the filter.

We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust.

469

470

M ain

ten an

ce

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 470

Cleaning

1Interior Care

Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle. Electrical devices and systems may malfunction if liquids are splashed on them.

Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices such as audio devices and switches. Doing so may cause the items to malfunction or a fire inside the vehicle. If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on electrical devices, consult a dealer.

Depending on their composition, chemicals and liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles, and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles. Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as benzene or gasoline.

After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them off using a dry cloth. Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts or textiles for long periods of time without washing.

Interior Care Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt. Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue.

Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts. Let the belts air dry. Wipe the openings of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth.

Cleaning Seat Belts

Opening

uuCleaninguInterior Care M

ain ten

an ce

1Floor Mats

If you use any floor mats that were not originally provided with your vehicle, make sure they are designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and are securely anchored by the floor anchors. Position the rear seat floor mats properly. If they are not properly positioned, the floor mats can interfere with the front seat functions.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 471

The floor mats hook over the floor anchors, which keep the mats from sliding forward. To remove the mats for cleaning, turn the anchor knobs to the unlock position. When reinstalling the mats after cleaning, turn the knobs to the lock position.

Do not put additional floor mats on top of the anchored mat.

Vacuum dirt and dust from the leather frequently. Pay close attention to the pleats and seams. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a 90% water and 10% neutral soap solution. Then buff it with a clean, dry cloth. Remove any dust or dirt on leather surfaces immediately.

Floor Mats

Unlock

Lock

Maintaining Genuine Leather

471

472

uuCleaninguExterior Care

M ain

ten an

ce

1Washing the Vehicle

Do not spray water into the air intake vents. It can cause a malfunction.

Air Intake Vents

1Using an Automated Car Wash

When using an automated car wash that pulls the vehicle through with a conveyor, make sure vehicle is in car wash mode.

2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode] P. 334

Models with electronic gear selector

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 472

Exterior Care Dust off the vehicle body after you drive. Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches on painted surfaces. A scratch on a painted surface can result in body rust. If you find a scratch, promptly repair it.

Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following conditions: If driving on roads with road salt. If driving in coastal areas. If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces.

Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the automated car wash. Fold in the door mirrors. Turn off the automatic intermittent wipers*.

Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body. Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to

enter the vehicle interior. Do not spray high pressure water directly into the engine compartment. Instead,

use low pressure water and a mild detergent.

Washing the Vehicle

Using an Automated Car Wash

Using High Pressure Cleaners

* Not available on all models

uuCleaninguExterior Care M

ain ten

an ce

1Applying Wax

NOTICE Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe up spills immediately.

1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts

Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when you want to repair the painted surface of the parts made of resin.

1Cleaning the Window

Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window. Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a soft cloth so as not to damage them.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 473

A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicles paint from the elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicles paint to the elements, so reapply as necessary.

If you get gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they may be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and clean water.

Wipe using a glass cleaner.

Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road contaminants. Use a sponge and mild detergent to wipe away promptly. Be careful not to use harsh chemicals (including some commercial wheel cleaners) or a stiff brush. They can damage the clear coat of the aluminum alloy wheels that helps keep the aluminum from corroding and tarnishing.

Applying Wax

Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts

Cleaning the Window

Maintaining Aluminum Wheels

Continued 473

474

uuCleaninguExterior Care

M ain

ten an

ce

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 474

The inside lenses of exterior lights (headlights, brake lights, etc.) may fog temporarily if you have driven in the rain, or after the vehicle has been run through a car wash. Dew condensation also may build up inside the lenses when there is a significant enough difference between the ambient and inside lens temperatures (similar to vehicle windows fogging up in rainy conditions). These conditions are natural processes, not structural design problems in the exterior lights. Lens design characteristics may result in moisture developing on the light lens frame surfaces. This also is not a malfunction. However, if you see large amounts water accumulation, or large water drops building up inside the lenses, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.

Fogged Exterior Light Lenses

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 475

Handling the Unexpected

This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles.

Tools Types of Tools .................................. 476

If a Tire Goes Flat Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire....... 477 Changing a Flat Tire ......................... 489

Engine Does Not Start Checking the Engine........................ 495 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak ............................................. 496

Emergency Engine Stop ................... 497 Jump Starting.................................... 498 Shift Lever Does Not Move .............. 502

Overheating How to Handle Overheating............. 503

Indicator, Coming On/Blinking If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On ..505 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On ................................................. 505

If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks ................................... 506

If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On..506 If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On...........................507

If the Electric Parking Brake System Indicator Comes On ....................... 507

If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks ....................... 508

If the Transmission Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message.............. 509

Fuses Fuse Locations ................................. 510 Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 514

Emergency Towing........................... 515 When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door................................................. 516

When You Cannot Open the Trunk .....517 Refueling

Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container ... 518

475

476

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 476

Tools

1Types of Tools

The tools are stored in the trunk.

Types of Tools

Vehicles with optional spare tire

Jack

Jack Handle Bar Towing Hook

Wheel Nut Wrench/ Jack Handle

Funnel

Towing Hook Funnel

Tool Case

Vehicles with temporary tire repair kit

Tool Case

Models with foam storage bin

Models with plastic storage bin

Tool Case

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 477

If a Tire Goes Flat

H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

The kit should not be used in the following situations. Instead, contact a dealer or a roadside assistant to have the vehicle towed. The tire sealant has expired. More than one tire is punctured. The puncture or cut is larger than 3/16 inch (4 mm). The tire side wall is damaged or the puncture is

outside the contact area.

Damage has been caused by driving with the tire extremely under inflated.

The tire bead is no longer seated. The rim is damaged.

Do not remove a nail or screw that punctured the tire. If you remove it from the tire, you may not be able to repair the puncture using the kit.

NOTICE Do not use a puncture-repairing agent other than the one provided in the kit that came with your vehicle. If a different agent is used, you may permanently damage the tire pressure sensor.

When the puncture is: Kit Use

Smaller than 3/16 inch (4 mm)

Yes

Larger than 3/16 inch (4 mm)

No

Contact Area

Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire If the tire has a large cut or is otherwise severely damaged, you will need to have the vehicle towed. If the tire only has a small puncture, from a nail for instance, you can use the temporary tire repair kit so that you can drive to the nearest service station for a more permanent repair.

If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually to reduce speed. Then stop in a safe place.

1. Park the vehicle on a firm, level, and non-slippery surface and apply the parking brake.

2. Change the gear position to (P . 3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF

(LOCK).

477Continued

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

478

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire

Repair notification label and speed restriction label are applied to the side of temporary tire repair kit.

When making a temporary repair, carefully read the instruction manual provided with the kit.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 478

1. Pull up on the trunk floor lid strap until it is completely open.

Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire

Instruction Manual

Air Only Hose (Black)

Speed Restriction LabelRepair Notification Label

Pressure Relief Button

Inflator Switch

Selector Switch SEALANT/AIR side

Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)

AIR ONLY side

Power Plug

Pressure Gauge

Tire Sealant Expiration Date

U.S. Canada

U.S. Canada

Trunk Floor Lid Strap

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 479

2. Turn the knob counterclockwise and remove the tool case lid.

3. Remove the kit. 4. Place the kit face up, on flat ground near

the flat tire, and away from traffic. Do not place the kit on its side.

Tool Case Lid

Knob

Models with plastic storage bin Models with plastic storage bin

Models with plastic storage bin All models

Models with foam storage bin

479Continued

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

480

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1Injecting Sealant and Air

In cold temperatures, the sealant may not flow easily. In this situation, warm it up for five minutes before using.

The sealant can permanently stain clothing and other materials. Be careful during handling and wipe away any spills immediately.

3WARNING Tire sealant contains substances that are harmful and can be fatal if swallowed.

If accidentally swallowed, do not induce vomiting. Drink plenty of water and get medical attention immediately.

For skin or eye contact, flush with cool water and get medical attention if necessary.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 480

1. Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem.

2. Remove the sealant/air hose from the packaging.

3. Attach the sealant/air hose onto the tire valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.

Injecting Sealant and Air

Valve Stem

Valve Cap

Sealant/Air Hose

Valve Stem

Sealant/Air Hose

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1Injecting Sealant and Air

NOTICE Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit compressor for more than 15 minutes. The compressor can overheat and become permanently damaged.

Until the sealant injection is complete, the pressure shown on the pressure gauge will appear higher than actual. After the sealant injection is complete the pressure will drop and then begin to rise again as the tire is inflated with air. This is normal. To accurately measure the air pressure using the gauge, turn the air compressor off only after the sealant injection is complete.

3WARNING Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon monoxide.

Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death. Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 481

4. Plug in the compressor to the accessory power socket. u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a

door or window. u Do not plug any other electronic

devices into other accessory power sockets. 2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 193

5. Start the engine. u Keep the engine running while injecting

sealant and air. 2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 66

6. Turn the selector switch to SEALANT/ AIR.

SEALANT/AIR side

Continued 481

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

482

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1Injecting Sealant and Air

If the required air pressure is not reached within 15 minutes, the tire may be too severely damaged for the kit to provide the necessary seal and your vehicle will need to be towed.

See an Acura dealer for a replacement sealant bottle and proper disposal of an empty bottle.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 482

7. Press the inflator switch to turn on the compressor. u The compressor starts injecting sealant

and air into the tire. 8. When the sealant injection is complete,

continue to add air. 9. After the air pressure reaches 32 psi (220

kPa), turn off the kit. u To check the pressure, occasionally turn

off the compressor and read the gauge. 10. Unplug the power plug from the accessory

power socket. 11. Unscrew the sealant/air hose from the tire

valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap.

12. Press the pressure relief button until the gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).

Pressure Gauge

ON

OFF

Sealant/Air Hose

Valve Stem

Pressure Relief Button

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 483

13. Apply the repair notification label to the flat surface of the wheel. u The wheel surface must be clean to

ensure the label adheres properly.

1. Apply the speed restriction label to the location as shown.

2. Drive the vehicle for about 10 minutes. u Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).

3. Stop the vehicle in a safe place.

Repair Notification Label

U.S.

Canada

Distributing the Sealant in the Tire

Speed Restriction Label

U.S.

Canada

483Continued

484

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 484

4. Recheck the air pressure using the air only hose on the compressor.

5. Turn the selector switch to AIR ONLY. u Do not turn the air compressor on to

check the pressure. 2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 486

6. If the air pressure is Less than 19 psi (130 kPa): Do not add air or continue driving. The leak is too severe. Call for help and have your vehicle towed.

2 Emergency Towing P. 515

32 psi (220 kPa) or more: Continue driving for another 10 minutes or until you reach the nearest service station. Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). u If the air pressure does not go down after

the 10 minute driving, you do not need to check the pressure any more.

Air Only Hose

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1Distributing the Sealant in the Tire

3WARNING Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon monoxide.

Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death. Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 485

Greater than 19 psi (130 kPa), but less than 32 psi (220 kPa):

Turn the air compressor on to inflate the tire until the tire pressure reaches 32 psi (220 kPa).

2 Inflating an Under-inflated Tire P. 486

Then drive carefully for 10 more minutes or until you reach the nearest service station. Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). u You should repeat this procedure as long

as the air pressure is within this range.

7. Press the pressure relief button until the gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa).

8. Repackage and properly stow the kit.

AIR ONLY side

ON

Pressure Relief Button

Continued 485

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

486

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire

NOTICE Do not operate the temporary tire repair kit compressor for more than 15 minutes. The compressor can overheat and become permanently damaged.

See section on Tire Fill Assist. 2 Tire Fill Assist P. 392

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 486

You can use the kit to inflate a non-punctured under-inflated tire. 1. Open the trunk floor lid.

2 Getting Ready to Temporarily Repair the Flat Tire P. 478

2. Remove the kit from the case. 3. Place the kit, face up, on flat ground near

the flat tire, away from traffic. Do not place the kit on its side.

4. Remove the air only hose from the kit.

5. Remove the valve cap.

6. Attach the air only hose onto the tire valve stem. Screw it until it is tight.

Inflating an Under-inflated Tire

Air Only Hose

Valve Cap

Valve Stem

Air Only Hose

uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1Inflating an Under-inflated Tire

3WARNING Running the engine with the vehicle in an enclosed or even partly enclosed area can cause a rapid build-up of toxic carbon monoxide.

Breathing this colorless, odorless gas can cause unconsciousness and even death. Only run the engine to power the air compressor with the vehicle outdoors.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 487

7. Plug in the kit to the accessory power socket. u Be careful not to pinch the cord in a

door or window. u Do not plug any other electronic

devices into other accessory power sockets. 2 Accessory Power Sockets P. 193

8. Start the engine. u Keep the engine running while injecting

air. 2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 66

9. Turn the selector switch to AIR ONLY. 10. Press the inflator switch to turn on the kit.

u The compressor starts to inject air into the tire.

11. Inflate the tire to the specified air pressure.

AIR ONLY side

ON

Continued 487

488

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuTemporarily Repairing a Flat Tire

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 488

12. Turn off the kit. u Check the pressure gauge on the air

compressor. u If overinflated, press the pressure relief

button. 13. Unplug the kit from the accessory power

socket. 14. Unscrew the air only hose from the tire

valve stem. Reinstall the valve cap. 15. Press the pressure relief button until the

gauge returns to 0 psi (0 kPa). 16. Repackage and properly stow the kit.

Pressure Relief Button

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1Changing a Flat Tire

Periodically check the tire pressure of the compact spare. It should be set to the specified pressure. Specified Pressure: 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm2)

When driving with the compact spare tire, keep the vehicle speed under 50 mph (80 km/h). Replace with a full-size tire as soon as possible.

The compact spare tire and wheel in your vehicle are specifically for this model. Do not use them with another vehicle. Do not use another type of compact spare tire or wheel with your vehicle.

Do not mount tire chains on a compact spare tire. If a chain-mounted front tire goes flat, remove one of the full-size rear tires and replace it with the compact spare tire. Remove the flat front tire and replace it with the full-size tire that was removed from the rear. Mount the tire chains on the front tire.

Do not use a puncture-repairing agent on a flat tire, as it can damage the tire pressure sensor.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 489

Changing a Flat Tire If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place. Replace the flat tire with a compact spare tire. Go to a dealer as soon as possible to have the full-size tire repaired or replaced.

1. Park the vehicle on firm, level, and non-slippery and apply the parking brake. 2. Change the gear position to (P . 3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF

(LOCK).

Vehicles with optional spare tire

489Continued

490

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 490

1. Open the trunk floor lid. 2 Temporarily Repairing a Flat Tire P. 477

2. Take the tool case out of the trunk. Take the jack and wheel nut wrench out of the tool case.

3. Unscrew the wing bolt, and remove the spacer cone. Then, remove the spare tire.

4. Place a wheel block or rock in front and rear of the wheel diagonal to the flat tire.

5. Place the compact spare tire wheel side up under the vehicle body, near the tire that needs to be replaced.

Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire

Spare Tire

Tool Case

Wheel Blocks

The tire to be replaced.

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 491

6. Loosen each wheel nut about one turn using the wheel nut wrench.

491Continued

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

492

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1How to Set Up the Jack

Do not use the jack with people or luggage in the vehicle.

Use the jack provided in your vehicle. Other jacks may not support the weight (load) or may not fit the jacking point.

The following instructions must be followed to use the jack safely: Do not use while the engine is running. Use only where the ground is firm and level. Use only at the jacking points. Do not get in the vehicle while using the jack. Do not put anything on top of or underneath the

jack.

3WARNING The vehicle can easily roll off the jack, seriously injuring anyone underneath.

Follow the directions for changing a tire exactly, and never get under the vehicle when it is supported only by the jack.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 492

1. Place the jack under the jacking point closest to the tire to be changed.

2. Turn the end bracket clockwise as shown in the image until the top of the jack contacts the jacking point. u Make sure that the jacking point tab is

resting in the jack notch.

3. Raise the vehicle, using the jack handle bar and the jack handle, until the tire is off the ground.

How to Set Up the Jack

Jack Handle Bar

Wheel Nut Wrench as Jack Handle

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1Replacing the Flat Tire

Do not over tighten the wheel nuts by applying extra torque using your foot or a pipe.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 493

1. Remove the wheel nuts and flat tire.

2. Wipe the mounting surfaces of the wheel with a clean cloth.

3. Mount the compact spare tire. 4. Screw the wheel nuts until they touch the

lips around the mounting holes, then stop rotating.

5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack. Tighten the wheel nuts in the order indicated in the image. Go around, tightening the nuts, two to three times in this order. Wheel nut torque: 80 lbfft (108 Nm, 11 kgfm)

Replacing the Flat Tire

Continued 493

uu If a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire

494

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1Storing the Flat Tire

3WARNING Loose items can fly around the interior in a crash and can seriously injure the occupants.

Store the wheel, jack, and tools securely before driving.

1TPMS and the Spare Tire

The system cannot monitor the pressure of the spare tire. Manually check the spare tire pressure to be sure that it is correct.

Use the TPMS specific wheels. Each is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 494

1. Remove the center cap and place the flat tire face down in the spare tire well.

2. Remove the spacer cone from the wing bolt, flip it over, and insert it back on the bolt. Secure the flat tire with the wing bolt.

3. Securely put the jack and wheel nut wrench back in the tool case. Store the case in the trunk.

If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on while you are driving. After driving for a few miles (kilometers), the indicator will start blinking for a short time and then stay on. Tire Pressure Monitor Problem appears on the multi-information display, but this is normal.

If you replace the tire with a full-size tire, the warning message on the multi- information display and the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will go off after a few miles (kilometers).

Storing the Flat Tire

Spacer Cone

Wing Bolt

For compact spare tire

For full-size tire

TPMS and the Spare Tire

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 495

Engine Does Not Start

H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

cklist n display. ton message appears eak P. 496 perating range. ange P. 161

ess. at all

P. 510

again. 2 Starting the Engine P. 322

g, the engine cannot be started.

Gauge P. 117

dealer.

1Checking the Engine

If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an assisting vehicle to jump start it.

2 Jump Starting P. 498

Checking the Engine If the engine does not start, check the starter.

Starter condition Che Starter doesnt turn or turns over slowly. The battery may be dead. Check each of the items on the right and respond accordingly.

Check for a message on the multi-informatio If the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start But

2 If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is W uMake sure the keyless access remote is in its o

2 ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating R Check the brightness of the interior lights. Turn on the interior lights and check the brightn If the interior lights are dim or do not come on

2 Battery P. 465 If the interior lights come on normally 2 Fuses

The starter turns over normally but the engine doesnt start. There may be a problem with the fuse. Check each of the items on the right and respond accordingly.

Review the engine start procedure. Follow its instructions, and try to start the engine Check the immobilizer system indicator. When the immobilizer system indicator is blinkin

2 Immobilizer System P. 155

Check the fuel level. There should be enough fuel in the tank. 2 Fuel

Check the fuse. Check all fuses, or have the vehicle checked by a

2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 514

If the problem continues: 2 Emergency Towing P. 515

495

496

uuEngine Does Not StartuIf the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 496

If the Keyless Access Remote Battery is Weak If the beeper sounds, the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message appears on the multi-information display, and the indicator on the ENGINE START/ STOP button flashes, and the engine wont start.

Start the engine as follows. 1. Touch the center of the ENGINE START/

STOP button with the A logo on the keyless access remote while the indicator on the ENGINE START/STOP button is flashing. The buttons on the keyless access remote should be facing you. u The indicator flashes for about 30

seconds.

2. Depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START/STOP button within 10 seconds after the beeper sounds and the indicator changes from flashing to on. u If you dont depress the pedal, the mode

will change to ACCESSORY.

uuEngine Does Not StartuEmergency Engine Stop H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1Emergency Engine Stop

Do not press the button while driving unless it is absolutely necessary for the engine to be switched off.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 497

Emergency Engine Stop The ENGINE START/STOP button may be used to stop the engine due to an emergency situation even while driving. If you must stop the engine, do either of the following operations: Press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for about two seconds. Firmly press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice.

The steering wheel will not lock. However, because turning off the engine disables the power assist the engine provides to the steering and braking systems, it will require significantly more physical effort and time to steer and slow the vehicle. Use both feet on the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle and stop immediately in a safe place.

The power mode is in ACCESSORY when the engine is stopped. To change the mode to VEHICLE OFF, change the gear position to (P after the vehicle comes to a complete stop.

497

498

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 498

Jump Starting

1Jump Starting

Securely attach the jumper cable clips so that they do not come off when the engine vibrates. Also be careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the cable ends to touch each other while attaching or detaching the jumper cables.

Battery performance degrades in cold conditions and may prevent the engine from starting.

3WARNING A battery can explode if you do not follow the correct procedure, seriously injuring anyone nearby.

Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking materials away from the battery.

Turn off the power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the engine, then open the hood.

1. Pull up on the engine cover, remove it from the pins.

2. Open the battery terminal cover.

Jump Starting Procedure

6-cylinder models

Engine Cover

Pin

6-cylinder models

6-cylinder models

Battery Terminal Cover

uuJump Startingu H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 499

3. Connect the first jumper cable to your vehicles battery + terminal.

4. Connect the other end of the first jumper cable to the booster battery + terminal. u Use a 12-volt booster battery only. u When using an automotive battery

charger to boost your 12-volt battery, select a lower charging voltage than 15- volt. Check the charger manual for the proper setting.

5. Connect the second jumper cable to the booster battery - terminal.

Booster Battery

4-cylinder models All models

6-cylinder models

Booster Battery

499Continued

500

uuJump Startingu

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 500

6. Connect the other end of the second jumper cable to the mounting bolt (4- cylinder models)/engine hanger (6-cylinder models) as shown. Do not connect this jumper cable to any other part.

7. If your vehicle is connected to another vehicle, start the assisting vehicles engine and increase its rpm slightly.

8. Attempt to start your vehicles engine. If it turns over slowly, check that the jumper cables have good metal-to-metal contact.

4-cylinder models

6-cylinder models

uuJump Startingu H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 501

Once your vehicles engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following order.

1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicles ground. 2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery -

terminal. 3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicles battery + terminal. 4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery +

terminal.

Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer.

What to Do After the Engine Starts

501

502

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 502

Shift Lever Does Not Move

Follow the procedure below if you cannot move the shift lever out of the (P position.

1. Set the parking brake. 2. Remove the built-in key from the keyless

access remote. 3. Pull up the bottom edge of the cover with

your finger, then remove it.

4. Insert the key into the shift lock release slot. 5. While pushing the key, press the shift lever

release button and place the shift lever into (N . u The lock is now released. Have the shift

lever checked by a dealer as soon as possible.

Releasing the Lock

Models with shift lever

Cover

Release Button

Shift Lock Release Slot

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 503

Overheating

H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1How to Handle Overheating

NOTICE Continuing to drive with the temperature gauge needle at the mark may damage the engine.

3WARNING Steam and spray from an overheated engine can seriously scald you.

Do not open the hood if steam is coming out.

H

How to Handle Overheating Overheating symptoms are as follows: The temperature gauge needle is at the mark or the engine suddenly loses

power. Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment.

First thing to do 1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place. 2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights. u No steam or spray present: Keep the engine running and open the hood. u Steam or spray is present: Turn off the engine and wait until it subsides.

Then, open the hood.

H

503Continued

uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating

504

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1How to Handle Overheating

If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs.

Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only. Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze as soon as possible.

3WARNING Removing the radiator cap while the engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray out, seriously scalding you.

Always let the engine and radiator cool down before removing the radiator cap.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 504

Next thing to do 1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and

stop the engine once the temperature gauge needle goes down. u If the cooling fan is not operating,

immediately stop the engine. 2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect

the coolant level and check the cooling system components for leaks. u If the coolant level in the reserve tank is

low, add coolant until it reaches the MAX mark.

u If there is no coolant in the reserve tank, check that the radiator is cool. Cover the radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to the base of the filler neck, and put the cap back on.

Last thing to do Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, restart it and check the temperature gauge. If the temperature gauge needle has gone down, resume driving. If it has not gone down, contact a dealer for repairs.

Reserve Tank

MAX

MIN

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 505

Indicator, Coming On/Blinking

H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On

NOTICE Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause serious mechanical damage almost immediately.

1If the Charging System Indicator Comes On

If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the engine. Restarting the engine may rapidly discharge the battery.

If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low. What to do as soon as the indicator comes on 1. Immediately park the vehicle on level ground in a safe place. 2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights on. What to do after parking the vehicle 1. Stop the engine and let it sit for about three minutes. 2. Open the hood and check the oil level.

2 Oil Check P. 438

3. Start the engine and check the low oil pressure indicator. u The indicator goes off: Start driving again. u The indicator does not go off within 10 seconds: Stop the engine

and contact a dealer for repairs immediately.

If the Charging System Indicator Comes On Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on when the battery is not being charged. What to do when the indicator comes on Turn off the climate control system, rear defogger, and other electrical systems, and immediately contact a dealer for repairs.

505

506

uu Indicator, Coming On/Blinkingu If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks

NOTICE If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on, the emissions control system and the engine could be damaged.

If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when restarting the engine, drive to the nearest dealer at 31 mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle inspected.

1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On

Have your vehicle repaired immediately. It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop immediately in a safe place. If necessary downshift the gears.

If the brake system indicator and ABS indicator come on simultaneously, the electronic brake distribution system is not working. This can result in vehicle instability under sudden braking. Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 506

If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks

Reasons for the indicator lamp to come on or blink Comes on if there is a problem with the engine emissions control

system. Blinks when engine misfiring is detected. What to do when the indicator lamp comes on Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a dealer. What to do when the indicator lamp blinks Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least 10 minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools.

If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On Reasons for the indicator to come on The brake fluid is low. There is a malfunction in the brake system. What to do when the indicator comes on while driving Press the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure. If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop. If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the

transmission to slow the vehicle using engine braking.

U.S.

Canada

uu Indicator, Coming On/Blinkingu If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 507

If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On

Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on if there is a problem with the EPS system. If you depress the accelerator pedal repeatedly to increase the engine

speed while the engine is idling, the indicator comes on, and sometimes the steering wheel becomes harder to operate.

What to do when the indicator comes on Stop the vehicle in a safe place and restart the engine. If the indicator comes on and stays on, immediately have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.

If the Electric Parking Brake System Indicator Comes On Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on if there is a problem with the electric parking brake system. What to do when the indicator comes on Avoid using the parking brake and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a dealer. What to do when the electric parking brake indicator comes on

or blinks at the same time. Release the parking brake. If you cannot release it, immediately stop

the vehicle in a safe place and call a dealer. If only the electric parking brake indicator goes off, immediately get

your vehicle inspected at a dealer. If the electric parking brake indicator remains on or blinks even after

releasing the parking brake, immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and call a dealer.

507

508

uu Indicator, Coming On/Blinkingu If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks

NOTICE Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always inflate your tires to the prescribed level.

TPMS Fill Assist provides visual and audible assistance during tire pressure adjustment. With the power mode in ON, while you adjust tire pressure up or down, the system alerts you as follows: Below recommended pressure: The beeper sounds and exterior lights flash once every five seconds. At recommended pressure: The beeper sounds and exterior lights flash rapidly for ~ five seconds. Above recommended pressure: The beeper sounds and lights flash twice every three seconds.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 508

If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks

Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink A tire pressure is significantly low. If there is a problem with the TPMS or the compact spare tire* is installed, the indicator blinks for about one minute, and then stays on. What to do when the indicator comes on Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on the drivers side doorjamb. What to do when the indicator blinks Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact spare tire* causes the indicator to blink, change the tire to a full-size tire. The indicator goes off after driving for a few miles (kilometers).

* Not available on all models

uu Indicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Transmission Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1If the Transmission Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message

You may not be able to start the engine.

Make sure to set the parking brake when parking your vehicle.

Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.

2 Emergency Towing P. 515

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 509

If the Transmission Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message

Reasons for the indicator to blink There is a problem with the transmission. What to do when the indicator blinks Immediately have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. Select (N after starting the engine. u Check if the (N position in the instrument panel and the indicator

on the (N button light/blink. u The engine cannot be turned on unless the parking brake is set.

2 Starting the Engine P. 322

*1: Models with navigation system *2: Models without navigation system

Models with electronic gear selector

*1

*1

*2

*2

509

510

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 510

Fuses

Fuse Locations If any electrical devices are not working, set Circuit protected and fuse rating

the power mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) and check to see if any applicable fuse is blown.

Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box cover. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and box cover number.

Located near the brake fluid reservoir. Push the tabs to open the box.

Type A Engine Compartment Fuse Box

Tab

* Not available on all models

Circuit Protected Amps

1

EPS 70 A Sub Fuse Box*3 60 A ABS/VSA Motor 40 A

ABS/VSA FSR 20 A Main Fan*2, *3 30 A

Main Fuse 125 A

2

IG Main 30 A F/B Main 60 A

F/B Main 2 60 A Headlight Main 30 A

IG Main 2 30 A Starter Cut 1 40 A Injector*2, *3

20 A Sub Fan*1

Rear Defroster 40 A Main Fan*1

30 A Sub Fan*2, *3

Wiper 30 A Heater Motor 40 A

*1:4-cylinder models

*2:6-cylinder models with 2WD *3:6-cylinder models with AWD

3

Headlight Washer*2, *3 (30 A) Left Electric Parking Brake 30 A

Right Electric Parking Brake 30 A SH-AWD*3 20 A

4 5 6 7 8 STRLD*1, *2 7.5 A 9 Interior Lights*1, *2 5 A

10 Headlight Low/High Main 20 A 11 Oil Level 7.5 A 12 Front Fog Lights* (7.5 A)

13 Passengers Power Seat

Reclining 20 A

14 Hazard 15 A 15 IGP2 15 A 16 IG Coil 15 A 17 Stop*1, *2 10 A

Circuit Protected Amps

uuFusesuFuse Locations H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 511

*1:4-cylinder models *2:6-cylinder models with 2WD *3:6-cylinder models with AWD

Circuit Protected Amps 18 Horn 10 A

19 Audio*1, *2 20 A

Interior Right*3 5 A

20 ACM*2

20 A Injector*1

21 FI Main 15 A 22 DBW 15 A 23 TCU/SBW*2, *3 10 A 24 Premium AMP 30 A 25 MG Clutch 7.5 A

26 Passengers Power Seat

Sliding 20 A

27 Small*1, *2 15 A 28 BMS 7.5 A 29 Back Up 10 A

Located near the washer fluid cap. Push the tabs to open the box.

Type B Engine Compartment Fuse Box

Tab

Circuit protected and fuse rating

Circuit Protected Amps 1 Left Headlight Low Beam 7.5 A 2 Right Headlight Low Beam 7.5 A 3 Right Headlight High Beam 7.5 A 4 Left Headlight High Beam 7.5 A

511Continued

512

uuFusesuFuse Locations

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 512

Located under the dashboard.

Fuse locations are shown on the label on the under panel. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and label number.

Circuit protected and fuse rating

Type A Drivers Side Interior Fuse Box

Fuse Label

Fuse Box

Circuit Protected Amps 1 A/C 7.5 A 2 DRL 7.5 A 3 ST Motor* (7.5 A) 4

5 Meter*1

7.5 A Auto Dimming Mirror*2

6 SRS (7.5 A)

* Not available on all models

7 Option 7.5 A 8 MISS SOL (15 A) 9 Fuel Pump 20 A

10 ABS/VSA*1

(7.5 A) Smart*2

11 Spare Fuse 30 A 12 Wiper 7.5 A 13 ACG 15 A

14 Accessory Power Socket (Console Compartment)

20 A

15 Drivers Power Seat

Reclining 20 A

16 Moonroof 20 A 17 AVS/Seat Heaters 20 A 18

19 Passengers Side Door

Unlock 10 A

20 Drivers Side Rear Door

Unlock 10 A

21 Drivers Side Door Lock (10 A) 22 Passengers Side Door Lock 10 A 23 Drivers Side Door Unlock (10 A) 24 SRS 10 A 25 Instrument Panel Lights 7.5 A 26 ACC Key Lock 7.5 A

Circuit Protected Amps

*1:2WD models *2:AWD models

27 Parking Lights 7.5 A 28 Lumbar Support 10 A 29 Right DRL 7.5 A 30 Washer 20 A 31 SMART 10 A

32 Drivers Side Power

Window 20 A

33 Passengers Side Power

Window 20 A

34 Rear Drivers Side Power

Window 20 A

35 Rear Passengers Side

Power Window 20 A

36 Drivers Power Seat Sliding 20 A 37 ACCESSORY 7.5 A 38 39 Left DRL 7.5 A

40 Accessory Power Socket

(Center Pocket) 20 A

41 Rear Drivers Side Door

Lock 10 A

42 Door Lock 20 A Rear Seat Heater* (15 A)

Heated Steering Wheel* (10 A)

Circuit Protected Amps

uuFusesuFuse Locations H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 513

*1:2WD models *2:AWD models

Circuit Protected Amps A B C Meter*2 7.5 A D Back Up*2 10 A E Stop*2 7.5 A F Parking Lights*2 15 A G Audio ACC*2 7.5 A

Rear Seat Heater*, *1, *2 (15 A) A ABS/VSA*2 7.5 A B MICU*2 7.5 A C D E STRLD*2 7.5 A F Audio*2 20 A G ACM*2 7.5 A

Heated Steering Wheel*, *1, *2 (10 A)

* Not available on all models

Located inside the drivers side outer panel. When you remove the outer panel, use the following procedure.

1. Grasp the bottom edge of the outer panel.

2. Pull the panel towards you, then remove it.

Fuse locations are shown on the outer panel.

Type B Drivers Side Interior Fuse Box

Outer Panel

Fuse Box

Fuse Label

Circuit protected and fuse rating

*1:AWD models

Circuit Protected Amps 1 P-AWS L (40 A) 2 e-pretensioner Right* (20 A) 3 e-pretensioner Left* (20 A) 4 ACC Radar* (10 A) 5 Idle Stop*1 (30 A) 6 P-AWS R (40 A) 7 FR DE-ICE* (15 A) 8 Idle Stop*1 (30 A)

513

514

uuFusesu Inspecting and Changing Fuses

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

1Inspecting and Changing Fuses

NOTICE Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating greatly increases the chances of damaging the electrical system.

Replace fuse with a spare fuse of the same specified amperage. Confirm the specified amperage using the charts on P. 510 to 513.

There is a fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse box located near the brake fluid reservoir.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 514

Inspecting and Changing Fuses 1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF

(LOCK). Turn headlights and all accessories off.

2. Remove the fuse box cover. 3. Check the large fuse in the engine

compartment. u If the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head

screwdriver to remove the screw and replace it with a new one.

4. Inspect the small fuses in the engine compartment and the vehicle interior. u If there is a burned out fuse, remove it

with the fuse puller and replace it with a new one.

Combined Fuse

Blown Fuse

Fuse Puller

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 515

Emergency Towing

H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1Emergency Towing

NOTICE Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed to support the vehicle's weight.

NOTICE Improper towing such as towing behind a motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the transmission.

Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain. It is very dangerous since ropes or chains may shift from side to side or break.

Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.

Flat bed equipment The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck. This is the best way you can safely transport your vehicle.

Wheel lift equipment The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the front tires and lift them off the ground. The rear tires remain on the ground. This is an acceptable way to tow your vehicle.

All models

2WD models

515

516

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 516

When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door

1When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door

After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the vehicle checked.

If you cannot unlock the fuel fill door, use the following procedure. 1. Open the trunk and remove the cover.

2. Pull the release lever toward you. u The release lever unlocks the fuel fill door

when it is pulled.

Cover

Release Lever

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 517

When You Cannot Open the Trunk

H

an d

lin g

th e U

n exp

ected

1When You Cannot Open the Trunk

What to do-following up After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the vehicle checked.

If you cannot open the trunk, use the following procedure. 1. Remove the cover.

2. Insert the key into the cylinder and turn the key clockwise.

Cover

Push

Key

517

518

H an

d lin

g th

e U n

exp ected

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 518

Refueling

1Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container

NOTICE Do not insert the nozzle of a portable fuel container or any funnel other than the one provided with your vehicle. Doing so can damage the fuel system. Do not try to pry open or push open the sealed fuel tank with foreign objects. This can damage the fuel system and its seal.

Make sure the fuel in the portable fuel container is gasoline before you refuel.

3WARNING Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive. You can be burned or seriously injured when handling fuel. Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks,

and flame away. Handle fuel only outdoors. Wipe up spills immediately.

Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container If you have run out of fuel and need to refuel your vehicle from a portable fuel container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle.

1. Turn off the engine. 2. Press the fuel fill door release button. u The fuel fill door opens.

3. Take the funnel out of the tool case in the trunk.

2 Types of Tools P. 476

4. Remove the funnel from the case. 5. Place the end of the funnel on the lower

part of filler opening, then insert it slowly and fully. u Make sure that the end of the funnel

goes down along with the filler pipe.

6. Fill the tank with fuel from the portable fuel container. u Pour fuel carefully so you do not spill any.

7. Remove the funnel from the filler neck. u Wipe up any fuel from the funnel before

storing it. 8. Shut the fuel fill door by hand.

Funnel Case

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 519

Information

This chapter includes your vehicles specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other

information required by regulation.

Specifications .................................... 520 Identification Numbers

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number and Transmission Number ......................................... 524

Devices that Emit Radio Waves ....... 525 Reporting Safety Defects ................. 526

Emissions Testing Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 527

Warranty Coverages ........................ 529 Authorized Manuals......................... 531 Client Service Information ............... 532

519

520

In fo

rm atio

n

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 520

Specifications

Vehicle Specifications Model Acura TLX No. of Passengers: Front 2 Rear 3 Total 5 Weights: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

U.S.: 4,442 lbs (2,015 kg) Canada: 2,055 kg

Gross Axle Weight Rating (Front)

U.S.: 2,370 lbs (1,075 kg) Canada: 1,105 kg

Gross Axle Weight Rating (Rear)

U.S.: 2,094 lbs (950 kg) Canada: 965 kg

Air Conditioning: Refrigerant Type HFC-134a (R-134a) Charge Quantity 16.7 18.5 oz (475 525 g) Lubricant Type ND-OIL 8

4-cylinder models

Engine Specifications

Fuel

Washer Fluid

Displacement 144 cu-in (2,356 cm3)

Spark Plugs NGK

DILKAR7H11GS DILKAR7G11GS

DENSO DXE22HQR-D11S

Type Unleaded premium gasoline, Pump octane number of 91 or higher

Fuel Tank Capacity 17.2 US gal (65 )

Tank Capacity U.S.: 2.6 US qt (2.5 ) Canada: 5.7 US qt (5.4 )

Light Bulbs Headlights (High/Low Beam) LED Front Side Marker/Parking Lights LED

Front Turn Signal Lights 24 W (PWY 24W Amber/Silver)

Side Turn Signal Lights (on Door Mirrors)

LED

Brake/Taillights/Rear Side Marker Lights

LED

Brake/Taillights LED Back-Up Lights 21 W Rear Turn Signal Lights 21 W High-Mount Brake Light LED Rear License Plate Lights LED Interior Lights

Front and Rear Map Lights LED Front and Rear Ambient Lights LED Vanity Mirror Lights 1.4 W Center Pocket Light LED Door Courtesy Lights 3.4 W Console Compartment Light 1.4 W Glove Box Light 1.4 W Door Inner Handle Lights LED Trunk Lights 5 W

uuSpecificationsu In

fo rm

atio n

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 521

Brake Fluid

Dual Clutch Transmission Fluid

Specified Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3

Specified Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF-TYPE 2.0

Capacity Change 4.3 US qt (4.1 )

Engine Oil

Engine Coolant

Recommended Genuine Acura Motor Oil 0W-20 API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil

Capacity

Change 4.2 US qt (4.0 ) Change including filter

4.4 US qt (4.2 )

Specified Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2 Ratio 50/50 with distilled water

Capacity 1.66 US gal (6.3 ) (change including the remaining 0.21 US gal (0.8 ) in the reserve tank)

Tire

*1: Vehicles with optional spare tire

Regular Size 225/55R17 97H Pressure psi (kPa [kgf/cm2])

32 (220 [2.2])

Compact Spare*1

Size T135/80D17 103M Pressure psi (kPa [kgf/cm2])

60 (420 [4.2])

Wheel Size Regular 17 x 7 1/2J Compact Spare*1 17 x 4T

521Continued

522

uuSpecificationsu

In fo

rm atio

n

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 522

Vehicle Specifications

*1: 2WD models *2: AWD models

Model Acura TLX No. of Passengers: Front 2 Rear 3 Total 5 Weights: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

U.S.: 4,586 lbs (2,080 kg)*1

U.S.: 4,751 lbs (2,155 kg)*2

Canada: 2,095 kg*1

Canada: 2,170 kg*2

Gross Axle Weight Rating (Front)

U.S.: 2,535 lbs (1,150 kg)*1

U.S.: 2,579 lbs (1,170 kg)*2

Canada: 1,165 kg*1

Canada: 1,180 kg*2

Gross Axle Weight Rating (Rear)

U.S.: 2,072 lbs (940 kg)*1

U.S.: 2,194 lbs (995 kg)*2

Canada: 945 kg*1

Canada: 1,005 kg*2

Air Conditioning: Refrigerant Type HFC-134a (R-134a) Charge Quantity 16.7 18.5 oz (475 525 g) Lubricant Type ND-OIL 8

6-cylinder models

* Not available on all models

Engine Specifications

Fuel

Washer Fluid

Displacement 212 cu-in (3,471 cm3) Spark Plugs NGK DILZKR7B11G

Type Unleaded premium gasoline, Pump octane number of 91 or higher

Fuel Tank Capacity 17.2 US gal (65 )

Tank Capacity U.S.: 2.6 US qt (2.5 ) Canada: 5.7 US qt (5.4 )

Light Bulbs Headlights (High/Low Beam) LED Fog Lights* LED

Front Turn Signal Lights 24 W (PWY 24W Amber/Silver)

Front Side Marker/Parking Lights LED Side Turn Signal Lights (on Door Mirrors)

LED

Brake/Taillights/Rear Side Marker Lights

LED

Brake/Taillights LED Back-Up Lights 21 W Rear Turn Signal Lights 21 W High-Mount Brake Light LED Rear License Plate Lights LED Puddle Lights* LED Interior Lights

Front and Rear Map Lights LED Front and Rear Ambient Lights LED Vanity Mirror Lights 1.4 W Center Pocket Light LED Door Courtesy Lights 3.4 W Console Compartment Light 1.4 W Glove Box Light 1.4 W Door Inner Handle Lights LED Trunk Lights 5 W

uuSpecificationsu In

fo rm

atio n

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 523

Brake Fluid

Automatic Transmission Fluid

Rear Differential Fluid*

Transfer Assembly Fluid*

Specified Acura Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3

Specified Acura Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF-TYPE 3.0

Capacity Change 3.5 US qt (3.3 )

Specified Acura DPSF-II Capacity Change 1.97 US qt (1.86 )

Specified Acura Hypoid Gear Oil HGO-1 Hypoid gear oil SAE 75W-85 or SAE 90 (API grade GL4 or GL5)

Capacity Change 0.45 US qt (0.43 )

* Not available on all models

Engine Oil

Engine Coolant

Recommended Genuine Acura Motor Oil 0W-20 API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil

Capacity

Change 4.2 US qt (4.0 ) Change including filter

4.5 US qt (4.3 )

Specified Acura Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2 Ratio 50/50 with distilled water

Capacity 2.22 US gal (8.4 ) (change including the remaining 0.21 US gal (0.8 ) in the reserve tank)

Tire

*1: Vehicles with optional spare tire

Regular Size 225/50R18 95H Pressure psi (kPa [kgf/cm2])

32 (220 [2.2])

Compact Spare*1

Size T135/80D17 103M Pressure psi (kPa [kgf/cm2])

60 (420 [4.2])

Wheel Size Regular 18 x 7 1/2J Compact Spare*1 17 x 4T

523

524

In fo

rm atio

n

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 524

Identification Numbers

1Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number and Transmission Number

The interior vehicle identification number (VIN) is located under the cover.

Cover

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number and Transmission Number Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your vehicle for warranty purposes, and for licensing and insuring your vehicle. The locations of your vehicles VIN, engine number and transmission number are shown as follows.

Vehicle Identification Numbers

Engine Number

Dual Clutch Transmission Number

Certification Label/Vehicle Identification Number

Vehicle Identification Numbers

Engine Number

Automatic Transmission Number

Certification Label/Vehicle Identification Number

4-cylinder models

6-cylinder models

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 525

Devices that Emit Radio Waves

In

fo rm

atio n

The following products and systems on your vehicle emit radio waves when in operation.

Each of the above complies with the appropriate requirements or the required standards of FCC (Federal Communications Commission) and Industry Canada Standard, described below: As required by the FCC: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate the equipment.

This device complies with industry Canada Standard RSS-Gen/210/310. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

AcuraLink*

Audio System Blind Spot Information System*

Bluetooth Audio Bluetooth HandsFreeLink Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM*

HomeLink Universal Transceiver Immobilizer System Keyless Access System Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback*

525* Not available on all models

526

In fo

rm atio

n

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 526

Reporting Safety Defects

In the U.S. If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424- 9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http:// www.safercar.gov.

In Canada If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada.

If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc.

To contact Transport Canadas Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/ roadsafety.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 527

Emissions Testing

In

fo rm

atio n

1Testing of Readiness Codes

The readiness codes are erased when the battery is disconnected, and set again only after several days of driving under a variety of conditions.

If a testing facility determines that the readiness codes are not set, you may be requested to return at a later date to complete the test.

If the testing facility determines the readiness codes are still not set, see a dealer.

Testing of Readiness Codes Your vehicle has Readiness Codes, as part of the onboard self diagnostic system. Some States use these codes as a test to see if your vehicle's emissions components are working properly. The codes may not be read properly if testing is performed just after the battery has gone dead or been disconnected.

To check if they are set, set the power mode to ON, without starting the engine. The malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it then goes off, the readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes are not set.

If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready, prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following:

1. Fill the gas tank to approximately 3/4 full. 2. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for six hours or more. 3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40F and 95F (4C and 35C). 4. Start the engine without touching the accelerator pedal, and let it idle for 20

seconds. 5. Keep the vehicle in (P.

Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it there until the temperature gauge rises to at least 1/4 of the scale (about 3 minutes).

6. Let the engine idle with your foot off the accelerator for 20 seconds.

527Continued

528

uuEmissions TestinguTesting of Readiness Codes

In fo

rm atio

n

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 528

7. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed of 50 to 60 mph (80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in (D . Do not use cruise control. When traffic allows, drive for 90 seconds without moving the accelerator pedal. (Vehicle speed may vary slightly; this is okay.) If you cannot do this for a continuous 90 seconds because of traffic conditions, drive for at least 30 seconds, then repeat it two more times (for a total of 90 seconds).

8. Drive in city/suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal or the brake pedal.

9. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 30 minutes.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 529

Warranty Coverages

In

fo rm

atio n

U.S. Owners Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties:

New Vehicle Limited Warranty covers your new vehicle, except for the emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and workmanship.

Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance Warranty these two warranties cover your vehicles emissions control systems. Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for exact information.

Seat Belt Limited Warranty a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details.

Rust Perforation Limited Warranty all exterior body panels are covered for rust-through from the inside for the specified time period with no mileage limit.

Accessory Limited Warranty Acura accessories are covered under this warranty. Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other factors. Please read your warranty booklet for details.

Replacement Parts Limited Warranty covers all Acura replacement parts against defects in materials and workmanship.

529Continued

530

uuWarranty Coveragesu

In fo

rm atio

n

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 530

Replacement Battery Limited Warranty provides prorated coverage for a replacement battery purchased from a dealer.

Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty provides coverage for as long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle.

Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Acura warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on warranty coverages. Your vehicles original tires are covered by their manufacturer. Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet.

Canadian Owners Please refer to the warranty manual that came with your vehicle.

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 531

Authorized Manuals

In

fo rm

atio n

1Authorized Manuals

For Canadian Owners: Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you may require.

Service Express For electronic copies of service publications, you can purchase a subscription to Service Express. Visit www.techinfo.honda.com for pricing and options.

For U.S. Owners: Manuals can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by phone at (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com.

531

532

In fo

rm atio

n

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 532

Client Service Information

1Client Service Information

When you call or write, please give us the following information: Vehicle Identification Number

2 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number and Transmission Number P. 524

Date of purchase Odometer reading of your vehicle Your name, address, and telephone number A detailed description of the problem Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you

Acura dealership personnel are trained professionals.

They should be able to answer all your questions. If you encounter a problem that your dealership does not solve to your satisfaction, please discuss it with the dealerships service manager or general manager. If you are dissatisfied with the decision made by the dealerships management, contact Acura Client Relations/ Services.

U.S. Owners: American Honda Motor Co., Inc. Acura Client Relations Mail Stop 500-2N-7E 1919 Torrance Blvd. Torrance, CA 90501-2746 Tel: (800) 382-2238

Canadian Owners: Honda Canada Inc. Acura Client Services 180 Honda Boulevard Markham, ON L6C 0H9 Tel: 1-888-9-ACURA-9 Fax: 1-877-939-0909 E-mail: ch_acura_cr@ch.honda.com

In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands: Bella International P.O. Box 190816 San Juan, PR 00919-0816 Tel: (787) 620-7546

uuClient Service Informationu In

fo rm

atio n

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 533

Requirements to access Pandora Latest version of the Pandora app

installed on your Android, Blackberry, or iPhone.

Registered Pandora account (you can create a free account at www.pandora.com <http:// www.pandora.com/> or on your smartphone)

Connection to the internet via WiFi or cellular data network.

Disclaimer of Pandora

533

Index

534

In d

ex

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 534

Index

A AAC.................................................... 235, 245 ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)................... 402 Accessories and Modifications ................. 423 Accessory Power Sockets .......................... 193 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF) .................... 89, 352

Additives Coolant ................................................... 443 Engine Oil................................................ 437 Washer.................................................... 446

Additives, Engine Oil ................................ 437 Adjusting

Armrest ................................................... 186 Front Seats .............................................. 180 Head Restraints........................................ 182 Mirrors .................................................... 177 Steering Wheel ........................................ 176 Temperature............................................ 123

Agile Handling Assist System ................... 388 AhaTM Menu .............................................. 244 AhaTM Radio .............................................. 254 Air Conditioning System (Climate Control System) .................................................... 199 Changing the Mode ................................ 202 Defrosting the Windshield and Windows ............................................... 206

Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 469 Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode ................... 204 Sensors.................................................... 207 Synchronized Mode ................................. 203

Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 199 Air Pressure............................... 457, 521, 523 Airbags ........................................................ 39

Advanced Airbags ..................................... 45 Airbag Care............................................... 53 Drivers Knee Airbag.................................. 46 Event Data Recorder.................................... 0 Front Airbags (SRS).................................... 42 Indicator.............................................. 51, 80 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator .................. 52 Sensors ..................................................... 39 Side Airbags .............................................. 48 Side Curtain Airbags.................................. 50

AM/FM Radio............................................ 228 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 402

Indicator.................................................... 79 Armrest ..................................................... 186 Audio Remote Controls ........................... 214 Audio System............................................ 210

Adjusting the Sound................................ 226 Auxiliary Input Jack.................................. 212 Error Messages........................................ 250 General Information ................................ 255 Internet Radio ......................................... 242 iPhone............................................. 242, 258 iPod ........................................................ 238 MP3/WMA/AAC.............................. 235, 245 Reactivating ............................................ 213 Recommended CDs................................. 256 Recommended Devices............................ 258 Remote Controls ..................................... 214

Security Code ......................................... 213 Shortcuts ................................................ 217 Theft Protection ...................................... 213 USB Flash Drives...................................... 258 USB Port ................................................. 211

Audio/Information Screen ....................... 222 Authorized Manuals ................................ 531 Auto Door Locking/Unlocking ................ 151

Customize ...................................... 132, 270 Auto Idle Stop .......................................... 342

OFF Button ............................................. 342 Auto Idle Stop Indicator (Green) .............. 92 Auto Idle Stop System Indicator (Amber)..................................................... 92

Automatic Brake Hold ............................. 400 Indicator ........................................... 72, 400

Automatic Brake Hold System Indicator ........................................... 72, 400

Automatic Lighting.................................. 166 Automatic Transmission .......................... 330

Creeping................................................. 330 Kickdown ............................................... 330 Operating the Shift Button................ 18, 332 Shifting................................................... 331

Auxiliary Input Jack ................................. 212 Average Fuel Economy ............................ 123 Average Speed ......................................... 124

In d

ex

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 535

B Battery

Charging (Battery)........................... 465, 466 Charging System Indicator ................ 74, 505 Jump Starting ......................................... 498 Maintenance (Checking the Battery) ....... 465

Belts (Seat).................................................. 32 Beverage Holders ..................................... 192 Blind Spot Information (BSI) System ....... 389 Bluetooth Audio..................................... 248 Bluetooth HandsFreeLink .................... 279 Booster Seats (For Children) ...................... 65 Brake System ............................................ 396

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 402 Automatic Brake Hold............................. 400 Brake Assist System................................. 403 Fluid ....................................................... 446 Foot Brake .............................................. 399 Parking Brake.......................................... 396

Brake System (Amber) Indicator ................................................... 73

Brake System (Red) Indicator ........................................... 70, 506

Brightness Control (Instrument Panel) ... 172 BSI (Blind Spot Information) System ....... 389 Bulb Replacement .................................... 447

Back-Up Lights........................................ 452 Brake/Taillights........................................ 451 Brake/Taillights and Rear Side Marker Lights.................................................... 451

Fog Lights ............................................... 447

Front Side Marker/Parking Lights ............. 447 Front Turn Signal Lights ........................... 448 Headlights ............................................... 447 High-Mount Brake Light .......................... 453 Puddle Lights ........................................... 453 Rear License Plate Lights .......................... 453 Rear Turn Signal Lights ............................ 450 Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Lights .................................................... 447

Bulb Specifications ........................... 520, 522

C Car Wash Mode ........................................ 334 Carbon Monoxide Gas................................ 66 Carrying Cargo.................................. 317, 319 CD Player ................................................... 235 Center Pocket ........................................... 191 Certification Label .................................... 524 Changing Bulbs......................................... 447 Charging System Indicator ................. 74, 505 Child Safety ................................................. 54

Childproof Door Locks ............................. 150 Child Seat .................................................... 54

Booster Seats............................................. 65 Child Seat for Infants ................................. 56 Child Seat for Small Children ..................... 57 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt .................................................. 61

Larger Children.......................................... 64 Rear-facing Child Seat ............................... 56

Selecting a Child Seat................................ 58 Using a Tether........................................... 63

Childproof Door Locks ............................. 150 Cleaning the Exterior ............................... 472 Cleaning the Interior................................ 470 Client Service Information ....................... 532 Climate Control System............................ 199

Changing the Mode ................................ 202 Defrosting the Windshield and Windows............................................... 206

Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 469 Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode ................... 204 Sensors ................................................... 207 Synchronized Mode................................. 203 Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 199

Clock.......................................................... 138 CMBSTM (Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM)................................................. 404

Coat Hooks ............................................... 194 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) ................................................. 404

Compact Spare Tire (Optional)................................ 489, 521, 523

Compass .................................................... 313 Console Compartment ............................. 190 Controls..................................................... 137 Coolant (Engine) ...................................... 443

Adding to the Radiator............................ 444 Adding to the Reserve Tank..................... 443 Overheating ............................................ 503

Creeping (Automatic Transmission) ........ 330

535

536

In d

ex

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 536

Creeping (Dual Clutch Transmission)....... 330 Cross Traffic Monitor................................ 416 Cruise Control ........................................... 348

Indicator .................................................... 84 Cup Holders............................................... 192 Customized Features ........................ 126, 259

D Daytime Running Lights........................... 168 Dead Battery ............................................. 498 Defrosting the Windshield and Windows.................................................. 206

Devices that Emit Radio Waves................ 525 Dimming

Headlights ............................................... 165 Rearview Mirror ....................................... 177

Dipstick (Engine Oil) ................................. 438 Directional Signals (Turn Signal).............. 164 Door Mirrors ............................................. 178 Doors ......................................................... 139

Auto Door Locking .................................. 151 Auto Door Unlocking............................... 151 Door Open Indicator ............................ 31, 81 Door Open Message ................................ 102 Keys ........................................................ 139 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside............................................... 13, 148

Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside.................................................. 142

Lockout Prevention System ...................... 146

DOT Tire Quality Grading ........................ 459 Drivers Knee Airbag .................................. 46 Driving ...................................................... 315

Automatic Transmission .......................... 330 Braking ................................................... 396 Cruise Control......................................... 348 Dual Clutch Transmission ........................ 330 Shifting Gear................................... 331, 338 Starting the Engine.................................. 322

Driving Position Memory System ............ 174 Dual Clutch Transmission......................... 330

Creeping ................................................. 330 Fluid........................................................ 445 Kickdown................................................ 330 Operating the Shift Lever................... 20, 339 Shift Lever Does Not Move ...................... 502 Shifting ................................................... 338

Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 469

E ECON (Econ mode) Indicator ..................... 88 Elapsed Time............................................. 124 Electric Parking Brake

Indicator.................................................... 71 Electric Parking Brake System

Indicator............................................ 71, 507 Electric Power Steering (EPS) System

Indicator............................................ 80, 507 Electronic Stability Control (ESC)............. 386 Emergency ................................................ 515

Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes) ...... 527 Engine....................................................... 524

Coolant .................................................. 443 Jump Starting ......................................... 498 Oil .......................................................... 437 Remote Engine Start ............................... 325 Starting................................................... 322

Engine Coolant ........................................ 443 Adding to the Radiator ........................... 444 Adding to the Reserve Tank .................... 443 Overheating............................................ 503 Temperature Gauge................................ 117

Engine Oil ................................................. 437 Adding ................................................... 440 Checking ................................................ 438 Displaying Oil Life ................................... 430 Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 70, 505 Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 437

ENGINE START/STOP Button.................... 161 e-pretensioners .......................................... 34 EPS (Electric Power Steering) System ........ 80 Exhaust Gas Hazard (Carbon Monoxide).. 66 Expanded View Drivers Mirror ............... 179 Exterior Care (Cleaning) .......................... 472 Exterior Mirrors ........................................ 178

F FCW (Forward Collision Warning) .......... 365 Features .................................................... 209

In d

ex

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 537

Filters Dust and Pollen....................................... 469 Oil .......................................................... 441

Flat Tire..................................................... 477 Floor Mats ................................................ 471 Fluids

Automatic Transmission .......................... 445 Brake ...................................................... 446 Dual Clutch Transmission ........................ 445 Engine Coolant ....................................... 443 Windshield Washer ................................. 446

Fog Lights ................................................. 168 Foot Brake ................................................ 399 Forward Collision Warning (FCW) with Pedestrian Detection ............................. 365

Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 42 Front Seat Heaters and Ventilation ........ 197 Front Seats................................................ 180

Adjusting ................................................ 180 Front Sensor Camera ............................... 351 Fuel ..................................................... 21, 420

Economy................................................. 422 Gauge .................................................... 117 Instant Fuel Economy .............................. 124 Low Fuel Indicator..................................... 79 Range ..................................................... 124 Recommendation.................... 420, 520, 522 Refueling ................................................ 420

Fuel Economy ........................................... 422 Fuel Fill Door ...................................... 21, 421

Fuses .......................................................... 510 Inspecting and Changing......................... 514 Locations......................... 510, 511, 512, 513

G Gasoline (Fuel)

Economy ................................................. 422 Gauge ..................................................... 117 Information ............................................. 420 Instant Fuel Economy............................... 124 Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 79 Refueling................................................. 420

Gauges ...................................................... 117 Gear Position Indicator ...................... 75, 332 Gear Shift Lever Positions

Dual Clutch Transmission......................... 338 Gear Shift Positions

Automatic Transmission........................... 331 Glass (care) ................................................ 473 Glove Box .................................................. 189

H Handling the Unexpected ........................ 475 HandsFreeLink (HFL) ............................... 279

Auto Answer ........................................... 294 Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History ..................................... 296

Automatic Transferring............................ 294 Displaying Messages ................................ 309

HFL Buttons............................................. 279 HFL Menus .............................................. 281 HFL Status Display ................................... 280 Limitations for Manual Operation ............ 280 Making a Call.......................................... 300 Options During a Call .............................. 306 Phone Setup............................................ 286 Receiving a Call ....................................... 305 Receiving a Text/E-mail Message.............. 307 Ring Tone................................................ 295 Selecting a Mail Account ......................... 308 Speed Dial............................................... 297 To Create a Security PIN .......................... 293 To Set Up a Text/E-mail Message Option................................................... 291

Use Contact Photo .................................. 295 Hazard Warning Button .............................. 4 Head Restraints ........................................ 182 Headlight Washers ................................... 171 Headlights................................................. 165

Aiming .................................................... 447 Automatic Operation............................... 166 Dimming......................................... 165, 168 Operating................................................ 165

Heated Steering Wheel............................ 196 Heated Windshield Button ...................... 173 Heaters (Seat) ................................... 197, 198 HFL (HandsFreeLink)............................... 279 High Beam Indicator .................................. 83 Hill Start Assist System ............................. 328 HomeLink Universal Transceiver............ 277

537

538

In d

ex

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 538

I Identification Numbers ............................ 524

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number and Transmission Number ............................................... 524

IDS (Integrated Dynamics System) ........... 346 IDS Button ................................................. 346 Illumination Control ................................. 172 Immobilizer System .................................. 155

Indicator .................................................... 83 Indicators..................................................... 70

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) with Low Speed Follow (LSF).................... 89, 352

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ..................... 79 Auto Idle Stop (Green) ............................... 92 Auto Idle Stop System (Amber) .................. 92 Automatic Brake Hold........................ 72, 400 Automatic Brake Hold System............ 72, 400 Blind Spot Information (BSI) ............... 90, 390 Brake System (Amber)................................ 73 Brake System (Red) ............................ 70, 506 Charging System ............................... 74, 505 Collision Mitigation Braking SystemTM (CMBSTM) ........................................... 93, 94

CRUISE CONTROL.............................. 84, 349 CRUISE MAIN .................................... 84, 348 Door and Trunk Open.......................... 31, 81 ECON (Econ mode) .................................... 88 Electric Parking Brake................................. 71 Electric Parking Brake System............. 71, 507 Electric Power Steering (EPS) System .. 80, 507

Fog Lights ................................................. 83 Forward Collision Warning (FCW).............. 85 Gear Position............................................. 75 High Beam ................................................ 83 Immobilizer System ................................... 83 Keyless Access System ............................... 84 Lane Departure Warning (LDW)................. 86 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS).... 89, 381 Lights On .................................................. 83 Low Fuel ................................................... 79 Low Oil Pressure................................ 70, 505 Low Tire Pressure/TPMS............. 82, 392, 394 Malfunction Indicator Lamp............... 74, 506 Precision All-Wheel SteerTM (P-AWS) System .................................................... 88

Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) ............. 87 Seat Belt Reminder .............................. 33, 78 Security System Alarm ............................... 84 SPORT (Sport mode) .................................. 88 Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD).............................................. 91

Supplemental Restraint System............ 51, 80 System Message........................................ 82 Transmission ....................................... 76, 77 Turn Signal................................................ 83 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA) System ............................................ 81, 386

VSA OFF .......................................... 81, 387 Information .............................................. 519 Instant Fuel Economy ............................... 124

Instrument Panel........................................ 69 Brightness Control .................................. 172

Integrated Dynamics System (IDS) .......... 346 IDS Button .............................................. 346

Interface Dial............................................ 215 Interior Lights........................................... 187 Interior Rearview Mirror ......................... 177 Internet Radio .......................................... 242 iPhone............................................... 242, 258 iPod ................................................... 238, 258

J Jack (Wheel Nut Wrench) ........................ 492 Jump Starting ........................................... 498

K Key Number Tag ...................................... 141 Keyless Access System .............................. 143 Keyless Lockout Prevention..................... 146 Keys........................................................... 139

Lockout Prevention ................................. 146 Number Tag............................................ 141 Rear Door Wont Open ........................... 150 Remote Transmitter ................................ 142 Two-way Keyless Access Remote ................................. 139, 147, 325

Types and Functions................................ 139 Kickdown (Automatic Transmission) ...... 330 Kickdown (Dual Clutch Transmission) .... 330

In d

ex

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 539

L Lane Departure Warning (LDW) ............. 371 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) ........ 380 Language (HFL) ........................................ 280 LATCH (Child Seats) ................................... 59 LDW (Lane Departure Warning) ............. 371 Lights ................................................ 165, 447

Automatic............................................... 166 Bulb Replacement ................................... 447 Daytime Running Lights .......................... 168 Fog Lights ............................................... 168 High Beam Indicator ................................. 83 Interior.................................................... 187 Light Switches......................................... 165 Lights On Indicator.................................... 83 Turn Signals ............................................ 164

Load Limits ............................................... 319 Locking/Unlocking ................................... 139

Auto Door Locking/Unlocking ................. 151 Childproof Door Locks ............................ 150 From Inside ............................................. 148 From Outside .......................................... 142 Keys........................................................ 139 Using a Key............................................. 146

Lockout Prevention System ..................... 146 Low Battery Charge ................................. 505 Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 79 Low Keyless Access Remote Signal Strength .................................................. 141

Low Oil Pressure Indicator................. 70, 505 Lower Anchors ........................................... 59

Lubricant Specifications Chart ......... 521, 523 Luggage (Maximum Load Limit) ............. 319 Lumbar Support........................................ 180

M Maintenance ............................................. 425

Battery .................................................... 465 Brake Fluid .............................................. 446 Cleaning.................................................. 470 Climate Control System ........................... 469 Coolant ................................................... 443 Maintenance MinderTM ............................ 429 Oil ........................................................... 438 Precautions.............................................. 426 Radiator .................................................. 444 Remote Transmitter ......................... 467, 468 Replacing Light Bulbs............................... 447 Safety ...................................................... 427 Service Items ........................................... 432 Tires ........................................................ 456 Transmission Fluid ................................... 445 Under the Hood .............................. 434, 435

Malfunction Indicator Lamp .............. 74, 506 Map Lights ................................................ 188 Maximum Load Limit ............................... 319 Meters, Gauges ......................................... 117 Mirrors....................................................... 177

Adjusting................................................. 177 Door........................................................ 178 Exterior.................................................... 178

Interior Rearview ..................................... 177 Modifications (and Accessories) .............. 423 Moonroof ................................................. 160 MP3 ................................................... 235, 245 Multi-Information Display ....................... 118 Multi-View Rear Camera.......................... 419

N Numbers (Identification).......................... 524

O Odometer ................................................. 123 Oil (Engine)............................... 437, 521, 523

Adding.................................................... 440 Checking................................................. 438 Displaying Oil Life.................................... 430 Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 70, 505 Recommended Engine Oil ....... 437, 521, 523 Viscosity .................................. 437, 521, 523

On Demand Multi-Use DisplayTM ............. 216 Opening

Trunk ...................................................... 517 Opening/Closing

Hood....................................................... 436 Moonroof ............................................... 160 Power Windows...................................... 158 Trunk ...................................................... 152

Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel ....................................... 161

539

540

In d

ex

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 540

Outside Temperature ............................... 123 Adjusting................................................. 123

Overheating .............................................. 503

P Paddle Shifters (Sequential Mode) .......... 337 Paddle Shifters (Sequential Shift Mode) ...................................................... 341

Pandora ................................................... 243 Panic Mode ............................................... 157 Parking ...................................................... 411 Parking Brake............................................ 396 Parking Sensor System.............................. 412 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator ................. 52 Passing Indicators ..................................... 165 Power Windows........................................ 158 Precautions While Driving........................ 329

Rain......................................................... 329 Pregnant Women ....................................... 37 Puncture (Tire) .......................................... 477

R Radiator..................................................... 444 Radio (AM/FM).......................................... 228 Radio (SiriusXM)...................................... 232 Radio Data System (RDS).......................... 230 Range ........................................................ 124 RDS (Radio Data System).......................... 230 Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing) ....... 527

Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button ..................................................... 173

Rear Seats ................................................. 185 Seat Heaters............................................ 198

Rearview Mirror ....................................... 177 Refueling .................................................. 420

Fuel Gauge.............................................. 117 Gasoline.................................. 420, 520, 522 Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 79

Regulations............................... 394, 459, 525 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback ................................................. 325

Remote Transmitter ................................. 142 Maintenance (Replacing) ......................... 467

Replacement Battery ............................................ 467, 468 Bulbs....................................................... 447 Fuses............................... 510, 511, 512, 513 Tires ........................................................ 462 Wiper Blade Rubber ................................ 454

Reporting Safety Defects ......................... 526 Resetting a Trip Meter ............................. 123 Reverse Tilt Door Mirror .......................... 178 Right Selector Wheel ............... 119, 120, 126 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) ......... 375

On and Off.............................................. 377

S Safe Driving ................................................ 27 Safety Check ............................................... 31

Safety Labels .............................................. 67 Safety Message ............................................ 1 Seat Belts .................................................... 32

Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor ................. 36 Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners ................. 34 Checking .................................................. 38 e-pretensioners ......................................... 34 Fastening .................................................. 35 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt ................................................. 61

Pregnant Women...................................... 37 Reminder ............................................ 33, 78 Warning Indicator ............................... 33, 78

Seat Heaters ..................................... 197, 198 Seats.......................................................... 180

Adjusting ................................................ 180 Drivers Seat Lumbar Support .................. 180 Front Seats.............................................. 180 Rear Seats............................................... 185 Seat Heaters ................................... 197, 198 Seat Ventilation ...................................... 197

Security System ........................................ 155 Immobilizer System Indicator..................... 83 Security System Alarm Indicator ................ 84

Select Button ............................................ 331 Operation ............................................... 332

Select Lever ........................................ 20, 338 Operation ......................................... 20, 339 Releasing ................................................ 502 Wont Move ........................................... 502

Selecting a Child Seat ................................ 58

In d

ex

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 541

Sequential Mode...................................... 336 Sequential Mode Operation ................... 337 Sequential Shift Mode ............................. 340 Sequential Shift Mode Operation........... 341 Setting the Clock...................................... 138 SH-AWD (Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM) ................................................... 391

SH-AWD Torque Distribution Monitor................................................... 125

Shift Button ........................................ 18, 331 Shift Lever .......................................... 20, 338 Shift Lever Position Indicator .................. 339 Shifting (Transmission) ........ 18, 20, 331, 338 Shoulder Anchor ........................................ 36 Side Airbags ............................................... 48 Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 50 SiriusXM Radio ....................................... 232 Snow Tires ................................................ 464 Spare Tire (Optional) ............... 489, 521, 523 Spark Plugs ....................................... 520, 522 Specifications ........................................... 520 Specified Fuel ........................... 420, 520, 522 SPORT (Sport mode) Indicator .................. 88 Sport Mode .............................................. 346 Sport+ Mode ............................................ 346 SRS Airbags (Airbags) ................................ 42 Starting Assist Brake Function ................ 345 Starting the Engine.................................. 322

Does Not Start ........................................ 495 Engine Switch Buzzer.............................. 163 Jump Starting ......................................... 498

Remote Engine Start ................................ 325 Steering Wheel ......................................... 176

Adjusting................................................. 176 Stopping.................................................... 411 Summer Tires ............................................ 464 Super Handling-All Wheel DriveTM (SH-AWD) .............................................. 391 Indicator .................................................... 91

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ........ 42 Switches (Around the Steering Wheel) ............................................. 4, 5, 161

System Message Indicator .......................... 82

T Temperature Gauge ................................. 117 Temperature Sensor ................................. 207 Temporary Tire Repair Kit........................ 478 Text Message .................................... 307, 309 Time (Setting) ........................................... 138 Tire Fill Assist .................................... 392, 508 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ..................................................... 392 Indicator ............................................ 82, 508 Tire Fill Assist ................................... 392, 508

Tires ........................................................... 456 Air Pressure ............................. 457, 521, 523 Chains ..................................................... 464 Checking and Maintaining....................... 456 Flat Tire (Puncture)................................... 477 Inspection................................................ 456

Labeling .................................................. 457 Puncture (Flat Tire) .......................... 477, 489 Regulations ............................................. 459 Rotation .................................................. 463 Spare (Optional) ...................... 489, 521, 523 Summer .................................................. 464 Temporary Tire Repair Kit ........................ 478 Wear Indicators ....................................... 461 Winter..................................................... 464

Tools.......................................................... 476 Towing a Trailer ....................................... 321 Towing Your Vehicle................................ 321

Emergency .............................................. 515 TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) .................................................... 392

Transmission ......................... 18, 20, 331, 338 Automatic ................................. 18, 330, 331 Dual Clutch ............................... 20, 330, 338 Fluid........................................................ 445 Gear Position Indicator ...................... 75, 332 Number................................................... 524 Sequential Mode ..................................... 336 Sequential Shift Mode ............................. 340 Shift Lever Position Indicator.................... 339

TRIP Button....................................... 121, 122 Trip Meter................................................. 123

541

542

In d

ex

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 542

Troubleshooting ....................................... 475 Blown Fuse ...................... 510, 511, 512, 513 Brake Pedal Vibrates .................................. 24 Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door .......... 25 Emergency Towing .................................. 515 Engine Wont Start .................................. 495 Flat Tire/Puncture..................................... 477 Noise When Braking .................................. 25 Overheating............................................. 503 Premium Gasoline.................... 420, 520, 522 Puncture/Flat Tire............................. 477, 489 Rear Door Wont Open...................... 24, 150 Select Lever Wont Move ......................... 502 Warning Indicators .................................... 70

Trunk ......................................................... 152 Lid ........................................................... 152 Light Bulbs....................................... 520, 522 Main Switch ............................................ 154 Open Indicator........................................... 81 Open Message......................................... 102 Unable to Open....................................... 517

Turn Signals............................................... 164 Indicators (Instrument Panel)...................... 83

Turn-by-Turn Directions ........................... 124 Two-way Keyless Access Remote .................................... 139, 147, 325

U Under-Floor Storage Area........................ 195 Unlocking the Doors................................. 142

Unlocking the Front Doors from the Inside ................................................. 13, 148

USB Flash Drives ....................................... 258 USB Port .................................................... 211 Using the Keyless Access System ............. 143

V Valet Mode ............................................... 154 Vanity Mirrors............................................... 7 Vehicle Identification Number ................ 524 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA).................. 386

Off Button............................................... 387 Off Indicator...................................... 81, 387 System Indicator................................ 81, 386

Viscosity (Oil) ............................ 437, 521, 523 VSA (Vehicle Stability Assist).................. 386

W Wallpaper ................................................. 224 Warning and Information Messages......... 95 Warning Indicator On/Blinking ............... 505 Warning Labels........................................... 67 Warranties (Warranty Manual provided separately) .............................................. 529

Watts ................................................. 520, 522 Wear Indicators (Tire) .............................. 461 Wheel Nut Wrench (Jack Handle) ........... 492 Window Washers ..................................... 169

Adding/Refilling Fluid .............................. 446

Switch .................................................... 169 Windows (Opening and Closing) ............ 158 Windshield

Cleaning ................................................. 473 Defrosting/Defogging ............................. 206 Heated Windshield Button ...................... 173 Washer Fluid........................................... 446 Wiper Blades........................................... 454 Wipers and Washers ............................... 169

Winter Tires .............................................. 464 Snow Tires .............................................. 464 Tire Chains.............................................. 464

Wipers and Washers ................................ 169 Checking and Replacing Wiper Blades..... 454

WMA................................................. 235, 245 Worn Tires ................................................ 456

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 543

15 ACURA TLX-31TZ36000.book 544

Manualsnet FAQs

If you want to find out how the TLX Acura works, you can view and download the Acura TLX 2015 Sedan Owner's Manual on the Manualsnet website.

Yes, we have the Owner's Manual for Acura TLX as well as other Acura manuals. All you need to do is to use our search bar and find the user manual that you are looking for.

The Owner's Manual should include all the details that are needed to use a Acura TLX. Full manuals and user guide PDFs can be downloaded from Manualsnet.com.

The best way to navigate the Acura TLX 2015 Sedan Owner's Manual is by checking the Table of Contents at the top of the page where available. This allows you to navigate a manual by jumping to the section you are looking for.

This Acura TLX 2015 Sedan Owner's Manual consists of sections like Table of Contents, to name a few. For easier navigation, use the Table of Contents in the upper left corner.

You can download Acura TLX 2015 Sedan Owner's Manual free of charge simply by clicking the “download” button in the upper right corner of any manuals page. This feature allows you to download any manual in a couple of seconds and is generally in PDF format. You can also save a manual for later by adding it to your saved documents in the user profile.

To be able to print Acura TLX 2015 Sedan Owner's Manual, simply download the document to your computer. Once downloaded, open the PDF file and print the Acura TLX 2015 Sedan Owner's Manual as you would any other document. This can usually be achieved by clicking on “File” and then “Print” from the menu bar.